As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 15, 1998

Registration No. 333-59751

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, DC 20549

AMENDMENT NO. 2 TO

FORM S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933


theglobe.com, inc.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

    Delaware                       7310                      14-1781422
(State or other        (Primary Standard Industrial       (I.R.S. Employer
jurisdiction of         Classification Code Number)        Identification

incorporation or ----------------------------------- Number)
organization)
31 West 21st Street
New York, New York 10010
(212) 886-0800
(Address, including zip code, and
telephone number, including area
code, of registrant's principal
executive offices)
Todd V. Krizelman
Stephan J. Paternot
theglobe.com, inc.
31 West 21st Street
New York, New York 10010
(212) 886-0800
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number,
including area code, of co-agents for service) Copies to:

        Valerie Ford Jacob, Esq.                Allen L. Weingarten, Esq.
         Stuart H. Gelfond, Esq.                 Morrison & Foerster LLP
Fried, Frank, Harris, Shriver & Jacobson       1290 Avenue of the Americas
           One New York Plaza                   New York, New York 10104
        New York, New York 10004                     (212) 468-8000
             (212) 859-8000
                    -----------------------------------

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.
If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933 (the "Securities Act"), check the following box. |_| If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. |_| If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. |_| If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the registration statement for the same offering. |_| .
If delivery of the Prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434, please check the following box. |_|

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

Title of Each Class of         Proposed Maximum
       Securities                  Aggregate                  Amount of
    to be Registered           Offering Price(1)          Registration Fee
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

Common Stock, $.001 par            $50,000,000                 $14,750
value (2)
===========================================================================

(1) Estimated pursuant to Rule 457(o) solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee.
(2) The Common Stock offered hereby includes Preferred Stock Purchase Rights (the "Rights"). The Rights will be associated and trade with the Common Stock. The value, if any, of the Rights will be reflected in the market price of the Common Stock. The registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

Information contained herein is subject to completion or amendment. A registration statement relating to these securities has been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. These securities may not be sold nor may offers to buy be accepted prior to the time the registration statement becomes effective. This Prospectus shall not constitute an offer to sell or the solicitation of an offer to buy nor shall there be any sale of these securities in any State in which such offer, solicitation or sale would be unlawful prior to the registration or qualification under the securities laws of any such State.

                 SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED              , 1998


PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS
                                                            Shares

[LOGO]

Common Stock

All of the shares of Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share (the "Common Stock"), offered hereby are being sold by theglobe.com, inc. (the "Company" or "theglobe.com"). Of the shares offered hereby, shares are being offered to the public in an initial public offering (the "Initial Public Offering") and shares are being offered in a concurrent offering (the "Concurrent Offering") by the Company directly to certain investors (the "Concurrent Purchasers") at a price per share equal to the Initial Public Offering price per share less the underwriting discounts and commissions but including a placement agent fee (the "Placement Agent Fee"). The consummation of the Concurrent Offering and the Initial Public Offering are not contingent upon each other. The Concurrent Offering will not be consummated with respect to less than shares. In the event the Concurrent Offering is not consummated by the closing date of the Initial Public Offering, the Concurrent Offering will be terminated and all payments made by such investors in connection with the Concurrent Offering will be promptly returned. If the Concurrent Offering is not consummated for all the proposed shares, the shares of Common Stock not sold to the Concurrent Purchasers will not be offered to purchasers in the Initial Public Offering. See "Concurrent Offering." References herein to the "Offerings" include the shares of the Company's Common Stock being offered in the Initial Public Offering as well as the shares of Common Stock to be sold by the Company in the Concurrent Offering.

Prior to the Offerings, there has been no public market for the Common Stock of the Company. It is currently estimated that the initial public offering price for the Common Stock will be between $ and $ per share. See "Underwriting" for a discussion of the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price. Application has been made for quotation of the Common Stock on the Nasdaq National Market under the symbol "TGLO."


SEE "RISK FACTORS" BEGINNING ON PAGE 6 FOR A DISCUSSION OF CERTAIN FACTORS

THAT SHOULD BE CONSIDERED BY PROSPECTIVE PURCHASERS OF THE COMMON STOCK.

THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

===========================================================================
                                               Underwriting
                               Price to        Discounts and     Proceeds to
                                Public        Commissions (1)    Company (2)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Per Share...................
  Initial Public Offering...       $                 $                $
  Concurrent Offering.......       $                 $                $
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total (3)...................  $                 $                 $
===============================================================================

(1) Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc. and Volpe Brown Whelan & Company are also acting as the Company's placement agents (the "Placement Agents") in connection with the Concurrent Offering, and the Company has agreed to pay the Placement Agents a fee of $ per share. In addition, the Company has agreed to indemnify the Underwriters and the Placement Agents against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"). See "Underwriting."

(2) Before deducting expenses payable by the Company estimated at $ .
(3) The Company has granted the Underwriters a 30-day option to purchase up to additional shares of Common Stock on the same terms and conditions as set forth above, to cover over-allotments, if any. If such option is exercised in full, the total Price to Public, Underwriting Discounts and Commissions and Proceeds to Company will be $ , $ and $ , respectively. See "Underwriting."


The shares of Common Stock are being offered by the Underwriters, subject to prior sale, when, as and if delivered to and accepted by the Underwriters against payment therefor and subject to certain other conditions. The Underwriters reserve the right to withdraw, cancel or modify the Offerings and to reject orders in whole or in part. It is expected that delivery of the Common Stock will be made against payment therefor on or about , 1998 at the offices of Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc., 245 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10167.


Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc. Volpe Brown Whelan & Company

The date of this Prospectus is , 1998.


theglobe.com is one of the world's leading online communities with over 6 million users* and over 1.9 million members in the United States and abroad.

*as of 6/98

theglobe.com [Logo]

Focus on social dynamics of a community:

home work family travel entertainment special interests day-to-day conversation

[graphics of face photographs, screen shots of Web site pages]

[Fold-Out Cover]

The Company has a registered United States trademark for theglobe. The Company has filed United States trademark applications for theglobe.com and theglobe.com logo. Additionally, the Company has submitted trademark applications in various foreign countries for theglobe.com and theglobe.com logo. See "Business -- Intellectual Property Rights."


This Prospectus includes statistical data regarding the Internet industry. Such data is taken or derived from information published by sources including Media Metrix, Inc., a media research firm specializing in market and technology measurement on the Internet ("Media Metrix"), Jupiter Communications, LLC, a media research firm focusing on the Internet industry ("Jupiter Communications"), and International Data Corporation, a provider of market information and strategic information for the information technology industry ("IDC").


CERTAIN PERSONS PARTICIPATING IN THE OFFERINGS MAY ENGAGE IN TRANSACTIONS THAT STABILIZE, MAINTAIN OR OTHERWISE AFFECT THE PRICE OF THE COMMON STOCK, INCLUDING OVER-ALLOTMENT, STABILIZING TRANSACTIONS, SYNDICATE SHORT COVERING TRANSACTIONS AND PENALTY BIDS. FOR A DESCRIPTON OF THESE ACTIVITIES, SEE "UNDERWRITING."


PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

The following summary is qualified in its entirety by, and should be read in conjunction with, the more detailed information and Financial Statements and Notes thereto, appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus. Except where the context otherwise requires, all references in this Prospectus to (a) the "Company" or "theglobe.com" refer to theglobe.com, inc., a Delaware corporation, (b) the "Web" refer to the World Wide Web and
(c) the "site" refer to the Company's Web site. Unless otherwise indicated or unless the context otherwise requires, all information in this Prospectus reflects, upon the closing of the Offerings, (i) the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of the Company's Preferred Stock into shares of Common Stock, (ii) no exercise of the Underwriters' over-allotment option and (iii) the Company's 1 for reverse split of the Company's Common Stock effected on September , 1998.

The Company

theglobe.com is one of the world's leading online communities with over 1.9 million members in the United States and abroad. In June 1998, 6.1 million unique users visited the site. theglobe.com is a destination on the Internet where users are able to personalize their online experience by publishing their own content and interacting with others having similar interests. theglobe.com facilitates this interaction by providing various free services, including home page building, discussion forums, chat, e-mail and a marketplace where members can purchase a variety of products and services. Additionally, theglobe.com provides its users news, weather, movie and music reviews, multi-player gaming, horoscopes and personals. By satisfying its users' personal and practical needs, theglobe.com seeks to become their online home. The Company's primary revenue source is the sale of advertising, with additional revenues generated through e-commerce arrangements and the sale of membership subscriptions for enhanced services.

The Company was founded by Todd V. Krizelman and Stephan J. Paternot in May 1995 to capitalize on the growing demand for online destinations that allow users to develop their own identities and establish relationships with other Internet users. theglobe.com offers users the ability to become active participants in its community and provides users set-up tools and guidance to build a personal Web site quickly and easily. theglobe.com community is organized in an intuitive hierarchy modeled after the real world where each layer reflects a more specific level of interest. There are six "Themes of Interest": Arts and Entertainment, Business and Finance, Lifestyles, Romance, Special Interests and Geographical Interests. Themes of Interest are subdivided into 24 "Cities," which are further divided into 75 "Districts." Within each District members have the ability to create or join "Interest Groups," theglobe.com's smallest form of community. There are currently 325 Interest Groups. Interest Groups, once proposed by any member, are posted for petition. Those groups that garner enough votes then go "live" on the site. Members are not limited as to the number of communities they can join and are able to leave an Interest Group at any time. Because of this, "Community Leaders" are elected to manage communities and are able to highlight member content, communicate directly to constituents and organize events. The unique community focus of theglobe.com offers several advantages to the Company that include (i) member loyalty, (ii) member-developed content at a low cost to the Company and (iii) the ability to offer advertising targeted to specific user interests. In June 1998, the Company had 90 advertisers, including, Coca Cola, Dunkin' Donuts, J. Crew, Procter & Gamble, Sony, 3Com and Visa.

Since its founding, theglobe.com has experienced strong growth. The site has added approximately 100,000 new members every month since October 1997, and generated over 100 million page views in June 1998, an increase of over 100% from January 1998. More than 6.1 million unique users visited the site in June 1998, reflecting an increase of more than 350% since January 1998. Approximately 25% to 35% of theglobe.com's monthly traffic originates from abroad, reflecting the site's international appeal. According to Media Metrix, theglobe.com was ranked as the fourth fastest growing Web site in terms of audience reach for the first half of 1998.

theglobe.com's goal is to be the leading online community site. The Company seeks to attain this goal through the following key strategies: (i) improving user experience, (ii) developing brand identity and awareness,
(iii) increasing new membership acquisition through strategic alliances,
(iv) expanding globally, (v) further developing e-commerce and (vi) enhancing membership services.


The Company was incorporated in May 1995 in the State of Delaware. The Company's principal executive offices are located at 31 West 21st Street, New York, New York 10010, and its telephone number is (212) 886-0800.


The Offerings

Common Stock offered by the Company

  Initial Public Offering............................         shares
  Concurrent Offering................................         shares
      Total..........................................         shares
Common Stock to be outstanding after the Offerings...         shares (1)(2)

Use of Proceeds......................................Advertising,     brand
                                                     name   promotions  and
                                                     other          general
                                                     corporate    purposes,
                                                     including   investment
                                                     in the development and
                                                     functionality       of
                                                     theglobe.com Web site,
                                                     enhancements   of  the
                                                     Company's      network
                                                     infrastructure     and

working capital. The Company may also use a portion of the proceeds for strategic alliances and acquisitions. See "Use of Proceeds."

Proposed Nasdaq National Market Symbol...............TGLO

(1) Based on the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding as of June 30, 1998, including 10,947,469 shares of Common Stock that will be issued upon the automatic conversion of the Company's existing preferred stock (the "Preferred Stock") upon consummation of the Offerings. Excludes 4,046,018 shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants (the "Warrants") to acquire Common Stock at an exercise price of approximately $1.45 per share following consummation of the Offerings. If the Underwriters' over-allotment option were exercised in full, an additional shares of Common Stock would be offered by the Company, and shares of Common Stock would be outstanding after the Offerings.

(2) Also excludes (i) 1,638,800 and 1,438,041 shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options that would be outstanding after the Offerings under the Company's 1998 Stock Option Plan and 1995 Stock Option Plan, respectively, at a weighted average exercise price of $ per share (assuming an initial offering price of $ per share) and $ per share, respectively; and (ii) 161,200 and one share of Common Stock reserved for future issuance under the 1998 Stock Option Plan and the 1995 Stock Option Plan, respectively. See "Capitalization", "Management--Executive Compensation," "Description of Capital Stock" and Financial Statements and the Notes related thereto appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus.

Risk Factors

Purchasers of the Common Stock in the Offerings should carefully consider the risk factors set forth under the caption "Risk Factors" beginning on page 6 and the other information included in this Prospectus prior to making an investment decision. An investment in the shares of Common Stock offered hereby involves a high degree of risk. The Company has a limited operating history and anticipates losses and negative operating cash flow for the foreseeable future. The Company's operations are dependent on the growth and commercial viability of the Internet and an unproven business model, and are subject to government regulation and legal uncertainties associated with the Internet, security risks and intense competition. See "Risk Factors" for a description of these and other risks.


SUMMARY FINANCIAL DATA
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

The following table sets forth certain summary financial data for the Company. This information should be read in conjunction with the Financial Statements and Notes related thereto appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus. See "Selected Financial Data" and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations."

                                        May 1, 1995
                                        (inception)                                          Six Months
                                          through                 Year Ended                    Ended
                                        December 31,             December 31,                  June 30,
                                                                 ------------                  --------
                                            1995            1996           1997            1997            1998
                                            ----            ----           ----            ----            ----
Statement of Operations Data:


   Revenues.........................     $      27      $      229      $      770      $      208      $    1,173
   Gross profit.....................            14             113             347             102             670
   Loss from operations.............           (66)           (772)         (3,883)           (779)         (6,470)
   Net loss.........................           (66)           (750)         (3,584)           (767)         (5,824)
   Basic and diluted net loss per            (0.03)          (0.33)          (1.56)          (0.34)          (2.51)
     share(FN1)
   Weighted average shares
     outstanding used in basic and
     diluted per share calculation (FN1)  2,250,000      2,250,000       2,293,545       2,281,920       2,322,778

   Pro forma basic and diluted net
     loss per share(FN2)............

   Weighted average shares used in
     computing pro forma basic and
     diluted net loss per
     share (FN2)....................

                                        June 30, 1998
                           ----------------------------------------

                            Actual                   As Adjusted(3)
                            ------                   --------------

Balance Sheet Data:
Cash and cash equivalents
  and short-term
  investments.............  $ 13,155
Working capital...........    10,452
Total assets..............    15,603
Capital lease
  obligations, excluding
  current installments....       629
Total stockholders' equity    11,571


-------------

(1) Weighted average shares do not include any common stock equivalents because such inclusion would have been anti-dilutive. See Financial Statements and related Notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus for the determination of shares used in computing basic and diluted loss per share.
(2) Pro forma gives effect to Preferred Stock conversion.
(3) As adjusted to reflect the sale of shares of Common Stock offered hereby at an assumed initial public offering price of $ per share) the midpoint of the estimated range set forth on the front cover of this Prospectus) after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by the Company. See "Use of Proceeds" and "Capitalization."


RISK FACTORS

An investment in the shares of Common Stock offered hereby involves a high degree of risk. The following factors and the other information contained in this Prospectus should be considered carefully before purchasing the Common Stock offered hereby.

Limited Operating History

The Company was founded in May 1995. Accordingly, the Company has a limited operating history upon which an evaluation of the Company, its current business and its prospects can be based, each of which must be considered in light of the risks, expenses and problems frequently encountered by all companies in the early stages of development, and particularly by such companies entering new and rapidly developing markets like the Internet. Such risks include, without limitation, the lack of broad acceptance of the community model on the Internet, the possibility that the Internet will fail to achieve broad acceptance as an advertising and commercial medium, the inability of the Company to attract or retain members, the inability of the Company to generate significant e-commerce-based revenues or subscription service revenues from its members, a new and relatively unproven business model, the Company's ability to anticipate and adapt to a developing market, the failure of the Company's network infrastructure (including its server, hardware and software) to efficiently handle its Internet traffic, changes in laws that adversely affect the Company's business, the ability of the Company to manage effectively its rapidly expanding operations, including the amount and timing of capital expenditures and other costs relating to the expansion of the Company's operations, the introduction and development of different or more extensive communities by direct and indirect competitors of the Company, including those with greater financial, technical and marketing resources, the inability of the Company to maintain and increase levels of traffic on its Web site, the inability of the Company to attract, retain and motivate qualified personnel, and general economic conditions. To address these risks, the Company must, among other things, attract and retain members, maintain its customer base and attract a significant number of new advertising customers, respond to competitive developments, develop and extend its brand, continue to form and maintain relationships with strategic partners, continue to attract, retain and motivate qualified personnel, and continue to develop and upgrade its technologies and commercialize its services incorporating such technologies. There can be no assurance that the Company will be successful in addressing such risks, and any failure to do so could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, results of operations and financial condition.

Fluctuating Rates of Revenue Growth

There can be no assurance the Company's revenue growth in recent periods will continue or increase. The Company's limited operating history makes the prediction of future results difficult or impossible and, therefore, the Company's recent revenue growth should not be taken as an indication of any growth that can be expected in the future. Furthermore, its limited operating history leads the Company to believe that period-to-period comparisons of its operating results are not meaningful and that the results for any period should not be relied upon as an indication of future performance. To the extent that revenues do not grow at anticipated rates, the Company's business, results of operations and financial condition would be materially and adversely affected.

Anticipated Losses for the Forseeable Future

The Company has not achieved profitability to date, and the Company anticipates that it will continue to incur net losses for the foreseeable future. The extent of these losses will depend, in part, on the amount of growth in the Company's revenues from advertising sales, e-commerce and membership subscription fees. As of June 30, 1998, the Company had an accumulated deficit of $10.2 million. The Company expects that its operating expenses will increase significantly during the next several years, especially in the areas of sales and marketing, and brand promotion. Thus, the Company will need to generate increased revenues to achieve profitability. To the extent that increases in its operating expenses precede or are not subsequently followed by commensurate increases in revenues, or that the Company is unable to adjust operating expense levels accordingly, the Company's business, results of operations and financial condition would be materially and adversely affected. There can be no assurance that the Company will ever achieve or sustain profitability or that the Company's operating losses will not increase in the future.

Dependence on Continued Growth in Use and Commercial Viability of the Internet

The Company's future success is substantially dependent upon continued growth in the use of the Internet. To support advertising sales, e-commerce and membership service fees on theglobe.com, the Internet's recent and rapid growth must continue, and e-commerce on the Internet must become widespread. None of these can be assured. The Internet may prove not to be a viable commercial marketplace. Additionally, due to the ability of consumers to easily compare prices of similar products or services on competing Web sites, gross margins for e-commerce transactions may narrow in the future and, accordingly, the Company's revenues from e-commerce arrangements may be materially negatively impacted. If use of the Internet does not continue to grow, the Company's business, results of operations and financial condition would be materially and adversely affected.

Additionally, to the extent that the Internet continues to experience significant growth in the number of users and the level of use, there can be no assurance that its technical infrastructure will continue to be able to support the demands placed upon it. The necessary technical infrastructure for significant increases in e-commerce, such as a reliable network backbone, may not be timely and adequately developed. In addition, performance improvements, such as high-speed modems, may not be introduced in a timely fashion. Furthermore, security and authentication concerns with respect to transmission over the Internet of confidential information, such as credit card numbers, may remain. Issues like these could lead to resistance against the acceptance of the Internet as a viable commercial marketplace. Also, the Internet could lose its viability due to delays in the development or adoption of new standards and protocols required to handle increased levels of activity, or due to increased governmental regulation. Changes in or insufficient availability of telecommunications services could result in slower response times and adversely affect usage of the Internet. To the extent the Internet's technical infrastructure does not effectively support the growth that may occur, the Company's business, results of operations and financial condition would be materially and adversely affected.

Dependence on Members for Content and Promotion

The Company depends substantially upon member involvement for content and for word-of-mouth promotion. Particularly, the Company depends upon the voluntary efforts of certain highly motivated members who are most active in developing content to attract other Internet users to the site. The Company expects such member involvement to reduce the need for the Company to expend resources on content development and site promotion. There can be no assurance that members will continue to generate significant content or to promote the site, nor that the member-generated content or promotional efforts will continue to attract other Internet users. There also can be no assurance that the Company's business would not be materially and adversely affected if its most highly active members became dissatisfied with the Company's services or its focus on the commercialization of those services.

Unproven Business Model; Developing Market; Unproven Acceptance of the Company's Products

The Company's business model is new and relatively unproven. The model depends upon the Company's ability to generate multiple revenue streams by leveraging its community platform. To be successful, the Company must, among other things, develop and market products and services that achieve broad market acceptance by its users, advertisers and e-commerce vendors. There can be no assurance that any Internet community, including theglobe.com, will achieve broad market acceptance. Accordingly, no assurance can be given that the Company's business model will be successful or that it can sustain revenue growth or be profitable.

The market for the Company's products and services is new, rapidly developing and characterized by an increasing number of market entrants. As is typical of any new and rapidly evolving market, demand and market acceptance for recently introduced products and services are subject to a high level of uncertainty and risk. Moreover, because this market is new and rapidly evolving, it is difficult to predict its future growth rate, if any, and its ultimate size. If the market fails to develop, develops more slowly than expected or becomes saturated with competitors, or if the Company's products and services do not achieve or sustain market acceptance, the Company's business, results of operations and financial condition would be materially and adversely affected. See "Business--Industry Background."

Brand Identity is Critical to the Company; Risks Associated with Brand Development

The Company believes that establishing and maintaining brand identity is a critical aspect of efforts to attract and expand its member base, Internet traffic and advertising and commerce relationships. Furthermore, the Company believes that the importance of brand recognition will increase as low barriers to entry encourage the proliferation of Internet sites. In order to attract and retain members, advertisers and commerce vendors, and in response to competitive pressures, the Company intends to increase substantially its financial commitment to the creation and maintenance of brand loyalty among these groups. The Company plans to accomplish this, although not exclusively, through advertising campaigns in several forms of media, including television, print, billboards, buses, telephone kiosks, online media, and other marketing and promotional efforts. If the Company does not generate a corresponding increase in revenue as a result of its branding efforts or otherwise fails to promote its brand successfully, or if the Company incurs excessive expenses in an attempt to promote and maintain its brand, the Company's business, results of operations and financial condition would be materially and adversely affected.

Promotion and enhancement of theglobe.com brand will also depend, in part, on the Company's success in providing a high-quality "community experience." Such success cannot be assured. If members, other Internet users, advertisers and commerce vendors do not perceive theglobe.com community experience to be of high quality, or if the Company introduces new services or enters into new business ventures that are not favorably received by such parties, the value of the Company's brand could be diluted. Such brand dilution could decrease the attractiveness of theglobe.com to such parties, and could materially and adversely affect the Company's business, results of operations and financial condition.

Substantial Reliance on Advertising Revenues; Short-term Nature of Adverstising Contracts; Company Guarantee of Minimum Impression Levels

The Company derives a substantial portion of its revenues from the sale of advertisements on its site, and expects to continue to do so for the foreseeable future. For the year ended December 31, 1997 and the six months ended June 30, 1998, advertising revenues represented 77% and 89%, respectively, of the Company's net revenues. The Company's business model therefore is highly dependent on the amount of "traffic" on theglobe.com, which has a direct effect on the Company's advertising revenues. The Company is in the early stages of implementing its advertising sales programs, which, if not successful, could materially and adversely affect the Company's business, results of operations and financial condition.

To date, substantially all of the Company's advertising contracts have been for terms averaging one to two months in length, with relatively few longer-term advertising contracts. Many of the Company's advertising customers have limited experience with Internet advertising, have not devoted a significant portion of their advertising expenditures to Internet advertising and may not believe Internet advertising to be effective relative to traditional advertising media. Also, the Company's advertising customers may object to the placement of their advertisements on certain members' personal homepages, the content of which they deem undesirable. There can be no assurance that the Company's current advertisers will continue to purchase advertisements on theglobe.com.

The Company's contracts with advertisers typically guarantee the advertiser a minimum number of "impressions," or times that an advertisement is seen by users of theglobe.com. To the extent that minimum impression levels are not achieved for any reason, the Company may be required to "make good" or provide additional impressions after the contract term, which may adversely affect the availability of advertising inventory and which could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, results of operations and financial condition. To the extent minimum guaranteed impressions are not met, the Company defers recognition of the corresponding revenues until guaranteed impression levels are achieved.

Additionally, the process of managing the placement of advertising within a large, high-traffic Web site such as the Company's is an increasingly important and complex task. The Company licenses from DoubleClick, Inc. ("DoubleClick") its advertising management system ("D.A.R.T."). Under the license agreement, DoubleClick provides the Company an Internet advertising administration system to facilitate the Company's management of advertising on its Web site. The D.A.R.T. service is intended to permit the Company to generate ad tags, schedule advertising to run in the online environments in which the Company places the ad tags and generate reports on such advertising. The DoubleClick agreement is for a term of three years and will expire on April 15, 2000, subject to DoubleClick's right to terminate the agreement upon 30-days notice following the Company's breach of the terms of the agreement or if DoubleClick, in its reasonable good faith discretion, determines that the Company has used, could use or intends to use the D.A.R.T. technology in a manner that could damage or cause injury to the D.A.R.T. technology or reflects unfavorably on the reputation of DoubleClick. No assurance can be given that DoubleClick will not elect to terminate the agreement. Any such termination and replacement could disrupt the Company's ability to manage its advertising operations for a period of time. In addition, to the extent that the Company encounters system failures or material difficulties in the operation of this system, the Company could be unable to deliver banner advertisements and sponsorships through its site. Any extended failure of, or material difficulties encountered in connection with, the Company's advertising management system may expose the Company to "make good" obligations with its advertisers, which, by displacing saleable advertising inventory, among other consequences, would reduce revenues and have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, results of operations and financial condition.

The Company's ability to generate significant advertising revenues will depend, in part, on its ability to create new advertising programs without diluting the perceived value of its existing programs. The Company's ability to generate advertising revenues will depend also, in part, on advertisers' acceptance of the Internet as an attractive and sustainable medium, the development of a large base of users of the Company's products and services, the effective development of Web site content that provides user demographic characteristics that will be attractive to advertisers, and government regulation. The adoption of Internet-based advertising, particularly by those advertisers that have historically relied upon traditional advertising media, requires the acceptance of a new way of conducting business and exchanging information. There can be no assurance that the market for Internet advertising will continue to emerge or become sustainable. If the market develops more slowly than expected, the Company's business, results of operations and financial condition could be materially and adversely affected.

The Internet as an advertising medium has not been available for a sufficient period of time to gauge its effectiveness as compared with traditional advertising media. No standards have been widely accepted for the measurement of the effectiveness of Internet-based advertising, and there can be no assurance that any such standards will become widely accepted in the future. There can be no assurance that advertisers will accept the Company's or other parties' measurements of impressions. The rejection by advertisers of such measurements could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, results of operations and financial condition.

The sale of Internet advertising is subject to intense competition that has resulted in a wide variety of pricing models, rate quotes and advertising services. This has made it difficult to project future levels of advertising revenues and rates. It is also difficult to predict which pricing models, if any, will achieve broad acceptance among advertisers. As described above, to date, the Company has based its advertising rates on providing advertisers with a guaranteed number of impressions, and any failure of the Company's advertising model to achieve broad market acceptance, would have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, results of operations and financial condition.

"Filter" software programs that limit or remove advertising from an Internet user's desktop are available to consumers. Widespread adoption or increased use of such software by users could have a material adverse effect upon the viability of advertising on the Internet and on the Company's business, results of operations and financial condition.

Potential Fluctuations in Operating Results; Quarterly Fluctuations

The Company's operating results may fluctuate significantly in the future as a result of a variety of factors, many of which are outside the Company's control. See "--Limited Operating History" and "--Fluctuating Rates of Revenue Growth; Anticipated Losses." As a strategic response to changes in the competitive environment, the Company may from time to time make certain pricing, service or marketing decisions or acquisitions that could have a material short-term or long-term adverse effect on the Company's business, results of operations and financial condition. In particular, in order to accelerate the promotion of theglobe.com as a brand, the Company intends to significantly increase its marketing budget after consummation of the Offerings. See "--Brand Identity is Critical to the Company; Risks Associated with Brand Development."

The Company believes that it may experience seasonality in its business, with use of the Internet and theglobe.com being somewhat lower during the summer vacation and year-end holiday periods. Advertising impressions (and therefore revenues) may be expected to decline accordingly in those periods. Additionally, seasonality may affect significantly the Company's advertising revenues during the first and third calendar quarters, as advertisers historically spend less during these periods. Because Internet advertising is an emerging market, additional seasonal and other patterns in Internet advertising may develop as the market matures, and there can be no assurance that such patterns will not have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, results of operations and financial condition.

The Company derives a significant portion of its revenues from the sale of advertising under short-term contracts, averaging one to two months in length. As a result, the Company's quarterly revenues and operating results are, to a significant extent, dependent on advertising revenues from contracts entered into within the quarter, and on the Company's ability to adjust spending in a timely manner to compensate for any unexpected revenue shortfall. See "--Reliance on Advertising Revenues."

In addition to selling advertising, a key element of the Company's strategy is to generate revenues through e-commerce arrangements. To date, the revenues received by the Company under the revenue-sharing portions of these arrangements have not been material, and there can be no assurance that the Company will receive a material amount of revenue under these agreements in the future. Each of the Company's existing e-commerce arrangements is terminable upon short notice. As a result, the Company's revenues from e-commerce may fluctuate significantly from period to period depending on the continuation of its key e-commerce arrangements.

The foregoing factors, in some future quarters, may lead the Company's operating results to fall below the expectations of securities analysts and investors. In such event, the trading price of the Common Stock would likely be materially and adversely affected.

Broad Discretion in Use of Proceeds

The Company intends to use the net proceeds from the sale of Common Stock offered hereby for advertising, brand name promotions and other general corporate purposes, including investment in the development and functionality of theglobe.com Web site, enhancements of the Company's network infrastructure and working capital. The Company may also use a portion of the proceeds for potential strategic alliances and acquisitions. The Company has not yet determined the amount of the net proceeds that will be used specifically for each of the foregoing purposes. Accordingly, management will have significant flexibility in applying the net proceeds of the Offerings. The failure of management to apply such funds effectively could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, results of operations and financial condition. See "Use of Proceeds."

Dependence on Key Personnel

The Company's performance is substantially dependent on the performance of its senior management and key technical personnel. In particular, the Company's success depends on the continued efforts of its senior management team, especially its Co-Chief Executive Officers and Co-Presidents (and co-founders), Todd V. Krizelman and Stephan J. Paternot. The Company does not carry key person life insurance on any of its personnel. The loss of the services of any of its executive officers or other key employees could have a material adverse effect on the business, results of operations and financial condition of the Company.

The Company's future success also depends on its continuing ability to retain and attract highly qualified technical and managerial personnel. As of June 30, 1998, the Company had grown to approximately 80 full-time employees from approximately 20 in June 1997, and the Company anticipates that the number of its employees will increase significantly in the next 12 months. Wages for managerial and technical employees are increasing and are expected to continue to increase in the foreseeable future due to the competitive nature of this job market. There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to retain its key managerial and technical personnel or that it will be able to attract and retain additional highly qualified technical and managerial personnel in the future. The Company has experienced difficulty from time to time in attracting the personnel necessary to support the growth of its business, and there can be no assurance that the Company will not experience similar difficulty in the future. The inability to attract and retain the technical and managerial personnel necessary to support the growth of the Company's business, due to, among other things, a large increase in the wages demanded by such personnel, could have a material and adverse effect upon the Company's business, results of operations and financial condition. See "Business--Employees" and "--Technology" and "Management."

Management of Growth; Inexperienced Management

The Company's recent growth has placed, and is expected to continue to place, a significant strain on its managerial, operational and financial resources. To manage its potential growth, the Company must continue to implement and improve its operational and financial systems, and must expand, train and manage its employee base. The Company's Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial Officer joined the Company during August and July 1998, respectively. In addition, each of the Company's Director of Advertising Sales, Director of Technology, Director of Communications and Director of Human Resources has been with the Company for less than two years. Furthermore, the members of the Company's current senior management (other than the Chairman) have not had any previous experience managing a public company or a large operating company. There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to effectively manage the expansion of its operations, that the Company's systems, procedures or controls will be adequate to support the Company's operations or that Company management will be able to achieve the rapid execution necessary to fully exploit the market opportunity for the Company's products and services. Any inability to manage growth effectively could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, results of operations and financial condition. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and "Business."

Competition for Management Time; Potential Conflicts of Interest

Michael S. Egan is the Chairman of the Company and, as such, Mr. Egan serves as Chairman of the Board of Directors and as an executive officer of the Company with primary responsibility for day-to-day strategic planning and financing arrangements. After the Offerings, Mr. Egan will also continue to be the controlling investor of Dancing Bear Investments, Inc. ("Dancing Bear Investments"), which will hold a controlling interest in the Company after the Offering, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Certified Vacations and Chairman of AutobyInternet, related entities of Dancing Bear Investments. Dancing Bear Investments may also acquire other entities in the future. Edward A. Cespedes is the Vice President of Corporate Development of the Company with primary responsibility for corporate development opportunities including mergers and acquisitions. After the Offerings, Mr. Cespedes will also continue to serve as a Managing Director of Dancing Bear Investments. Messrs. Egan and Cespedes have not committed to devote any specific percentage of their business time with the Company. Accordingly, the Company will compete with Dancing Bear Investments and related entities for the management time of Messrs. Egan and Cespedes. The Company has recently begun e-commerce arrangements with certain entities controlled by Dancing Bear Investments which are not currently material to the Company. See "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions." These arrangements are not the result of arms' length negotiations. Due to their relationships with Dancing Bear Investments, Messrs. Egan and Cespedes will have an inherent conflict of interest in making any decision related to transactions between entities related to Dancing Bear Investments and the Company. The Company intends to review related party transactions in the future on a case-by-case basis.

Need to Enhance and Develop theglobe.com to Remain Competitive

To remain competitive, the Company must continue to enhance and improve the responsiveness, functionality and features of theglobe.com and develop other products and services. Enhancements of or improvements to the Web site may contain undetected programming errors that require significant design modifications, resulting in a loss of customer confidence and user support and a decrease in the value of the Company's brand name recognition.

The Company plans to develop and introduce new features and functions, such as increased capabilities for user personalization and interactivity. This will require the development or licensing of increasingly complex technologies. There can be no assurance that the Company will be successful in developing or introducing such features and functions or that such features and functions will achieve market acceptance or enhance the Company's brand name recognition. Any failure of the Company to effectively develop and introduce new features and functions, or the failure of such new features and functions to achieve market acceptance, could materially adversely affect the Company's business, results of operations and financial condition.

The Company also plans to develop and introduce new products and services, such as new content targeted for specific user groups with particular demographic and geographic characteristics. There can be no assurance that the Company will be successful in developing or introducing such products and services or that such products and services will achieve market acceptance or enhance the Company's brand name recognition. Any failure of the Company to effectively develop and introduce these products and services, or the failure of such products and services to achieve market acceptance, could materially adversely affect the Company's business, results of operations and financial condition. See "Business--Products and Services."

Internet Industry is Characterized by Rapid Technological Change

The market for Internet products and services is characterized by rapid technological developments, evolving industry standards and customer demands, and frequent new product introductions and enhancements. These market characteristics are exacerbated by the emerging nature of the market and the fact that many companies are expected to introduce new Internet products and services in the near future. The Company's future success will depend in significant part on its ability to continually improve the performance, features and reliability of the site in response to both evolving demands of the marketplace and competitive product and service offerings, and there can be no assurance that the Company will be successful in doing so. In addition, the widespread adoption of developing multimedia enabling technologies could require fundamental changes in the Company's technology and could fundamentally affect the nature, viability and measurability of Internet-based advertising, which could adversely affect the Company's business, results of operations and financial condition. See "Business--Products and Services."

Risk of Capacity Constraints and Systems Failures

A key element of the Company's strategy is to generate a high volume of user traffic. The Company's ability to attract advertisers and to achieve market acceptance of its products and services, and its reputation, depend significantly upon the performance of the Company and its network infrastructure (including its server, hardware and software). Any system failure that causes interruption or slower response time of the Company's products and services could result in less traffic to the Company's Web site and, if sustained or repeated, could reduce the attractiveness of the Company's products and services to advertisers and licensees. An increase in the volume of user traffic could strain the capacity of the Company's technical infrastructure, which could lead to slower response time or system failures, and adversely affect the delivery of the number of impressions that are owed to advertisers and thus the Company's advertising revenues. In addition, as the number of Web pages on and users of theglobe.com increase, there can be no assurance that the Company and its technical infrastructure will be able to grow accordingly, and the Company faces risks related to its ability to scale up to its expected customer levels while maintaining superior performance. Any failure of the Company's server and networking systems to handle current or higher volumes of traffic would have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, results of operations and financial condition.

The Company is also dependent upon third parties to provide potential users with Web browsers and Internet and online services necessary for access to the site. In the past, users have occasionally experienced difficulties with Internet and online services due to system failures, including failures unrelated to the Company's systems. Any disruption in Internet access provided by third parties could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, results of operations and financial condition. Furthermore, the Company is dependent on hardware suppliers for prompt delivery, installation and service of equipment used to deliver the Company's products and services.

The Company's operations are dependent in part upon its ability to protect its operating systems against damage from human error, fire, floods, power loss, telecommunications failures, break-ins and similar events. The Company does not presently have redundant, multiple site capacity in the event of any such occurrence. The Company's servers are also vulnerable to computer viruses, break-ins and similar disruptions from unauthorized tampering with the Company's computer systems. The occurrence of any of these events could result in the interruption, delay or cessation of service, which could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, results of operations and financial condition. In addition, the Company's reputation and theglobe.com brand could be materially and adversely affected. See "Business--Facilities."

Security Risks

Experienced programmers ("hackers") have attempted on occasion to penetrate the Company's network security. The Company expects that these attempts, some of which have succeeded, will continue to occur from time to time. Because a hacker who is able to penetrate the Company's network security could misappropriate proprietary information or cause interruptions in the Company's products and services, the Company may be required to expend significant capital and resources to protect against or to alleviate problems caused by such parties. Additionally, the Company may not have a timely remedy against a hacker who is able to penetrate its network security. Such purposeful security breaches could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, results of operations and financial condition. In addition to purposeful security breaches, the inadvertent transmission of computer viruses could expose the Company to a material risk of loss or litigation and possible liability.

In offering certain payment services through its "globeStores" program, the Company could become increasingly reliant on encryption and authentication technology licensed from third parties to provide the security and authentication necessary to effect secure transmission of confidential information, such as customer credit card numbers. Advances in computer capabilities, discoveries in the field of cryptography and other discoveries, events, or developments could lead to a compromise or breach of the algorithms that the Company's licensed encryption and authentication technology used to protect such confidential information. If such a compromise or breach of the Company's licensed encryption authentication technology occurs, it could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, results of operations and financial condition. The Company may be required to expend significant capital and resources and engage the services of third parties to protect against the threat of such security, encryption and authentication technology breaches or to alleviate problems caused by such breaches. Concerns over the security of Internet transactions and the privacy of users may also inhibit the growth of the Internet generally, particularly as a means of conducting commercial transactions.

Intense Competition

The market for members, users and Internet advertising is new and rapidly evolving, and competition for members, users and advertisers is intense and is expected to increase significantly. Barriers to entry are relatively insubstantial and the Company may face competitive pressures from many additional companies both in the United States and abroad.

The Company believes that the principal competitive factors for companies seeking to create communities on the Internet are critical mass, functionality of the Web site, brand recognition, member affinity and loyalty, broad demographic focus and open access for visitors. Other companies that are primarily focused on creating Internet communities are Tripod, Inc., a subsidiary of Lycos, Inc. ("Tripod"), and GeoCities, Inc. ("GeoCities"), and, in the future, Internet communities may be developed or acquired by companies currently operating Web directories, search engines, shareware archives and content sites, and by commercial online service providers ("OSPs"), Internet service providers ("ISPs") and other entities, certain of which may have more resources than the Company. Furthermore, the Company competes for users and advertisers with other content providers and with thousands of Web sites operated by individuals, the government and educational institutions. Such providers and sites include America Online, Inc. ("AOL"), Angelfire Communications ("Angelfire"), CNET, Inc. ("CNET"), CNN/Time Warner, Inc. ("CNN/Time Warner"), Excite, Inc. ("Excite"), Hotmail Corporation ("Hotmail"), Infoseek Corporation ("Infoseek"), Lycos, Inc. ("Lycos"), Microsoft Corporation ("Microsoft"), Netscape Communications Corporation ("Netscape"), Switchboard Inc. ("Switchboard"), Xoom Inc. ("Xoom") and Yahoo! Inc. ("Yahoo!"). In addition, the Company could face competition in the future from traditional media companies, such as newspaper, magazine, television and radio companies, a number of which, including The Walt Disney Company ("Disney"), CBS Corporation ("CBS") and The National Broadcasting Company ("NBC"), have recently made significant acquisitions of or investments in Internet companies.

The Company believes that the principal competitive factors in attracting advertisers include the amount of traffic on its Web site, brand recognition, customer service, the demographics of the Company's members and users, the Company's ability to offer targeted audiences and the overall cost-effectiveness of the advertising medium offered by the Company. The Company believes that the number of Internet companies relying on Internet-based advertising revenue, as well as the number of advertisers on the Internet and the number of users, will increase substantially in the future. Accordingly, the Company will likely face increased competition, resulting in increased pricing pressures on its advertising rates, which could have a material adverse effect on the Company.

Many of the Company's existing and potential competitors, including companies operating Web directories and search engines, and traditional media companies, have longer operating histories in the Internet market, greater name recognition, larger customer bases and significantly greater financial, technical and marketing resources than the Company. Such competitors may be able to undertake more extensive marketing campaigns for their brands and services, adopt more aggressive advertising pricing policies and make more attractive offers to potential employees, distribution partners, commerce companies, advertisers and third-party content providers. Furthermore, the Company's existing and potential competitors may develop communities that are equal or superior in quality to, or that achieve greater market acceptance than, theglobe.com. There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to compete successfully against its current or future competitors or that competition will not have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, results of operations and financial condition.

There can be no assurance that Web sites maintained by the Company's existing and potential competitors will not be perceived by advertisers as being more desirable for placement of advertisements than theglobe.com. In addition, many of the Company's current advertising customers and strategic partners have established collaborative relationships with certain of the Company's existing or potential competitors. There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to retain or grow its membership base, traffic levels and advertising customer base at historical levels, or that competitors will not experience better retention or greater growth in these areas than the Company. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that any of the Company's advertising customers and strategic partners will not sever or will elect not to renew their agreements with the Company, the result of which could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, results of operations and financial condition.

Dependence on Third-Party Relationships

The Company is and will continue to be significantly dependent on a number of third-party relationships to increase traffic on theglobe.com and thereby generate advertising revenues, maintain the current level of service and variety of content for its members, and meet future milestones. The Company is generally dependent on other Web site operators that provide links to theglobe.com. The Company also has relationships with several online retailers whereby the Company is paid for providing to them online storefronts and promotional materials on theglobe.com. See "Business--Business Strategy--Increase New Membership Acquisition through Strategic Alliances."

Most of the Company's arrangements with third-party Internet sites and other third-party service providers do not require future minimum commitments to use the Company's services or to provide access or links to the Company's services or products, are not exclusive and are short-term or may be terminated at the convenience of the other party. Moreover, the Company does not have agreements with the majority of other Web site operators that provide links to theglobe.com, and such Web site operators may terminate such links at any time without notice to the Company. There can be no assurance that third parties regard their relationship with the Company as important to their own respective businesses and operations, that they will not reassess their commitment to the Company at any time in the future or that they will not develop their own competitive services or products.

There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to maintain relationships with third parties that supply the Company with software or products that are crucial to the Company's success, or that such software or products will be able to sustain any third-party claims or rights against their use. Furthermore, there can be no assurance that the software, services or products of those companies that provide access or links to the Company's services or products will achieve market acceptance or commercial success. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that the Company's existing relationships will result in sustained business partnerships, successful service or product offerings or the generation of significant revenues for the Company. Failure of one or more of the Company's strategic relationships to achieve or maintain market acceptance or commercial success or the termination of one or more successful strategic relationships could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, results of operations and financial condition. In particular, the elimination of a pre-installed bookmark on a Web browser that directs traffic to the Company's Web site could significantly reduce traffic on the Company's Web site, which would have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, results of operations and financial condition. See "Business--Corporate Alliances and Relationships."

Additional Financing Requirements; Expected Negative Operating Cash Flow for the Forseeable Future

The Company currently anticipates that the net proceeds of the Offerings, together with available funds and cash flows generated from advertising revenues, will be sufficient to meet its anticipated needs for working capital, capital expenditures and business expansion for the next 12 months. The Company expects that it will continue to experience negative operating cash flow for the foreseeable future as a result of significant spending on advertising and infrastructure. Accordingly, the Company may need to raise additional funds in a timely manner in order to fund its anticipated expansion, develop new or enhanced services or products, respond to competitive pressures or acquire complementary products, businesses or technologies. If additional funds are raised through the issuance of equity or convertible debt securities, the percentage ownership of the stockholders of the Company will be reduced, stockholders may experience additional dilution and such securities may have rights, preferences or privileges senior to those of the holders of the Common Stock. There can be no assurance that additional financing will be available on terms favorable to the Company, or at all. If adequate funds are not available or are not available on acceptable terms, the Company may not be able to fund its expansion, take advantage of acquisition opportunities, develop or enhance services or products or respond to competitive pressures. See "Use of Proceeds" and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations--Liquidity and Capital Resources."

Risks Associated with Potential Acquisitions

As part of its business strategy, the Company expects to review acquisition prospects that would complement its existing business, augment the distribution of its community or enhance its technological capabilities. Future acquisitions by the Company could result in potentially dilutive issuances of equity securities, large and immediate write-offs, the incurrence of debt and contingent liabilities or amortization expenses related to goodwill and other intangible assets, any of which could materially and adversely affect the Company's business, results of operations and financial condition.

Furthermore, acquisitions entail numerous risks and uncertainties, including difficulties in the assimilation of operations, personnel, technologies, products and information systems of the acquired companies, the diversion of management's attention from other business concerns, the risks of entering geographic and business markets in which the Company has no or limited prior experience and the potential loss of key employees of acquired organizations. The Company has not made any acquisitions in the past. No assurance can be given as to the ability of the Company to successfully integrate any businesses, products, technologies or personnel that might be acquired in the future, and the failure of the Company to do so could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, results of operations and financial condition.

Reliance on Intellectual Property and Proprietary Rights

The Company regards substantial elements of its Web site and underlying technology as proprietary and attempts to protect it by relying on trademark, service mark, copyright and trade secret laws and restrictions on disclosure and transferring title and other methods. The Company also generally enters into confidentiality agreements with its employees and consultants and in connection with its license agreements with third parties and generally seeks to control access to and distribution of its technology, documentation and other proprietary information. Despite these precautions, it may be possible for a third party to copy or otherwise obtain and use the Company's proprietary information without authorization or to develop similar technology independently. The Company pursues the registration of its trademarks in the United States and internationally. The Company has registered a United States trademark for theglobe. The Company has filed United States trademark applications for theglobe.com and theglobe.com logo. Additionally, the Company has submitted trademark applications for theglobe.com and theglobe.com logo in Australia, Brazil, Canada, China, the European Union (covering Austria, Belgium, Denmark, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Italy, Ireland, Luxembourg, the Netherlands, Portugal, Spain, Sweden and the United Kingdom), Hong Kong, Israel, Japan, New Zealand, Norway, Russia, Singapore, South Africa, Switzerland and Taiwan. Effective trademark, service mark, copyright and trade secret protection may not be available in every country in which the Company's services are distributed or made available through the Internet, and policing unauthorized use of the Company's proprietary information is difficult. See "Business--Intellectual Property and Proprietary Rights."

Legal standards relating to the validity, enforceability and scope of protection of certain proprietary rights in Internet-related businesses are uncertain and still evolving, and no assurance can be given as to the future viability or value of any of the Company's proprietary rights. There can be no assurance that the steps taken by the Company will prevent misappropriation or infringement of its proprietary information, which could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, results of operations and financial condition.

Litigation may be necessary in the future to enforce the Company's intellectual property rights, to protect the Company's trade secrets or to determine the validity and scope of the proprietary rights of others. Such litigation might result in substantial costs and diversion of resources and management attention. Furthermore, there can be no assurance that the Company's business activities will not infringe upon the proprietary rights of others, or that other parties will not assert infringement claims against the Company, including claims that by directly or indirectly providing hyperlink text links to Web sites operated by third parties, the Company is liable for copyright or trademark infringement. Moreover, from time to time, the Company may be subject to claims of alleged infringement by the Company or its members of the trademarks, service marks and other intellectual property rights of third parties. Such claims and any resultant litigation, should it occur, might subject the Company to significant liability for damages, might result in invalidation of the Company's proprietary rights and, even if not meritorious, could result in substantial costs and diversion of resources and management attention and could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, results of operations and financial condition.

The Company currently licenses from third parties certain technologies incorporated into theglobe.com. As the Company continues to introduce new services that incorporate new technologies, it may be required to license additional technology from others. There can be no assurance that these third-party technology licenses will continue to be available to the Company on commercially reasonable terms, if at all. Additionally, there can be no assurance that the third parties from which the Company currently licenses its technology will be able to defend their proprietary rights successfully against claims of infringement. As a result, any inability of the Company to obtain any of these technology licenses could result in delays or reductions in the introduction of new services or could adversely affect the performance of its existing services until equivalent technology can be identified, licensed and integrated. See "Business--Intellectual Property and Proprietary Rights."

Government Regulation and Legal Uncertainties Associated with the Internet

A number of legislative and regulatory proposals under consideration by federal, state, local and foreign governmental organizations may lead to laws or regulations concerning various aspects of the Internet, including, but not limited to, online content, user privacy, taxation, access charges, liability for third-party activities and jurisdiction. Additionally, it is uncertain as to how existing laws will be applied by the judiciary to the Internet. The adoption of new laws or the application of existing laws may decrease the growth in the use of the Internet, which could in turn decrease the demand for the Company's services, increase the Company's cost of doing business, or otherwise have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, results of operations and financial condition. See "Business-- Government Regulation and Legal Uncertainties."

There can be no assurance that the United States or foreign nations will not enact legislation or seek to enforce existing laws prohibiting or restricting certain content, such as online gambling, from the Internet. Currently, online gambling advertisers account for under ten percent of the Company's advertising revenues. Prohibition and restriction of Internet content could dampen the growth of Internet use, decrease the acceptance of the Internet as a communications and commercial medium, expose the Company to liability, and/or require substantial modification of theglobe.com, and thereby have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, results of operations and financial condition.

Internet user privacy has become an issue both in the United States and abroad. Current American privacy law consists of a few disparate statutes directed at specific industries that collect personal data, none of which specifically covers the collection of personal information online. There can be no assurance that the United States or foreign nations will not adopt legislation purporting to protect such privacy. Any such action could affect the way in which the Company is allowed to conduct its business, especially those aspects that involve the collection or use of personal information, and could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, results of operations and financial condition.

The tax treatment of the Internet and e-commerce is currently unsettled. A number of proposals have been made at the federal, state and local level and by certain foreign governments that could impose taxes on the sale of goods and services and certain other Internet activities. The United States Congress is considering legislation that would place a temporary moratorium on certain types of taxation on Internet commerce. There can be no assurance that any such legislation will be adopted by Congress or what form it will take, or that current attempts at taxing or regulating commerce over the Internet would not substantially impair the growth of commerce and as a result have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, results of operations and financial condition.

Certain local telephone carriers have asserted that the growing popularity and use of the Internet has burdened the existing telecommunications infrastructure, and that many areas with high Internet use have begun to experience interruptions in telephone service. These carriers have petitioned the Federal Communications Commission (the "FCC") to impose access fees on ISPs and OSPs. If such access fees are imposed, the costs of communicating on the Internet could increase substantially, potentially slowing the growth in use of the Internet, which could in turn decrease demand for the Company's services or increase the Company's cost of doing business, and thus have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, results of operations and financial condition.

Although the Company's server is located in the State of New York, the governments of other states and foreign countries might attempt to take action against the Company for violations of their laws. There can be no assurance that violations of such laws will not be alleged or charged by state or foreign governments and that such laws will not be modified, or new laws enacted, in the future. Any of the foregoing could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, results of operations and financial condition.

Liability for Information Retrieved from or Transmitted over the Internet

Because materials may be downloaded by the online or Internet services operated or facilitated by the Company or the Internet access providers with which it has relationships and may be subsequently distributed to others, there is a potential that claims will be made against the Company for defamation, negligence, copyright or trademark infringement or other theories based on the nature and content of such materials. Such claims have been brought against online services in the past and, from time to time, the Company has received inquiries from third parties regarding such matters. Such claims could be material in the future. In addition, the increased attention focused upon liability issues and legislative proposals could materially impact the overall growth of Internet use.

The Company could also be exposed to liability with respect to third-party information that may be accessible through the Company's Web site, or through content and materials that may be posted by members on their personal Web sites or on chat rooms or bulletin boards offered by the Company. Such claims might include, among others, that by directly or indirectly providing hyperlink text links to Web sites operated by third parties or by providing hosting services for members' sites, the Company is liable for copyright or trademark infringement or other wrongful actions by such third parties through such Web sites. It is also possible that if any third-party content information provided on the Company's Web site contains errors, third parties could make claims against the Company for losses incurred in reliance on such information.

The Company offers e-mail service, which is provided by a third party. See "--Dependence on Third-Party Relationships." Such service may expose the Company to potential risk, such as liabilities or claims resulting from unsolicited e-mail ("spamming"), lost or misdirected messages, illegal or fraudulent use of e-mail or interruptions or delays in e-mail service.

The Company also enters into agreements with commerce partners and sponsors under which the Company is entitled to receive a share of any revenue from the purchase of goods and services through direct links from the Company's Web site. Such arrangements may expose the Company to additional legal risks and uncertainties, including potential liabilities to consumers of such products and services, even if the Company does not itself provide such products or services. There can be no assurance that any indemnification provided to the Company in its agreements with these parties, if available, will be adequate.

Even to the extent such claims do not result in liability to the Company, the Company could incur significant costs in investigating and defending against such claims. The imposition on the Company of potential liability for information carried on or disseminated through its systems could require the Company to implement measures to reduce its exposure to such liability, which may require the expenditure of substantial resources and limit the attractiveness of the Company's services to members and users.

The Company's general liability insurance may not cover all potential claims to which it is exposed or may not be adequate to indemnify the Company for all liability that may be imposed. Any imposition of liability that is not covered by insurance or is in excess of insurance coverage could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, results of operations and financial condition.

Risks Associated with International Operations and Expansions

A part of the Company's strategy is to continue to develop theglobe.com community model in international markets. Approximately 25% to 35% of the Company's monthly traffic originates from abroad, although substantially all of the Company's advertising revenue is generated in the United States. There can be no assurance that the Internet or the Company's community model will become widely accepted for advertising and e-commerce in any international markets. In addition, the Company expects that the success of any additional foreign operations it initiates in the future will also be substantially dependent upon local partners. If revenues from international ventures are not adequate to cover the investments in such activities, the Company's business, results of operations and financial condition could be materially and adversely affected. The Company may experience difficulty in managing international operations as a result of difficulty in locating an effective foreign partner, competition, technical problems, local laws and regulations, distance and language and cultural differences, and there can be no assurance that the Company or its international partners will be able to successfully market and operate the Company's community model in foreign markets. The Company also believes that, in light of substantial anticipated competition, it will be necessary to move quickly into international markets in order to effectively obtain market share, and there can be no assurance that the Company will be able to do so. There are certain risks inherent in doing business on an international level, such as unexpected changes in regulatory requirements, trade barriers, difficulties in staffing and managing foreign operations, fluctuations in currency exchange rates, longer payment cycles in general, problems in collecting accounts receivable, difficulty in enforcing contracts, political and economic instability, seasonal reductions in business activity in certain other parts of the world and potentially adverse tax consequences. There can be no assurance that one or more of such factors will not have a material adverse effect on the Company's future international operations and, consequently, on the Company's business, results of operations and financial condition.

Control by Current Stockholders

Following the completion of the Offerings, Michael S. Egan, the Chairman of the Company, will beneficially own or control, directly or indirectly, shares of Common Stock which in the aggregate will represent approximately % of the outstanding shares of Common Stock (and shares and % on a fully diluted basis). Following consummation of the Offerings, Messrs. Krizelman and Paternot, collectively, will beneficially own % of the Common Stock ( % on a fully diluted basis). Following the Offerings, Messrs. Egan, Krizelman and Paternot and certain directors of the Company will also hold outstanding Warrants exercisable for 4,046,018 shares of Common Stock in the aggregate. See "Description of Capital Stock -- Warrants." Messrs. Egan, Krizelman, Paternot and Cespedes and Rosalie V. Arthur, a director of the Company, expect to enter into a stockholders' agreement (the "Stockholders' Agreement") pursuant to which Mr. Egan agrees to vote for certain nominees of Messrs. Krizelman, Paternot to the Board of Directors and Messrs. Krizelman and Paternot agree to vote for the nominees of Mr. Egan to the Board who will represent a majority of the Board of Directors. Accordingly, Mr. Egan will have the ability to elect a majority of the directors of the Company and Messrs. Egan, Krizelman and Paternot will also have the ability to control the outcome of all issues submitted to a vote of the stockholders of the Company requiring majority approval. See "Principal Stockholders." The Stockholders' Agreement will also provide that Messrs. Egan, Krizelman, Paternot and Cespedes and Ms. Arthur will be subject to certain "tag-along" and "drag-along" rights in connection with any private sale of securities of the Company after the Offerings. Voting control by Messrs. Egan, Krizelman and Paternot may discourage certain types of transactions involving an actual or potential change of control of the Company, including transactions in which the holders of Common Stock might receive a premium for their shares over prevailing market prices. See "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions."

Impact of the Year 2000

The Year 2000 issue is the potential for system and processing failures of date-related data and the result of computer-controlled systems using two digits rather than four to define the applicable year. For example, computer programs that have time-sensitive software may recognize a date using "00" as the year 1900 rather than the year 2000. This could result in system failure or miscalculations causing disruptions of operations, including, among other things, a temporary inability to process transactions, send invoices or engage in similar normal business activities.

The Company may be affected by Year 2000 issues related to non-compliant information technology ("IT") systems or non-IT systems operated by the Company or by third parties. The Company has substantially completed assessment of its internal and external (third party) IT systems and non-IT systems. At this point in its assessment, the Company is not currently aware of any Year 2000 problems relating to systems operated by the Company or by third parties that would have a material effect on the Company's business, results of operations or financial condition, without taking into account the Company's efforts to avoid such problems. Based on its assessnment to date, the Company does not anticipate that costs associated with remediating the Company's non-compliant IT systems or non-IT systems will be material, although there can be no assurance to such effect. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations - Impact of the Year 2000."

To the extent that the Company's assessment is finalized without identifying any additional material non-compliant IT systems operated by the Company or by third parties, the most reasonably likely worst case Year 2000 scenario is a systemic failure beyond the control of the Company, such as a prolonged telecommunications or electrical failure. Such a failure could prevent the Company from operating its business, prevent users from accessing the Company's Web site, or change the behavior of advertising customers or persons accessing the Company's Web site. The Company believes that the primary business risks, in the event of such failure, would include but not be limited to, lost advertising revenues, increased operating costs, loss of customers or persons accessing the Company's Web site, or other business interruptions of a material nature, as well as claims of mismanagement, misrepresentation, or breach of contract, any of which could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, results of operations and financial condition.

Impact of General Economic Conditions

Time spent on the Internet by individuals, purchases of new computers and purchases of membership subscriptions to Internet sites are discretionary for consumers and may be particularly affected by adverse trends in the general economy. The success of the Company's operations depends to a significant extent upon a number of factors relating to discretionary consumer spending, including economic conditions (and perceptions of such conditions by consumers) affecting disposable consumer income such as employment, wages and salaries, business conditions, interest rates, availability of credit and taxation, for the economy as a whole and in regional and local markets where the Company operates. There can be no assurance that consumer spending will not be adversely affected by general economic conditions, which could negatively impact the Company's results of operations or financial condition. Any significant deterioration in general economic conditions or increases in interest rates may inhibit consumers' use of credit and cause a material adverse effect on the Company's revenues and profitability. In addition, the Company's business strategy relies on advertising by and agreements with other Internet companies. Any significant deterioration in general economic conditions that adversely affected these companies could also have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, results of operations and financial condition.

No Prior Public Market; Possible Volatility of Stock Price

Prior to the Offerings, there has been no public market for the Common Stock. The Company has applied for quotation on the Nasdaq National Market. If the Common Stock is listed, there can be no assurance as to the development or liquidity of any trading market for the Common Stock or that investors in the Common Stock will be able to resell their shares at or above the initial public offering price. The initial public offering price for the shares of Common Stock will be determined through negotiations between the Company and representatives of the Underwriters and may not be indicative of the market price of the Common Stock after the Offering. See "Underwriting." The trading price of the Company's Common Stock could be subject to wide fluctuations in response to quarterly variations in operating results, announcements of technological innovations or new products and services by the Company or its competitors, changes in financial estimates by securities analysts, the operating and stock price performance of other companies that investors may deem comparable to the Company and other events or factors. In addition, the stock market in general, and the market prices for Internet-related companies in particular, have experienced extreme volatility that often has been unrelated to the operating performance of such companies. These broad market and industry fluctuations may adversely affect the trading price of the Company's Common Stock, regardless of the Company's operating performance.

Shares Eligible for Future Sale; No Prior Trading Market; Registration Rights

Upon consummation of the Offerings, the Company will have outstanding a total of shares of Common Stock, and approximately 1,638,800 and 1,438,041 shares of Common Stock subject to stock options granted under the Company's 1998 Stock Option Plan and 1995 Stock Option Plan, respectively. See "Management--Executive Compensation." Of such shares, the shares of Common Stock being sold in the Offerings (together with any shares sold upon exercise of the Underwriters' over-allotment options) will be immediately eligible for sale in the public market without restriction, except for shares purchased by or issued to any "affiliate" of the Company (within the meaning of the Securities Act). All of the shares of Common Stock outstanding prior to the Offering will be "restricted securities" as such term is defined under Rule 144 under the Securities Act ("Rule 144") in that such shares were issued in private transactions not involving a public offering. Restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if registered or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rules 144, 144(k)or 701 promulgated under the Securities Act or another exemption from registration. In addition, upon consummation of the Offerings, 4,046,018 shares of Common Stock will be issuable upon exercise of an outstanding Warrants. Approximately shares of Common Stock are not subject to the volume limitations of Rule 144 and are currently eligible for sale in the public market without restriction, except for shares held by an "affiliate" of the Company. Certain holders of the Company's Common Stock have been granted registration rights with respect to such shares. Additionally, holders of a substantial portion of the Company's outstanding equity have been granted registration rights with respect to the shares of Common Stock into which their securities are convertible. See "Description of Capital Stock-- Registration Rights." However, pursuant to the terms of the agreements pursuant to which the registration rights were granted, such holders have agreed not to sell or otherwise transfer or dispose of any shares of Common Stock or other securities of the Company held by them without the consent of the Company for a period of seven days prior to and up to 180 days after the date of this Prospectus. Additionally, the Company and members of the Company's management who are stockholders of the Company and certain other stockholders have agreed that, subject to certain exceptions, for a period of 180 days after the date of this Prospectus, without the prior written consent of Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc., they will not, directly or indirectly, issue, sell, offer or agree to sell, grant any option for the sale, pledge, make any short sale, establish an open "put equivalent position" within the meaning of Rule 16a-1(h) under the Exchange Act or otherwise dispose of any shares of Common Stock (or securities convertible into, exercisable for or exchangeable for Common Stock) of the Company or of any of its subsidiaries. The Company intends to file a registration statement on Form S-8 for the shares held pursuant to its option plans and stock incentive plan that may make those shares freely tradeable. Such registration statement will become effective immediately upon filing, and shares covered by that registration statement will thereupon be eligible for sale in the public markets, subject to the applicable lock-up agreements and Rule 144 limitations applicable to affiliates. See "Shares Eligible for Future Sale."

No information is currently available and no prediction can be made as to the timing or amount of future sales of such shares or the effect, if any, that future sales of shares, or the availability of shares for future sale, will have on the market price of the Common Stock prevailing from time to time. Sales of substantial amounts of Common Stock (including shares issuable upon the exercise of stock options), or the perception that such sales could occur, could materially adversely affect prevailing market prices for the Common Stock and the ability of the Company to raise equity capital in the future. See "Shares Eligible for Future Sale" and "Description of Capital Stock--Registration Rights."

Antitakeover Effect of Certain Charter Provisions

Prior to the consummation of the Offerings, the Board of Directors expects to adopt a Rights Agreement (defined below), to be effective upon the consummation of the Offerings, that may have the effect of discouraging, delaying or preventing a change in control of the Company or unsolicited acquisition proposals. Further, certain provisions of the Company's Certificate of Incorporation and By-Laws and of Delaware law could have the effect of delaying or preventing a change in control of the Company. See "Description of Capital Stock."

Significant Dilution; Absence of Dividends

Investors purchasing shares of Common Stock in the Offerings will incur immediate and substantial dilution of $ per share in net tangible book value per share of the Common Stock from the initial public offering price. To the extent outstanding options to purchase Common Stock are exercised, there will be further dilution. In addition, the Company does not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. See "Dividend Policy" and "Dilution."


CAUTIONARY NOTICE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This Prospectus contains statements that constitute "forward-looking statements." These forward-looking statements can be identified by the use of predictive, future-tense or forward-looking terminology, such as "believes," "anticipates," "expects," "estimates," "may," "will," or similar terms. These statements appear in a number of places in this Prospectus and include statements regarding the intent, belief or current expectations of the Company, its directors or its officers with respect to, among other things: (i) trends affecting the Company's financial condition or results of operations, (ii) the Company's business and growth strategies, (iii) the Internet and Internet commerce and (iv) the Company's financing plans. Investors are cautioned that any such forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance and involve significant risks and uncertainties, and that actual results may differ materially from those projected in the forward-looking statements as a result of various factors. Factors that could adversely affect actual results and performance include, among others, the Company's limited operating history, dependence on continued growth in the use of the Internet, the Company's unproven business model, dependence on members, reliance on advertising revenues, potential fluctuations in quarterly operating results, security risks of transmitting information over the Internet, government regulation, technological change and competition. The accompanying information contained in this Prospectus, including, without limitation, the information set forth under the heading "Risk Factors," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and "Business" identifies important additional factors that could materially adversely affect actual results and performance. Prospective investors are urged to carefully consider such factors. All forward-looking statements attributable to the Company are expressly qualified in their entirety by the foregoing cautionary statement.


CONCURRENT OFFERINGS

Concurrent with the shares offered hereby in the Initial Public Offering, the Company intends to sell to the Concurrent Purchasers up to shares of Common Stock at a price equal to the Initial Public Offering price less underwriting discounts and commissions but including the Placement Agent Fee. The Company expects that the Concurrent Purchasers will include certain of the Company's directors and officers. The consummation of the Concurrent Offering and the Initial Public Offering are not contingent upon each other. The Concurrent Offering will not be consummated with respect to less than shares. In the event the Concurrent Offering is not consummated by the closing date of the Initial Public Offering, the Concurrent Offering will be terminated and all payments made by the Concurrent Purchasers in connection with the Concurrent Offering will be promptly returned. If the Concurrent Offering is not consummated for all the proposed shares, the shares of Common Stock not sold to the Concurrent Purchasers will not be offered to purchasers in the Initial Public Offering. All proceeds of the Concurrent Offering will be paid directly to the Company and will be segregated in a separate non-interest bearing bank account established by the Company pending the consummation of the Concurrent Offering. Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc. and Volpe Brown Whelan & Company are acting as the Placement Agents in connection with the Concurrent Offering. The Placement Agents will receive a fee of $ per share of Common Stock sold in the Concurrent Offering and will be indemnified by the Company against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. See "Underwriting."

USE OF PROCEEDS

The net proceeds to the Company from the sale of the shares of Common Stock offered in the Offerings by the Company are estimated to be approximately $ million (approximately $ million if the Underwriters' overallotment option is exercised in full), based on an assumed initial public offering price of $ per share (the midpoint of the estimated range) and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions, Placement Agent Fees and other estimated offering expenses. See "Description of Capital Stock."

The Company will use the net proceeds of the Offerings for advertising, brand name promotions and for other general corporate purposes, including investment in the development and functionality of its Web site, enhancements of the Company's network infrastructure and working capital. The Company may also use a portion of the proceeds for strategic alliances and acquisitions. Although the Company reviews potential strategic alliances and acquisitions from time to time, it has not had more than preliminary discussions with respect to any such alliances or acquisitions. The Company has not yet determined the amount of net proceeds to be used specifically for each of the foregoing purposes. Accordingly, management will have significant flexibility in applying the net proceeds of the Offerings. Pending any such use, as described above, the Company intends to invest the net proceeds in interest-bearing instruments. See "Risk Factors -- Broad Discretion in Use of Proceeds."

DIVIDEND POLICY

The Company has not declared or paid any cash dividends on its Common Stock. The Company currently intends to retain its future earnings, if any, to fund the development and growth of its business and, therefore, does not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. The declaration and payment of dividends by the Company are subject to the discretion of the Board of Directors. Any future determination to pay dividends will depend on the Company's results of operations, financial condition, capital requirements, contractual restrictions and other factors deemed relevant by the Board of Directors.


CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth (i) the actual capitalization of the Company as of June 30, 1998, (ii) the pro forma capitalization as of such date, after giving effect to the conversion of all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock into Common Stock and (iii) the pro forma capitalization of the Company as of June 30, 1998 as adjusted to reflect the shares of Common Stock offered by the Company hereby at an assumed initial public offering price of $ per share. The capitalization information set forth in the table below is qualified and should be read in conjunction with the Financial Statements and Notes related thereto included elsewhere in this Prospectus.

                                                  June 30, 1998
                                ---------------------------------------------
                                                                   Pro Forma
                                            Actual    Pro Forma   As Adjusted
                                ---------------------------------------------
                               (Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

Obligations under capital leases,
excluding current installments..........$      629     $    629
Stockholders' equity:
  Preferred Stock, 3,000,000
   shares authorized:
   Series A through E, $.001
   par value; 2,900,001 shares
   authorized; 2,899,991 shares
   issued and outstanding (aggregate
   liquidation value of $21,886,110);
   none issued and outstanding, pro
   forma and pro forma as adjusted......         3           --


  Common Stock, $.001 par value;
   22,000,000 shares authorized,
   actual, 100,000,000 shares
   authorized pro forma and pro forma
   as adjusted; 2,393,958 shares issued
   and outstanding, actual; 13,341,527
   shares outstanding, pro forma;
   shares issued and outstanding,
   pro forma as adjusted (1)(2).........         2           13


  Unrealized loss on available-for-sale
   securities...........................       (30)         (30)
   Additional paid-in capital...........    21,873       21,865
  Deferred compensation.................       (52)         (52)
  Accumulated deficit...................   (10,225)     (10,225)
  Total stockholders' equity............    11,571       11,571
                                           ========     ========
      Total capitalization..............   $12,200      $12,200     $
      ----------------------------------   ========     ========    ========

(1) Based on the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding as of June 30, 1998, and adjusted to include 10,947,469 shares of Common Stock that will be issued upon the automatic conversion of all of the Company's outstanding shares of Preferred Stock upon consummation of the Offerings. Authorized pro forma and pro forma as adjusted gives effect to Fourth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company to become effective prior to consummation of the Offerings. Each share of the Company's Series A, B and C Preferred Stock, totaling 2,899,940 shares, by its terms, are automatically convertible into one share of Common Stock. Each of the Company's 51 shares of Series D Preferred Stock are automatically convertible into approximately 157,795 shares of Common Stock, totaling 8,047,529 shares. Based upon the Series D Preferred Stock's original conversion terms, the shares of Series D Preferred Stock are to be converted into 51% of the Company's fully diluted shares on the date of conversion, excluding 800,000 options from the Company's 1998 Stock Option Plan and the Series E Warrants. See Note 5 to the Company's Financial Statements.

(2) Excludes 4,046,018 shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding Warrants at an exercise price of approximately $1.45 per share following the consummation of the Offerings. See "Description of Capital Stock--Warrants." If the Underwriters' over-allotment option were exercised in full, an additional shares of Common Stock would be offered by the Company and shares of Common Stock would be outstanding after the Offerings. See "Underwriting." Excludes (i) 1,638,800 and 1,438,041 shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options that would be outstanding after the Offerings under the Company's 1998 Stock Option Plan and 1995 Stock Option Plan, respectively, at a weighted average exercise price of $ per share (based on an initial public offering price of $ ) and $ per share, respectively and (ii) 161,200 and one share of Common Stock reserved for future issuance under the Company's 1998 Stock Option Plan and the 1995 Stock Option Plan, respectively. See "Capitalization," "Management--Executive Compensation," "Description of Capital Stock" and Financial Statements and Notes related thereto appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus.


DILUTION

The pro forma net tangible book value of the Company as of June 30, 1998, after giving effect to the conversion of all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock into 10,947,469 shares of Common Stock was approximately $ or $ per share of Common Stock. Pro forma net tangible book value per share is determined by dividing the pro forma tangible net worth of the Company (pro forma total assets less goodwill less pro forma total liabilities) by the number of shares of Common Stock. After giving effect to the sale of shares of Common Stock offered hereby at an assumed initial public offering price of $ per share and the application of the estimated net proceeds from the Offerings, pro forma net tangible book value of the Company as of June 30, 1998 would have been $ per share. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma net tangible book value of $ per share to existing stockholders and an immediate dilution in pro forma net tangible book value of $ per share to new investors. The following table illustrates this dilution on a per share basis:

    Assumed initial public offering price per share....           $____

     Pro forma net  tangible  book value per share as of
     June 30, 1998.....................................   $____
     Increase per share attributable to new investors..    ____
    Pro forma net  tangible  book value per share  after
     the Offerings.....................................            ____
    Dilution per share to new investors................           $     (1)
                                                                  =======

-----------

(1) The foregoing computations assume no exercise of the Underwriters' overallotment option, stock options or the Warrants. The Warrants entitle the holders thereof to purchase an aggregate of 4,046,018 shares of Common Stock at an exercise price of approximately $1.45 per share. If the foregoing Warrants had been exercised at June 30, 1998, pro forma net tangible book value per share after the Offerings would

have been $    ,  representing an immediate  dilution to new investors
of $      per share and an  immediate  increase in net  tangible  book
value of $      per share attributable to the Offerings.

The following table summarizes, as of June 30, 1998, the number of shares of Common Stock purchased from the Company, the total consideration paid and the average price per share paid by the existing stockholders and by new investors purchasing shares in this Offering (after giving effect to the conversion of the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock into shares of Common Stock and before deduction of estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and other estimated expenses of the Offerings):

                          Shares Purchased     Total Consideration    Average
                        -------- -----------  ---------------------     Price
                         Number  Percentage    Amount   Percentage   Per Share
                        -------- -----------  -------- ------------  ---------
Existing
 stockholders(1)...... 13,341,527           $ 21,900,057             $ 1.64

Investors in the
 Concurrent Offering...                     $                        $
                       --------(2)            --------               ---------

Investors in the
 Initial Public
 Offering
                       ---------- ----------  -------- ------------  ---------

   Total...............        (3)    100%                   100%
                       ========== ==========  ======== ============  =========

-------------------------

(1) Assumes all of the Company's outstanding Preferred Stock is converted into Common Stock. Excludes 4,046,018 shares of Common Stock that may be issued upon the exercise of the Warrants at approximately $1.45 per share.

(2) Represents an estimate of the number of shares to be purchased.

(3) Excludes 1,638,800 and 1,438,041 shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance under options that will be outstanding after the Offerings pursuant to the Company's 1998 Stock Option Plan and the Company's 1995 Stock Option Plan, respectively at a weighted average exercise price of $ per share (based on an initial public offering price of $ ) and $ per share, respectively. See "Management--Executive Compensation," "Description of Capital Stock--Warrants" and Note ___ of Notes to Financial Statements. To the extent outstanding stock options are exercised, there will be further dilution to new investors.


SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

The following selected consolidated financial data should be read in conjunction with the Company's Financial Statements and Notes related thereto and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" included elsewhere in this Prospectus. The consolidated statement of operations data for the period from May 1, 1995 (inception) to December 31, 1995 and each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 1997, and the consolidated balance sheet data at December 31, 1996 and 1997, are derived from the consolidated financial statements of the Company which have been audited by KPMG Peat Marwick LLP, independent accountants, and are included elsewhere in this Prospectus. The balance sheet data at December 31, 1995 are derived from audited financial statements of the Company not included herein. The statement of operations data for each of the six-month periods ended June 30, 1997 and 1998, and the balance sheet data at June 30, 1998, are derived from unaudited interim financial statements of the Company included elsewhere in this Prospectus. The unaudited financial statements have been prepared on substantially the same basis as the audited financial statements and, in the opinion of management, include all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of the results of operations for such periods. Historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected in the future, and results of interim periods are not necessarily indicative of results for the entire year.

                                                  May  1, 1995
                                                   (inception)
                                                     through              Year Ended                    Six Months Ended
                                                   December 31,           December 31,                     June 30,
                                                  -------------           -----------                      --------
                                                      1995           1996           1997           1997             1998
                                                      ----           ----           ----           ----             ----



Statement of
  Operations Data:
Revenues ......................................   $        27    $       229    $       770    $       208      $     1,173
Cost of revenues ..............................            13            116            423            106              503
                                                  -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------      -----------
Gross profit ..................................            14            113            347            102              670
Operating expenses:
  Sales and marketing..........................             1            276          1,248            224            4,493
  Product development..........................            60            120            154             63              251
  General and administrative...................            19            489          2,828            594            2,396
                                                  -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------      -----------
  Total Operating Expenses.....................            80            885          4,230            881            7,140
                                                  -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------      -----------
Loss from operations...........................           (66)          (772)        (3,883)          (779)          (6,470)
                                                  -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------      -----------
Interest income (expense),
  net .........................................            (0)            22            335             12              673
                                                  -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------      -----------
Loss before provision for......................
  income taxes ................................           (66)          (750)        (3,548)          (767)          (5,797)
                                                  -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------      -----------
Provision for income taxes.....................            --             --             36                              27
                                                  -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------      -----------
Net loss ......................................   $       (66)   $      (750)  $     (3,584)  $       (767)     $    (5,824)
                                                  ===========    ===========    ===========    ===========      ===========
Basic and diluted
  net loss per share(1)........................   $     (0.03)   $     (0.33)   $     (1.56)  $      (0.34)     $     (2.51)
                                                  ===========    ===========    ===========    ===========      ===========
Weighted average
  shares outstanding
  used in basic and
  diluted per share
  calculation(1)...............................     2,250,000      2,250,000      2,293,545      2,281,920        2,322,778
Pro forma basic and diluted net loss
  per share(2).................................
Weighted average shares used computing
  pro forma basic and diluted net loss
  per share(2).................................



                                                  ===========    ===========    ===========    ===========      ===========

                                                                     December 31,                                   June 30,
                                                                     ------------                                   --------
                                                       1995              1996         1997                            1998
                                                       -----             ----         ----                            ----

Balance Sheet Data:
Cash and cash
  equivalents and
  short-term investments.......................      $    587        $   757        $18,874                         $13,155
Working capital ...............................           575            648         17,117                          10,452
Total assets ..................................           647            973         19,462                          15,603
Capital lease
  obligations, excluding
  current installments.........................            --             --             99                             629
Total stockholders'
  equity.......................................       $   632        $   795        $17,352                         $11,571



(1)  Weighted  average  shares do not include any common stock  equivalents
     because such inclusion  would have been  anti-dilutive.  See Financial
     Statements  and Notes  related  thereto  appearing  elsewhere  in this
     Prospectus for an explanation of the weighted average number of shares
     used to compute pro forma basic and diluted loss per share.


(2)  Pro forma gives effect to Preferred Stock conversion.


MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

All statements, trend analysis and other information contained in this Prospectus relative to markets for the Company's products and trends in revenues, gross margin and anticipated expense levels, as well as other statements including words such as "believe," "anticipate," "expect," "estimate," "plan" and "intend" and other similar expressions, constitute forward-looking statements. Those forward-looking statements are subject to business and economic risks, and the Company's actual results of operations may differ materially from those contained in the forward-looking statements. For a more detailed discussion of these business and economic risks, see "Risk Factors." The following discussion of the financial condition and results of operations of the Company should also be read in conjunction with the Financial Statements and the Notes related thereto included elsewhere in this Prospectus.

Overview

theglobe.com is one of the world's leading online communities today with over 1.9 million members in the United States and abroad. In June 1998, 6.1 million unique users visited the site. theglobe.com is a destination on the Internet where users are able to personalize their online experience by publishing their own content and interacting with others having similar interests. theglobe.com facilitates this interaction by providing various free services, including home page building, discussion forums, chat, e-mail and a marketplace where members can purchase a variety of products and services. Additionally, theglobe.com provides its users news, weather, movie and music reviews, multi-player gaming, horoscopes and personals. By satisfying its users' personal and practical needs, theglobe.com seeks to become their online home. The Company's primary revenue source is the sale of advertising, with additional revenues generated through e-commerce arrangements, and the sale of membership subscriptions for enhanced services.

The Company was incorporated in May 1995. For the period from inception through December 1995, the Company had minimal sales and its operating activities related primarily to the development of the necessary computer infrastructure and initial planning and development of theglobe.com. Operating expenses in 1995 were minimal. During 1996, the Company continued the foregoing activities and also focused on recruiting personnel, raising capital, and developing programs to attract and retain members. In 1997, the Company moved its headquarters to New York City, expanded its membership base from less than 250,000 to almost 1 million, improved and upgraded its services, expanded its production staff, built an internal sales department, and began active promotion of theglobe.com to increase market awareness. From the end of 1997 through June 30, 1998, revenues and operating expenses have increased as the Company has placed a greater emphasis on building its advertising revenues and memberships by expanding its sales force and promoting theglobe.com brand.

To date, the Company's revenues have been derived principally from the sale of advertisements and, to a lesser extent, from subscription revenues. E-commerce revenues have not been significant to date, but are expected to increase as the Company's existing e-commerce arrangements grow and new arrangements are entered into. Advertising revenues constituted 89% of total revenues for the six months ended June 30, 1998 and 77% of total revenues for the year ended December 31, 1997. The Company sells a variety of advertising packages to clients, including banner advertisements, event sponsorship, and targeted and direct response advertisements. Currently, the Company's advertising revenues are derived principally from short-term advertising arrangements, averaging one to two months, in which the Company guarantees a minimum number of impressions for a fixed fee. Advertising revenues are recognized ratably in the period in which the advertisement is displayed, provided that no significant Company obligations remain and collection of the resulting receivable is probable. Payments received from advertisers prior to displaying their advertisements on the site are recorded as deferred revenues and are recognized as revenue ratably when the advertisement is displayed. To the extent minimum guaranteed impression levels are not met, the Company defers recognition of the corresponding revenues until guaranteed levels are achieved.

In addition to advertising revenues, the Company derives other revenues primarily from its membership subscriptions. The Company's membership programs offer premium services for a monthly fee, providing additional services such as incremental storage space and the ability to host limited commercial activity. Although non-advertising revenues may continue to grow through the development of new membership programs and the planned introduction of theglobe.com's e-commerce merchandising solution, globeStores, in the fourth quarter of 1998, the Company expects to derive its revenue principally from the sale of advertising space on its Web site for the foreseeable future. The Company's recent arrangements with its premier e-commerce partners generally provide the Company with a fee for renting space in theglobe.com Marketplace, and/or a share of any sales resulting from direct links from the Company's Web site. Revenues from these programs will be recognized in the month that the service is provided. Revenues from the Company's share of the proceeds from its e-commerce partners' sales will be recognized by the Company upon notification from its partners of sales attributable to the Company's site. To date, revenues from e-commerce arrangements have not been material.

The Company incurred net losses of $65,706, $750,180 and $3.6 million for the period from May 1, 1995 (date of inception) to December 31, 1995, and the years ended December 31, 1996 and 1997, respectively, and $5.8 million for the six months ended June 30, 1998. At June 30, 1998, the Company had an accumulated deficit of $10.2 million. The net losses and accumulated deficit resulted from the Company's lack of substantial revenues and the significant operation, infrastructure and other costs incurred in the development and marketing of the Company's services. As a result of its expansion plans, the Company expects to incur additional losses from operations for the foreseeable future. To the extent that increases in its operating expenses precede or are not subsequently followed by commensurate increases in revenues, or that the Company is unable to adjust operating expense levels accordingly, the Company's business, results of operations and financial condition would be materially and adversely affected. There can be no assurance that the Company will ever achieve or sustain profitability or that the Company's operating losses will not increase in the future.

The Company has recorded deferred compensation of approximately $25,000 and $83,100 for the years ended December 31, 1996 and 1997, respectively, in connection with the grant of certain stock options to employees, representing the difference between the deemed value of the Company's Common Stock for accounting purposes and the exercise price of such options at the date of grant. Such amount is presented as a reduction of stockholders' equity and amortized over the vesting period of the applicable options, generally three to five years. Amortization of deferred stock compensation is allocated to the general and administrative expense line identified on the statement of operations. As a result, the Company currently expects to amortize the following amounts of deferred compensation annually: 1998--$46,200; 1999--$26,300; 2000--$1,800; 2001--$1,200; and 2002--$500. Amortization of deferred compensation was $23,100 and $28,100 for the six months ended June 30, 1998 and the year ended 1997, respectively. The Company expects to record a charge to earnings in the third quarter of 1998 in connection with the transfer during the third quarter of 1998 of Warrants to acquire 450,000 shares of Common Stock from Dancing Bear Investments (its largest stockholder) to Todd V. Krizelman, Stephan J. Paternot and Edward A. Cespedes. The amount of such charge will be determined by the difference between the initial public offering price per share and the exercise price per Warrant (approximately $1.45 per share).

Also, during July 1998, pursuant to the terms of an employment agreement with an officer of the Company, the Company granted stock options to purchase 225,000 shares of Common Stock, 175,000 of which have an exercise price per share equal to 85% of the initial public offering price. The remaining options will be granted at the initial public offering price which is equal to the fair market value per share of the Company's Common Stock on the date of grant. As a result, the Company will record deferred compensation expense, representing the difference between the deemed value of the Company's Common Stock, the initial public offering price for accounting purposes and the exercise price of such options at the date of grant. Such amount shall be presented as a reduction of stockholders' equity and amortized over the vesting period of the applicable options. The options shall vest with respect to one-third of the shares subject thereto on each of the first three anniversaries of the date of grant.

Results of Operations

The following table sets forth the results of operations (as a percentage of total revenues) for the periods indicated by each item reflected in the Company's statement of operations. Given its limited operating history, the Company believes that an analysis of its cost and expense categories as a percentage of revenue is not meaningful.

                                      May 1,
                                       1995
                                    (inception)
                                         to                                       Six Months Ended
                                    December 31,    Year Ended December 31,           June 30,
                                    ------------    -----------------------           --------
                                       1995           1996          1997          1997        1998
                                       ----           ----          ----          ----        ----


Revenues..........................     100%           100%          100%          100%        100%
Cost of revenues..................      48%            51%           55%           51%         43%
                                      ----           ----          ----          ----        ----
  Gross profit ...................      52%            49%           45%           49%         57%
Operating expenses:
   Sales and marketing............       5%           121%          162%          108%        383%
   Product development                 224%            52%           20%           30%         21%
   General and administrative.....      68%           213%          367%          285%        204%
                                      ----           ----          ----          ----        ----
          Total Operating expenses     297%           386%          549%          423%        608%
                                      ----           ----         ----           ----        ----
Loss from operations..............    (245%)         (337%)        (504%)        (374%)      (551%)
Interest income (expense), net....      (0%)           10%           43%            5%         57%
                                      ----           ----          ----          ----        ----
Loss before provision for income
   taxes..........................    (245%)         (327%)        (461%)        (369%)      (494%)
Provision for income taxes........       0%             0%            4%            0%          2%
                                      ----           ----          ----          ----        ----
Net loss..........................    (245%)         (327%)        (465%)        (369%)      (496%)
                                      ----           ----          ----          ----        ----

Comparison of Six Months Ended June 30, 1997 and 1998

Revenues. Revenues increased from $208,241 for the six months ended June 30, 1997 to $1.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 1998, an increase of 463%. The period to period growth in revenues resulted from an increase in (i) the number of advertisers as well as the average contract duration and value, (ii) the Company's Web site traffic and (iii) to a lesser extent, its subscription memberships.

Advertising Revenues. Advertising revenues were $144,166 or 69% of total revenues and $1.0 million or 89% of total revenues for the six months ended June 30, 1997 and 1998, respectively. Commencing in April 1996, the Company engaged an Internet advertising service provider to sell the Company's Web site advertising inventory in exchange for a service fee. The Company recognized revenues net of such service fees. Commencing May 1, 1997, the Company canceled this arrangement and created its own internal sales department in order to properly represent theglobe.com brand on a consistent basis as well as to reduce overall sales costs. Accordingly, the advertisements sold by the Internet advertising service provider accounted for approximately 28% of total revenues for the six months ended June 30, 1997. The Company did not record any similar expense in the six months ended June 30, 1998. In addition, the Company recorded $37,500 and $39,906 of barter advertising revenues, representing 18% and 3% of total revenues, for the six months ended June 30, 1997 and 1998, respectively, which primarily related to an advertising contract with a major Internet search engine provider that was cancelled in January 1998. The Company anticipates that advertising revenues will continue to account for a substantial share of total revenues for the foreseeable future and that barter revenue will continue to comprise an insignificant portion of the Company's total revenues in the future.

Subscription Revenues. The Company's subscription membership revenues were $64,075 or 31% of total revenues and $129,792 or 11% of total revenues for the six months ended June 30, 1997 and 1998, respectively. At June 30, 1998, the Company had deferred revenues of $132,353, attributable to prepaid subscription memberships which are amortized ratably over the remaining membership term, typically ranging from one to 12 months.

Cost of Revenues. Cost of revenues consists primarily of Internet connection charges, Web site equipment leasing costs, depreciation, barter advertising expenses, salaries of operations personnel and other related maintenance and support costs. Gross margins were 49% and 57% for the six months ended June 30, 1997 and 1998, respectively. The increase in gross margin was primarily due to a greater increase in revenues relative to the increase in cost of revenues. In addition, the Company recorded $37,500 and $39,906 of barter advertising expenses during the six months ended June 30, 1997 and 1998, respectively, included in cost of revenues, which is equivalent to the barter advertising revenues recorded in the same period. The June 30, 1997 and 1998 gross margins exclusive of the barter transactions were 60% and 59%, respectively. Therefore, excluding barter, gross margins have remained fairly consistent from period to period.

Sales and Marketing Expenses. Sales and marketing expenses consist primarily of salaries of sales and marketing personnel, commissions, advertising, public relations, sales force and other marketing related expenses. Sales and marketing expenses increased from $224,170 or 108% of total revenues for the six months ended June 30, 1997 to $4.5 million or 383% of total revenues for the six months ended June 30, 1998. The period to period increase in sales and marketing expenses was primarily attributable to expansion of the Company's online and print advertising, public relations and other promotional expenditures, as well as increased sales and marketing personnel and related expenses required to implement the Company's marketing strategy in the first half of 1998. Sales and marketing expenses also increased as a result of the Company's decision to shift its advertising to an internal sales department in the second quarter of 1997. Sales and marketing expenses as a percentage of total revenues have increased as a result of the continued development and implementation of theglobe.com's branding and marketing campaign. The Company expects sales and marketing expenses will continue to increase in absolute dollars for the foreseeable future as the Company continues its branding strategy, expands its direct sales force, hires additional marketing personnel and increases expenditures for marketing and promotion.

Product Development Expenses. Product development expenses include personnel costs associated with the development, testing and upgrades to the Company's Web site and systems as well as personnel costs related to its editorial content and community management and support. Product development expenses increased from $62,500 or 30% of total revenues for the six months ended June 30, 1997 to $250,869 or 21% of total revenues for the six months ended June 30, 1998. The absolute dollar increase in product development expenses was primarily attributable to increased staffing levels required to support theglobe.com and related back-office systems and to enhance the content and features within the Company's Web site. The Company believes that timely deployment of new and enhanced features and technology are critical to attaining its strategic objectives and remaining competitive. Accordingly, the Company intends to continue recruiting and hiring experienced product development personnel and to make additional investments in product development. The Company expenses product development costs as incurred. As such, the Company expects that product development expenditures will increase in absolute dollars in future periods.

General and Administrative Expenses. General and administrative expenses consist primarily of salaries and related costs for general corporate functions, including finance, accounting, facilities and legal expenses, and fees for professional services. General and administrative expenses increased from $594,358 or 285% of total revenues for the six months ended June 30, 1997 to $2.4 million or 204% of total revenues for the six months ended June 30, 1998, an increase of $1.8 million, or 303%. The absolute dollar increase in general and administrative expenses was primarily due to increased salaries and related expenses associated with management's employment contracts, hiring of additional personnel, and increases in professional fees and travel. The increased salaries also reflect the highly competitive nature of hiring in the new media industry. The Company expects that it will incur additional general and administrative expenses as the Company hires additional personnel and incurs additional costs related to the growth of the business and its operation as a public company, including directors' and officers' liability insurance, investor relations programs and professional service fees. Accordingly, the Company anticipates that general and administrative expenses will continue to increase in absolute dollars.

Interest Income (Expense), Net. Interest income (expense), net includes income from the Company's cash and investments and expenses related to the Company's capital lease obligations. Interest income (expense), net increased from $11,384 for the six months ended June 30, 1997 to $672,637 for the six months ended on June 30, 1998, an increase of $661,253. The increase in interest income was primarily due to a higher average cash, cash equivalent and investment balance as a result of capital received from the issuance of shares of the Company's Preferred Stock in the third quarter of 1997.

Income Taxes. Income taxes of $26,500 for the six months ended June 30, 1998 are based solely on state and local taxes on business and investment capital. The Company's effective tax rate differs from the statutory federal income tax rate, primarily as a result of the uncertainty regarding the Company's ability to utilize its net operating loss carryforwards. Due to the uncertainty surrounding the timing or realization of the benefits of its net operating loss carryforwards in future tax returns, the Company has placed a valuation allowance against its otherwise recognizable deferred tax assets. As of June 30, 1998 and December 31, 1997, the Company had approximately $9.9 million and $4.4 million of federal net operating loss carryforwards for tax reporting purposes available to offset future taxable income. The Company's federal net operating loss carryforwards expire beginning 2000 through 2012, respectively. The Tax Reform Act of 1986 imposes substantial restrictions on the utilization of net operating losses and tax credits in the event of an "ownership change" of a corporation. Due to the change in the Company's ownership interests in the third quarter of 1997, as defined in the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), future utilization of the Company's net operating loss carryforwards will be subject to certain limitations or annual restrictions. See Note 5 to the Notes to Financial Statements appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus.

Comparison of the Period From May 1, 1995 (Inception) to December 31, 1995 and Years Ended December 31, 1996 and 1997

Revenues. Revenues were $26,815, $229,363, and $770,293 for the period from May 1, 1995 (inception) to December 31, 1995, and for the years ended December 31, 1996 and 1997, respectively. The period to period growth resulted from an increase in (i) the number of advertisers as well as the average contract duration and value, (ii) the Company's Web site traffic and (iii) to a lesser extent, its subscription memberships.

Advertising Revenues. Advertising revenues were $26,815 or 100% of total revenues, $216,814 or 95% of total revenues, and $592,409 or 77% of total revenues for the period from May 1, 1995 (inception) to December 31, 1995, and for the years ended December 31, 1996 and 1997, respectively. Commencing in April 1996, the Company engaged an Internet advertising service provider to sell the Company's Web site advertising inventory in exchange for a service fee. During 1996, the advertisements sold by the Internet advertising service provider accounted for approximately 71% of total revenues. Commencing May 1, 1997, the Company canceled this arrangement and created its own internal sales department in order to represent theglobe.com brand on a consistent basis as well as to reduce overall sales costs. During 1997, revenues from this service provider were only 8% of total revenues. During 1997, the Company recorded $166,500 of barter advertising revenues, representing 22% of total revenues, which primarily related to an advertising contract with a major Internet search engine provider.

Subscription Revenues. The Company's subscription membership revenues were $12,549 or 5% of total revenues and $177,884 or 23% of total revenues for the years ended December 31, 1996 and 1997, respectively. At December 31, 1996 and 1997, the Company had deferred revenues of $32,144 and $113,290, respectively, attributable to prepaid subscription memberships. The Company did not have subscription revenues in its year of inception.

Cost of Revenues. Cost of revenues were $12,779 or 48% of total revenues, $116,780 or 51% of total revenues, $423,706 or 55% of total revenues for the period from May 1, 1995 (inception) to December 31, 1995, and for the years ended December 31, 1996 and 1997, respectively. Gross margins were 52%, 49% and 45% in 1995, 1996 and 1997, respectively. The general decline in gross margins as a percentage of total revenues was attributable to the growth of the networking infrastructure resulting in an increase in Internet connection, support and maintenance charges, equipment costs as well as operations personnel costs. In 1995, the Company's first year of operation, cost of revenues only represented Internet connection and support and maintenance charges. In 1997, gross margins also decreased due to the inclusion of $166,500 of barter advertising expenses in cost of revenues, which was equivalent to the barter advertising revenues recorded in the same period. The 1997 gross margin exclusive of the barter transactions was 57%. The Company's 1997 gross margin was positively impacted by its decision to shift its advertising to an internal sales department during May 1997 and the increase in the Company's subscription members.

Sales and Marketing Expenses. Sales and marketing expenses were $1,248 or 5% of total revenues, $275,947 or 121% of total revenues, and $1.2 million or 162% of total revenues for the period from May 1, 1995 (inception) to December 31, 1995, and for the years ended December 31, 1996 and 1997, respectively. In the first year of operation, the Company did not dedicate meaningful funds to sales and marketing. The period to period increase in sales and marketing expenses from 1996 to 1997 was primarily attributable to expansion of the Company's online and print advertising, public relations and other promotional expenditures as well as increased sales and marketing personnel and related expenses required to implement the Company's marketing strategy. Sales and marketing expenses also increased as a result of the Company's decision to shift its advertising to an internal sales department in the second quarter of 1997.

Product Development Expenses. Product development expenses were $60,000 or 224% of total revenues, $120,000 or 52% of total revenues, and $153,667 or 20% of total revenues for the period from May 1, 1995 (inception) to December 31, 1995, and for the years ended December 31, 1996 and 1997, respectively. The increases in absolute dollars in product development expenses were primarily attributable to increased staffing levels required to support theglobe.com and its related back-office systems. Product development expenses as a percentage of total revenues have decreased because of the growth in total revenues.

General and Administrative Expenses. General and administrative expenses were $18,380 or 68% of total revenues, $489,073 or 213% of total revenues, and $2.8 million or 367% of total revenues for the period from May 1, 1995 (inception) to December 31, 1995, and for the years ended December 31, 1996 and 1997, respectively. The period to period increase in general and administrative expenses was primarily due to increases in the number of general and administrative personnel, professional services, travel and facility related expenses to support the growth of the Company's operations. The increased salaries reflect the highly competitive nature of hiring in the new media industry. General and administrative expenses as a percentage of total revenues decreased in 1996 because of the growth in total revenues. General and administrative expenses as a percentage of total revenues and in absolute dollars increased in 1997 primarily related to expenses associated with management's employment contracts and accrued bonuses granted during the second half of 1997 combined with the additional costs required to support the rapid growth of the Company's operations.

Interest Income (Expense), Net. Interest income (expense), net was $(114), $22,257 and $334,720, for the period from May 1, 1995 (inception) to December 31, 1995, and for the years ended December 31, 1996 and 1997, respectively. The increase in interest income for the year ended December 31, 1997 was primarily due to a higher average cash, cash equivalent, and investment balance as a result of the proceeds received from the issuance of shares of the Company's Preferred Stock in the third quarter of 1997.

Income Taxes. Income taxes of $36,100 for the year ended December 31, 1997 was based solely on state and local taxes on business and investment capital. The Company paid less than $1,000 in income taxes in 1995 and 1996.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Since its inception, the Company has primarily financed its operations through (i) the private placement of its Preferred Stock through which the Company raised $20 million and $280,000 in the third and second quarters of 1997, respectively, and $910,000 in 1996, (ii) the private placement of Preferred Stock and Common Stock, through which the Company raised $647,000 and $4,700, respectively, in 1995 and (iii) capital equipment lease financing which, from December 1997 through June 1998, raised approximately $963,000. As of June 30, 1998, the Company had approximately $3.0 million in cash and cash equivalents and $10.2 million in marketable securities.

Net cash used in operating activities was $330,223 and $5.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 1997 and 1998, respectively, and $58,510, $601,602, and $1.9 million for the period from May 1, 1995 (inception) to December 31, 1995, and for the years ended December 31, 1996 and 1997, respectively. The Company had significant negative cash flows from operating activities in each fiscal and quarterly period to date. Net cash used in operating activities resulted primarily from the Company's net operating losses, adjusted for certain non-cash items, and a higher level of accounts receivable due to the time lag between revenue recognition and the receipt of payments from advertisers, which were partially offset by increases in accounts payable, accrued expenses, deferred revenues and the timing of payments associated with the Company's 1997 accrued bonuses in the first quarter of 1998. For the six months ended June 30, 1998, the increase in net cash used in operating activities resulted primarily from the Company's net operating loss of $5.8 million and the payment of 1997's bonuses of $1.1 million during the first six months of 1998.

Net cash provided (used) in investing activities was $(229,696) and $2.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 1997 and 1998, respectively, and $(51,101), $(138,309), and $(13.2) million for the period from May 1, 1995 (inception) to December 31, 1995, and for the years ended December 31, 1996 and 1997, respectively. Net cash provided (used) in investing activities was primarily related to purchase and sales of short-term investments with the proceeds from the Company's issuance of shares of the Company's Preferred Stock in the third quarter of 1997, totaling $20 million, and the purchase of property and equipment in connection with the Company's build out of its infrastructure. During December 1997 and the first six months of 1998, the Company acquired additional equipment under capital leases of $126,000 and $836,648, respectively.

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities was $258,205 and $(69,233) for the six months ended June 30, 1997 and 1998, respectively, and $696,685, $909,955, and $20.2 million for the period from May 1, 1995 (inception) to December 31, 1995, and for the years ended December 31, 1996 and 1997, respectively. Net cash provided by financing activities during 1995 consisted primarily of $45,500 in convertible notes payable and $646,505 in proceeds from the issuance of the Company's Common Stock. Net cash provided by financing activities in 1996 and in 1997 consisted primarily of net proceeds from the issuance of the Company's Preferred Stock. Net cash used in financing activities of $(77,405) consisted primarily of payments under its capital lease obligations.

As of June 30, 1998, the Company's principal commitments consisted of obligations outstanding under capital and operating leases. The Company spent approximately $557,253 on capital expenditures since inception, excluding capital lease arrangements. The Company estimates that its capital expenditures for the second half of 1998 and 1999 will be approximately $2 million and $7 million, respectively. The Company currently expects that its principal capital expenditures during that time will relate to improvements to technical infrastructure and a planned move of the Company headquarters at the end of 1998.

The Company's capital requirements depend on numerous factors, including market acceptance of the Company's services, the amount of resources the Company devotes to investments in its Web site, the resources the Company devotes to marketing and selling its services and its brand promotions and other factors. The Company has experienced a substantial increase in its capital expenditures and operating lease arrangements since its inception consistent with the growth in the Company's operations and staffing, and anticipates that this will continue for the foreseeable future. Additionally, the Company will continue to evaluate possible investments in businesses, products and technologies, and plans to expand its sales and marketing programs and conduct more aggressive brand promotions.

The Company believes that the net proceeds from this Offering, together with its current cash and cash equivalents, will be sufficient to meet its anticipated cash needs for working capital and capital expenditures for at least 12 months. If cash generated from operations is insufficient to satisfy the Company's liquidity requirements, the Company may seek to sell additional equity or debt securities or to obtain a credit facility. The sale of additional equity or convertible debt securities could result in additional dilution to the Company's stockholders. There can be no assurance that financing will be available in amounts or on terms acceptable to the Company, if at all. See "Risk Factors--Additional Financing Requirements; Expected Negative Operating Cash Flow for the Forseeable Future."

Quarterly Results of Operations Data

The following table sets forth certain unaudited quarterly statement of operations data for each of the six quarters ended June 30, 1998 as well as such data expressed as a percentage of the Company's total revenues for the periods indicated. In the opinion of management, this information has been prepared substantially on the same basis as the audited financial statements appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus, and all necessary adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, have been included in the amounts stated below to present fairly the unaudited quarterly results of operations data.

The quarterly data should be read in conjunction with the audited financial statements of the Company and the notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus. The operating results for any quarter are not necessarily indicative of the operating results for any future period. In particular, because of the Company's limited operating history, the Company has limited meaningful financial data upon which to base revenues and planned operating expenses. Additionally, the Company believes that it may experience seasonality in its business, with use of the Internet and theglobe.com being somewhat lower during the summer vacation period and year-end holiday periods. Additionally, seasonality may affect significantly the Company's advertising revenue during the first and third calendar quarters. See "Risk Factors-Potential Fluctuations in Operating Results; Quarterly Fluctuations."

                                                     Three Months Ended
                                                     ------------------

                            March 31,       June 30,  September 30,   December 31,      March 31,      June 30,
                              1997            1997         1997         1997              1998           1998
                            ---------       --------  -------------   ------------      ---------      --------
                                                 (Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
Statement of Operations
 Data:
Revenues ...............      $    87        $   121        $   207        $   355        $   394        $   780
Cost of revenues .......           25             81            133            185            213            291
                              -------        -------        -------        -------        -------        -------
 Gross profit ..........           62             40             74            170            181            489
Operating expenses:
 Sales and marketing....           64            160            404            620          1,411          3,083
 Product development....           30             32             37             54             85            165
 General and
  administrative........          303            291          1,511            722          1,098          1,299
                              -------        -------        -------        -------        -------        -------
Total operating
 expenses...............          397            483          1,952          1,396          2,594          4,547
Loss from operations....         (335)          (443)        (1,878)        (1,226)        (2,413)        (4,058)
Interest income
 (expense), net.........            3              8            113            210            456            217
                              -------        -------        -------        -------        -------        -------
Loss before provision
 for income taxes.......         (332)          (435)        (1,765)        (1,016)        (1,957)        (3,841)
Provision for
 income taxes...........           --             --             18             18             16             10
                              -------        -------        -------        -------        -------        -------
Net loss ...............      $  (332)       $  (435)      $ (1,783)      $ (1,034)      $ (1,973)      $ (3,851)
                              =======        =======        =======        =======        =======        =======


Percentage of Revenues:
Revenues ...............          100%           100%           100%           100%           100%           100%
Cost of revenues........           29%            67%            64%            52%            54%            37%
                              -------        -------        -------        -------        -------        -------
 Gross profit ..........          71%            33%            36%            48%            46%            63%
Operating expenses:
 Sales and marketing....           74%           132%           196%           175%           358%           395%
 Product development....           34%            27%            18%            15%            22%            21%
 General and
  administrative........          348%           240%           731%           203%           279%           167%
                              -------        -------        -------        -------        -------        -------
Total operating
 expenses...............          456%           399%           945%           393%           659%           583%
Loss from operations....         (385%)         (366%)         (909%)         (345%)         (613%)         (520%)
Interest income
 (expense), net.........            4%             7%            55%            59%           116%            28%
                              -------        -------        -------        -------        -------        -------
Loss before
 provision for
  income taxes..........         (381%)         (359%)         (854%)         (286%)         (497%)         (492%)
Provision for
 income taxes...........            0%             0%             9%             5%             4%             1%
                              -------        -------        -------        -------        -------        -------
Net loss................         (381%)         (359%)         (863%)         (291%)         (501%)         (493%)
                              =======        =======        =======        =======        =======        =======

Impact of the Year 2000

The Year 2000 issue is the result of computer-controlled systems using two digits rather than four to define the applicable year. For example, computer programs that have time-sensitive software may recognize a date using "00" as the year 1900 rather than the year 2000. This could result in system failure or miscalculations causing disruptions of operations, including, among other things, a temporary inability to process transactions, send invoices or engage in similar normal business activities.

State of Readiness. The Company may be affected by non-compliant IT systems or non-IT systems operated by the Company or by third parties. The Company has substantially completed an assessment of its internal and external (third party) IT systems and non-IT systems. At this point in its assessment, the Company is not currently aware of any Year 2000 problems relating to systems operated by the Company or by third parties that would have a material effect on the Company's business, results of operations, or financial condition, without taking into account the Company's efforts to avoid such problems, although there can be no assurance thereof.

The Company's IT systems consist of software developed either in-house or purchased from third parties, and hardware purchased from vendors. At this point, the Company's assessment of its in-house software has identified only approximately 2,000 lines of code out of several hundred thousand in its proprietary, in-house software which are not Year 2000 compliant. Those portions of code which are not compliant are used solely for internal statistical analysis. The Company does not anticipate any difficulty in modifying this code to become Year 2000 compliant by December 31, 1998. The Company has contacted its principal vendors of hardware and software. All of those contacted vendors have notified the Company that the hardware and software that they have supplied to the Company is Year 2000 compliant.

The Company has also substantially completed an assessment of its non-IT systems which the Company has identified as containing embedded chip systems for Year 2000 issues. At this point in its assessment, the Company is not currently aware of any Year 2000 problems relating to these systems which would have a material effect on the Company's business, results of operations, or financial condition, without taking into account the Company's efforts to avoid such problems.

The Company's IT systems and other business resources rely on IT systems and non-IT systems provided by service providers and therefore may be vulnerable to those service providers' failure to remediate their own Year 2000 issues. Such service providers include those for the Company's network and e-mail services and landlords for the Company's leased office spaces. The Company has contacted these principal service providers and has been notified that the IT and non-IT systems which they provide to the Company are Year 2000 Compliant.

Cost. Based on its assessment to date, the Company does not anticipate that costs associated with remediating the Company's non-compliant IT systems or non-IT systems will be material.

Risks. To the extent that the Company's assessment is finalized without identifying any additional material non-compliant IT systems operated by the Company or by third parties, the most reasonably likely worst case Year 2000 scenario is a systemic failure beyond the control of the Company, such as a prolonged telecommunications or electrical failure. Such a failure could prevent the Company from operating its business, prevent users from accessing the Company's Web site, or change the behavior of advertising customers or persons accessing the Company's Web site. The Company believes that the primary business risks, in the event of such failure, would include but not be limited to, lost advertising revenues, increased operating costs, loss of customers or persons accessing the Company's Web site, or other business interruptions of a material nature, as well as claims of mismanagement, misrepresentation, or breach of contract.

Contingency Plan. As discussed above, the Company is engaged in an ongoing Year 2000 assessment. Following the completion of the assessment, the Company plans to conduct a full-scale Year 2000 simulation of its IT systems. The results of this simulation and the Company's assessment will be taken into account in determining the nature and extent of any contingency plans.

Effects of Inflation

Due to relatively low levels of inflation in 1995, 1996 and 1997 and the first six months of 1998, inflation has not had a significant effect on the Company's results of operations since inception.

Impact of Recently Issued Accounting Standards

The Company adopted the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No. 130, "Reporting Comprehensive Income" as of January 1, 1998. SFAS No. 130 requires the Company to report in their financial statements, in addition to its net income (loss), comprehensive income (loss), which includes all changes in equity during a period from non-owner sources including, as applicable, foreign currency items, minimum pension liability adjustments and unrealized gains and losses on certain investments in debt and equity securities. For the six months ended June 30, 1998 and the year ended December 31, 1997, comprehensive net loss was approximately $11,600 lower and $41,200 higher, respectively, than the net loss reported in the Company's statements of operations for the applicable periods, due to unrealized gains or losses on securities classified as available-for-sale.

In June 1997, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued SFAS No. 131, "Disclosure About Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information." SFAS No. 131 establishes standards for the way that public business enterprises report information about operating segments. It also establishes standards for related disclosures about products and services, geographic areas and major customers. SFAS No. 131 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 1997. The Company has determined that it does not have any separately reportable business segments.

In June 1998, the FASB issued SFAS No. 133. Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities. SFAS No. 133 establishes accounting and reporting standard for derivative instruments, including derivative instruments embedded in other contracts, and for hedging activities. SFAS No. 133 is effective for all fiscal quarters of fiscal years beginning after June 15, 1999. The statement is not expected to affect the Company as the Company currently does not have any derivative instruments or hedging activities.


BUSINESS

Overview

theglobe.com is one of the world's leading online communities with over 1.9 million members in the United States and abroad, In June 1998, 6.1 million unique users visited this site. theglobe.com is a destination on the Internet where users are able to personalize their online experience by publishing their own content and interacting with others having similar interests. theglobe.com facilitates this interaction by providing various free services, including home page building, discussion forums, chat, e-mail and a marketplace where members can purchase a variety of products and services. Additionally, theglobe.com provides its users news, weather, movie and music reviews, multi-player gaming, horoscopes and personals. By satisfying its users' personal and practical needs, theglobe.com seeks to become their online home. The Company's primary revenue source is the sale of advertising, with additional revenues generated through e-commerce arrangements and the sale of membership subscriptions for enhanced services.

Since its founding in May 1995, theglobe.com has experienced strong growth. The site has added over 100,000 new members every month since October 1997, and generated over 100 million page views in June 1998, an increase of over 100% from January 1998. More than 6.1 million unique users visited the site in June 1998, reflecting an increase of more than 350% since January 1998. Approximately 25% to 35% of theglobe.com's monthly traffic originates from abroad, reflecting the site's international appeal. According to Media Metrix, theglobe.com was ranked as the fourth fastest growing Web site in terms of audience reach for the first half of 1998.

Industry Background

The rapid adoption of the Internet as a means to gather information, communicate, interact and be entertained, combined with the vast proliferation of Web sites, has made the Internet an important new mass medium. IDC estimates that the number of Internet users exceeded 69 million in 1997, and will grow to over 320 million by 2002. The Internet enables advertisers to target advertising campaigns utilizing sophisticated databases of information on the users of various sites and to directly generate revenues from these users through online transactions. As a result, the Internet has become a compelling means to advertise and market products and services.

With the volume of sites and vast abundance of information available on the Internet, users are increasingly seeking an online home where they can interact with others with similar interests and quickly find information, products and services related to a particular interest or need. Community sites were developed as a solution to the challenges posed by the Internet's growth and complexity. They offer a single location where users can build their personal Web sites and place them among the sites of others having similar interests. In addition, community sites generally offer services including access to e-mail accounts, chat rooms, news, and entertainment services, among other features. By satisfying the needs of its users, communities seek to establish a close relationship with their audience. As a result, users tend to be loyal to and spend more time online at community sites.

Advertising. Jupiter Communications estimates that spending on Internet advertising in the U.S. will grow from $1.9 billion in 1997 to $7.7 billion in 2002. The Internet has become a compelling advertising vehicle that provides advertisers with targeting tools not available from traditional advertising media. The interactive nature of the Internet and the development of "click-through" advertising banners and other feedback tools enable advertisers to measure impression levels, establish a dialogue with users and receive "real-time" direct feedback from their target markets. Such feedback provides advertisers with an effective means to measure the attractiveness of their offerings among targeted audiences and make modifications to their advertising campaigns on short notice. Community sites are generally able to provide advertisers significantly more information regarding consumers than other Web sites because they collect detailed demographic data and facilitate the development of user-created affinity groups. The ability to target advertisements to broad audiences, specific regional populations, affinity groups or individuals makes community Web site advertising a highly versatile and effective tool for delivering customized and cost-effective messages.

One indicator of the Internet's popularity as an advertising medium is the growing number and diversity of Internet advertisers. Most early Internet advertisers were technology and Internet-related companies. Today, a growing number of Internet advertisers consist of traditional, consumer product and service companies. The diverse audience of users accessing community sites has made such sites especially attractive to consumer product and service companies advertising on the Internet. The Company believes that this trend should continue, and that a wide variety of companies outside the technology and Internet industries, such as financial services, consumer goods, automotive and pharmaceutical companies, are or will be increasingly using the Internet, and community sites in particular, to advertise.

E-commerce and Direct Marketing. The Internet has become a significant marketplace for buying and selling goods and services. Jupiter Communications estimates that the amount of goods or services purchased in online consumer transactions will grow from approximately $3 billion in 1997 to approximately $38 billion in 2002. Improvements in security, interface design and transaction-processing technologies have facilitated an increase in online consumer transactions. Early adopters of such improvements include online merchants offering broad product catalogs (such as books, music CDs and toys), those seeking distribution efficiencies (such as PCs, flowers and groceries) and those offering products and services with negotiable pricing (such as automobiles and mortgages). The Company believes that as the volume of online transactions increases, traditional retailers will offer a wide variety of products and services online. The Company believes that online communities provide businesses an attractive environment for selling products and services by providing direct access to users with like interests.

The Internet allows marketers to collect meaningful demographic information and feedback from consumers, and to rapidly respond to this information with new messages. This offers a significant new opportunity for businesses to increase the effectiveness of their direct marketing campaigns. In traditional media, a significant portion of all advertising budgets are spent on direct marketing because of its effectiveness. However, the effectiveness of direct marketing campaigns is dependent upon the quality of consumer data used to develop and place consumer advertisements. In addition to providing detailed demographic data, community Web site participants indicate their areas of personal interest by self-selecting themselves into affinity groups. This added level of information provides direct marketers an invaluable tool to target potential customers more accurately. Accordingly, advertisers are able to improve their direct marketing campaigns which may translate into higher sales.

theglobe.com Solution

The Company was founded by Todd V. Krizelman and Stephan J. Paternot to capitalize on the growing demand for online destinations that allow users to develop their own identities and establish relationships with other Internet users. theglobe.com community is organized in an intuitive hierarchy modeled after the real world, with each layer reflecting a more specific level of interest. There are six "Themes of Interest": Arts and Entertainment, Business and Finance, Lifestyles, Romance, Special Interests and Geographical Interests. Themes of Interest are subdivided into 24 "Cities," which are further divided into 75 "Districts." Within each District members have the ability to create or join "Interest Groups," theglobe.com's smallest form of community. There are currently 325 Interest Groups. Interest Groups, once proposed by any member, are posted for petition. Those groups that garner enough votes then go "live" on the site. Members are not limited as to the number of communities they can join and are able to leave an Interest Group at any time. Because of this, the communities are dynamic and evolve as member interests change. "Community Leaders" are elected to manage communities and are able to highlight member content, communicate directly to constituents and organize events.

Within Interest Groups, members can access a collection of services provided by theglobe.com to generate content, including chat, open forums and e-mail. Member created content within Interest Groups satisfy users' desires for topic specific information, conversation and debate. Members vote and generate content for communities, thereby facilitating production of desirable content on theglobe.com. Viewing community content does not require membership, allowing theglobe.com to leverage its member-created content to attract a large audience of users. As these users become familiar with theglobe.com, the Company believes it has a greater ability to convert them into members, perpetuating the growth of the site.

The unique community focus of theglobe.com offers the Company several advantages that include:

Member Loyalty. Because theglobe.com provides a home for its members, members develop loyalty to the site and to the communities in which they participate. This translates into more frequent usage by members and longer stays at the site. According to Media Metrix, the average time spent per user at theglobe.com in the period April through June 1998 was approximately 15% higher than the average time spent on the top 25 Web sites visited most frequently.

Member Developed Content. The majority of content on theglobe.com is developed by users on a voluntary basis for the benefit of all users of the site. As a result, the Company avoids the majority of costs associated with content development.

Targeted Advertising. theglobe.com structure provides a valuable platform for advertisers by allowing them to target advertisements based on both demographic information and affinity group affiliations. Advertisers are also drawn to theglobe.com's volume of user traffic, frequency and average length of use. theglobe.com's ability to reach users across a wide variety of interest areas has made the site attractive to both technology companies as well as traditional consumer product and service companies. Currently, approximately 60% of theglobe.com's advertisers are branded consumer product and service companies.

Business Strategy

theglobe.com's goal is to be the leading online community site. The Company seeks to attain this goal through the following key strategies:

Improve User Experience. The Company will continue efforts to improve user experience on theglobe.com by: (i) simplifying user interfaces and improving the ease of use of services, (ii) improving customer support,
(iii) developing loyalty programs to reward members for increased usage,
(iv) expanding the suite of personal publishing/Web site building tools,
(v) creating additional opportunities for participating in existing affinity groups, as well as expanding the number of affinity groups, (vi) personalizing the site to the preferences of individual members and (vii) launching new services to enhance the community.

Develop Brand Identity and Awareness. The Company intends to expand its presence as a mass market site by building brand awareness. The Company plans to continue to allocate a significant portion of its resources to develop its brand in the same fashion as traditional consumer product and service companies. The Company believes that establishing brand awareness among consumers is instrumental in attracting new members to theglobe.com and also has the effect of attracting media buyers who tend to favor well-known and trusted companies. theglobe.com also intends to continue to market its services in various media. In March 1998, theglobe.com launched advertising campaigns in several forms of media, including television, print, billboards, buses, telephone kiosks, online media, and other marketing and promotional efforts designed to build its brand name in selected cities.

Increase New Membership Acquisition through Strategic Alliances. theglobe.com continues to seek new ways to reach potential members when they are first becoming acquainted with the Internet. The Company believes that early contact with such users will enhance its ability to instill customer loyalty. Accordingly, the Company has established a strategic alliance with EarthLink Network, Inc. ("EarthLink"), one of the largest ISPs in the United States, through which members gain Internet access and are directed to theglobe.com as their home site upon startup. The Company has also formed strategic alliances with companies including Advertising Age, Together Systems and Ziff Davis University. These relationships are designed to drive additional traffic to the site, create brand building opportunities and allow for the marketing of products and services to theglobe.com's user base.

Expand Globally. The Company believes that significant opportunities exist to capitalize on the growth of the Internet internationally and is pursuing strategic relationships with international companies to exploit cross-marketing, co-branding and promotional opportunities. Approximately 25% to 35% of theglobe.com's traffic is generated by members outside of the United States who are able to communicate and publish on the site in their respective languages. The Company has received prominent press coverage in Europe, Asia and Australia, and has established a relationship with MTV U.K. to feature theglobe.com's founders on a weekly news show (to be launched initially in the United Kingdom in the fall of 1998).

Further Develop E-commerce. The Company intends to increase its e-commerce revenues by continuing to increase the number of e-commerce partners in theglobe.com Marketplace (the "Marketplace"), and through the introduction of "Globe-shops," its e-commerce merchandising solution aimed at the small to mid-sized office and home office market, in the fall of 1998. In addition, the Company is seeking to expand the number of its premier commerce partners ("Premier Partners") that rent space on theglobe.com. As of June 30, 1998, approximately 35 companies, including four Premier Partners, participated in the Marketplace.

Enhance Membership Services. The Company currently offers additional Internet services, such as increased storage space for building home pages, through its Gold and Platinum membership programs. To attract a wider subscriber base, the Company intends to develop new membership programs offering premium content, shopping clubs and entertainment services.

Products and Services

theglobe.com provides users with access to the following collection of products and services to generate content and purchase merchandise online:

Free Services. theglobe.com provides a range of free services to its members through which they are able to personalize their online experience. These services include personal Web site hosting, discussion forums, chat and e-mail. Additionally, theglobe.com provides news, weather, movie and music reviews, multiplayer gaming, horoscopes and personals. Members are also provided discounts on merchandise offered by certain retailers in the Marketplace.

theglobe.com Marketplace. theglobe.com Marketplace provides users access to products offered by leading retailers and service providers. The Company allows retailers to locate in its Marketplace and collects a fee based on a percentage of transactions. The Marketplace currently has 35 participants including BarnesandNoble.com, FAO Schwarz and Lens Express. The Company also has relationships with four Premier Partners who pay an additional fixed monthly fee in order to receive prominent placement at theglobe.com. Premier marketplace agreements typically run for a period of six months to one year and are renewable at the option of the partner. The Company currently has such agreements with Cyberian Outpost, Inc. for software and computer hardware, GetSmart for consumer finance, Classified Warehouse for classified advertisements and has signed a letter of intent with RSL Communications for Internet telephony and phone services.

globeStores. globestores is the Company's e-commerce merchandising solution aimed at the small to mid-sized office and home office market. The globeStore tool set will allow merchants and users to build storefronts at theglobe.com assisted by an easy-to-use online guide. The Company will offer globeStore merchants and users various options ranging from a basic promotional storefront to a more complete solution, including a catalog, shopping cart and online transaction capabilities. The Company intends to charge globeStore owners a monthly service fee based on the level of service utilized and a transactional fee.

Member Subscriptions. The Company currently offers additional Internet services through its Gold and Platinum membership packages. These packages provide services such as additional storage space and the ability to host limited commercial activity. Member subscriptions are available for a $4.95 or $9.95 monthly fee, depending on the level of service.

Corporate Alliances and Relationships

theglobe.com has established a number of relationships designed to drive additional traffic to its site, create brand building opportunities, and allow for the marketing of products and services to theglobe.com user base. These arrangements are with a variety of online and offline partners and provide a cost effective way to deliver traffic to the site because they do not require significant capital expenditures. Examples include:

EarthLink. theglobe.com seeks to reach new members as they first become acquainted with the Internet. The Company believes that early contact with such users will enhance the Company's ability to instill customer loyalty. Consistent with this strategy, the Company has established an alliance, currently in a trial phase, with EarthLink, one of the largest ISPs in the United States. EarthLink has created a custom version of their "start-up CD-ROM" which not only gives users Internet access but also automatically directs them to theglobe.com as their home site upon start-up. Additionally, EarthLink promotes theglobe.com within its site and pays the production costs of co-branded theglobe.com/EarthLink start-up CD-ROMs. EarthLink pays a commission to the Company for each member or user gaining Internet access by utilizing the co-branded start-up CD-ROM. When the trial phase is completed (expected in August 1998), the alliance will be automatically renewed for one-year periods, unless terminated by either party.

Advertising Age. theglobe.com hosts a full-service community for Advertising Age, a leading trade publication for the advertising industry. In exchange for providing the full range of membership services available on theglobe.com to users of the Advertising Age Web site, the Company receives free promotion on the Advertising Age Web site, as well as discounts on advertising in Advertising Age magazine. This relationship provides theglobe.com with significant exposure throughout the advertising community, particularly among media buyers.

JobDirect, Inc. JobDirect, Inc. ("JobDirect") is an Internet resume service which connects entry-level job seekers with employment opportunities. In exchange for development of community features for its Web site, JobDirect provides theglobe.com with a link from its site as well as prominent promotion in its offline job events on college campuses. JobDirect provides all of its members e-mail from theglobe.com and distributes co-branded marketing material to college students, providing theglobe.com with exposure to the college-age market segment.

In addition to the above relationships, the Company has a variety of other arrangements designed primarily to drive traffic to its site, including agreements with Ziff Davis University, Launch Magazine, Wall Street Sports LLC, LINCS, WebSurfer, Mining Company and Lycos.

Advertising Customers

With over 1.6 million registered members, over 6.1 million monthly users and over 100 million monthly page views as of June 1998, the Company has successfully attracted both mass market consumer product companies as well as technology-related businesses advertising on the Internet. Due to its advantages as a community Web site, the Company believes it is well positioned to capture a portion of the growing number of consumer product and service companies seeking to advertise online. In June 1998, approximately 90 customers advertised on theglobe.com. During that period, approximately 70% were repeat customers and no one customer accounted for more than 10% of revenues. Some of the Company's advertising clients include:

Lee Jeans            Coca Cola        J. Crew         Ziff Davis
Procter & Gamble     Visa             Polygram        BellSouth
Dunkin' Donuts       Office Depot     Levi's          Microsoft
Sony                 3Com             USWest          Intel

Advertising Sales and Design

The Company seeks to distinguish itself from its competition through the creation of unique advertising and sponsorship opportunities that are designed to build brand loyalty for its corporate sponsors by seamlessly integrating their advertising messages into theglobe.com's content. Through its close relationship with the end user, the Company has the ability to deliver advertising to specific targets within the site's themed content areas, allowing advertisers to single out and effectively deliver their messages to their respective target audiences. For example, a company can target an advertisement solely to 35-40 year old Canadian men with music interests. The Company believes that such sophisticated targeting is a critical element for capturing worldwide advertising budgets for the Internet. Additionally, the Company intends to expand the amount and type of demographic information it collects from its members, which will allow it to offer more specific data to its advertising clients.

While the Company's competition generally provides banner advertising as its primary delivery system, the Company offers an assortment of advertising options to its clients, allowing them to take advantage of theglobe.com's unique relationship with its users and rapidly growing membership base. In addition to direct response indicators like "click-throughs," theglobe.com also specializes in providing innovative and aggressive selling services and a number of "branding" and "beyond the banner" sponsorship packages for its advertisers at higher premiums, such as:

. Banner Advertising . Sweepstakes
. Button Advertising . Content Development
. Contextual Links within Relevant . Affinity Packages for Advertising Content Partners
. Pop Up and Log Out Interstitials . Opt-In Direct Marketing/Lead

                                        Generation
.  E-mail Sponsorship                   Programs
.  Celebrity Event Sponsorships      .  Pre- and Post-Campaign Market
                                        Research

The Company has built an internal sales organization of 16 professionals, focusing on both selling advertisements on the Web site and developing long-term strategic relationships with clients. A significant portion of the Company's sales personnel's income is commission based. All of the Company's sales personnel sell advertising exclusively for theglobe.com. The Company currently sells over 95% of its advertising inventory through its in-house sales staff, allowing the Company to better control its pricing and inventory, maintain brand consistency and capture maximum revenue. The Company has sales offices in New York City and San Francisco, and intends to open additional sales offices in selected markets around the world.

Marketing and Promotions

The Company has committed significant funds to advertising in traditional offline media, totaling approximately $ in the first six months of 1998. The Company launched an $8 million advertising campaign in March 1998, including television, print, billboards, buses, telephone kiosks, online media, and other marketing and promotional efforts. These efforts are aimed at generating significant additional traffic to theglobe.com, building and defining a desirable online destination in the minds of present and potential online consumers, and creating a strong and viable brand within the Internet industry and advertising trades. The Company intends to continue to commit a significant part of its budget to marketing theglobe.com brand. The Company advertises on national cable channels like MTV, E! Entertainment Television, Comedy Central, ESPN and the Sci-Fi Channel. The Company has also purchased advertising on network television in several markets including New York, San Francisco, Seattle, Boston, Denver and Atlanta.

Technology

The Company's strategy is to apply existing technologies in novel ways to deliver content and provide services to members of its online community. The various features of theglobe.com's online environment are implemented using a combination of commercially available and proprietary software components. The Company favors licensing and integrating "best-of-breed" commercially available technology from industry leaders such as Oracle, Sun Microsystems and Microsoft whenever possible. The Company reserves internal development of software for those components which are either unavailable on the market or which have major strategic advantages when developed internally. The Company believes that this component approach is more manageable, reliable, and scalable than single-source solutions. In addition, the emphasis on commercial components speeds development time, which is an advantage when competing in a rapidly evolving market.

Consistent with the Company's preference for off-the-shelf software components, the hardware systems utilized by the Company also consist of commercially available components. The Company believes that this architecture provides the ability to increase scale more quickly and reliably, and at lower cost, than more centralized systems. Although the existing infrastructure currently exceeds the Company's present demand, the Company has aggressive plans for additional upgrades in anticipation of increased demand.

The Company's distributed server architecture allows it to roll out upgrades incrementally on an as-needed basis. In addition to being scalable, the Web-serving architecture is also entirely redundant. The Company's Internet servers are connected to the Internet through multiple dedicated 45 Mb T3 connections obtained through two separate backbone providers, AppliedTheory and UUNET. This approach to connectivity protects the Company by allowing it to continue operations in the event of a failure in either backbone. See "Risk Factors--Internet Industry Characterized by Rapid Technological Change."

In order to efficiently manage the system, the Company has developed highly automated methods of monitoring the system performance of each component. In the event of a failure in any subsystem, the failed subsystem is immediately taken out of service and requests are distributed among the remaining operational systems. The Company has also developed a suite of tools to perform routine management tasks such as log processing and content updates in an automated, remote-controlled fashion. The Company believes that its investment in automation lessens the need for the additional personnel that would otherwise be required to support the system as it grows. See "Risk Factors--Internet Industry Characterized by Rapid Technological Change" and "--Dependence on Key Personnel."

Competition

The market for members, users and Internet advertising is new and rapidly evolving, and competition for members, users and advertisers is intense and is expected to increase significantly. Barriers to entry are relatively insubstantial and the Company may face competitive pressures from many additional companies both in the United States and abroad. The Company believes that the principal competitive factors for companies seeking to create communities on the Internet are critical mass, functionality of the Web site, brand recognition, member affinity and loyalty, broad demographic focus and open access for visitors. Other companies that are primarily focused on creating Internet communities are Tripod and GeoCities and, in the future, Internet communities may be developed or acquired by companies currently operating Web directories, search engines, shareware archives, content sites, OSPs, ISPs and other entities, certain of which may have more resources than the Company. In addition, the Company could face competition in the future from traditional media companies, a number of which, including Disney, CBS and NBC, have recently made significant acquisitions or investments in Internet companies. Furthermore, the Company competes for users and advertisers with other content providers and with thousands of Web sites operated by individuals, the government and educational institutions. Such providers and sites include AOL, Angelfire, CNET, CNN/Time Warner, Excite, Hotmail, Infoseek, Lycos, Microsoft, Netscape, Switchboard, Xoom and Yahoo! The Company also faces competitive pressure from traditional media such as newspapers, magazines, radio and television. The Company believes that the principal competitive factors in attracting advertisers include the amount of traffic on its Web site, brand recognition, customer service, the demographics of the Company's members and users, the Company's ability to offer targeted audiences and the overall cost-effectiveness of the advertising medium offered by the Company. The Company believes that the number of Internet companies relying on Internet-based advertising revenue, as well as the number of advertisers on the Internet and the number of users, will increase substantially in the future. Accordingly, the Company will likely face increased competition, resulting in increased pricing pressures on its advertising rates, which could have a material adverse effect on the Company. See "Risk Factors--Intense Competition."

Intellectual Property and Proprietary Rights

The Company regards substantial elements of its Web site and underlying technology as proprietary and attempts to protect it by relying on trademark, service mark, copyright and trade secret laws and restrictions on disclosure and transferring title and other methods. The Company currently has no patents or patents pending and does not anticipate that patents will become a significant part of the Company's intellectual property in the foreseeable future. The Company also generally enters into confidentiality agreements with its employees and consultants and in connection with its license agreements with third parties and generally seeks to control access to and distribution of its technology, documentation and other proprietary information. Despite these precautions, it may be possible for a third party to copy or otherwise obtain and use the Company's proprietary information without authorization or to develop similar technology independently. The Company pursues the registration of its trademarks in the United States and internationally. The Company has registered a United States trademark for theglobe. The Company has filed United States trademark applications for theglobe.com and theglobe.com logo. Additionally, the Company has submitted trademark applications for theglobe.com and theglobe.com logo in Australia, Brazil, Canada, China, the European Union (covering Austria, Belgium, Denmark, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Italy, Ireland, Luxembourg, the Netherlands, Portugal, Spain, Sweden and the United Kingdom), Hong Kong, Israel, Japan, New Zealand, Norway, Russia, Singapore, South Africa, Switzerland and Taiwan. Effective trademark, service mark, copyright and trade secret protection may not be available in every country in which the Company's services are distributed or made available through the Internet, and policing unauthorized use of the Company's proprietary information is difficult. See "Risk Factors--Reliance on Intellectual Property and Proprietary Rights."

Government Regulation and Legal Uncertainties

The Company is currently subject to certain federal and state laws and regulations that are applicable to certain activities on the Internet. Legislative and regulatory proposals under consideration by federal, state, local and foreign governmental organizations concern various aspects of the Internet, including, but not limited to, online content, user privacy, taxation, access charges, liability for third-party activities and jurisdiction. Such government regulation may place the Company's activities under increased regulation, increase the Company's cost of doing business, decrease the growth in Internet use and thereby decrease the demand for the Company's services or otherwise have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, results of operations and financial condition. See "Risk Factors--Government Regulation and Legal Uncertainties Associated with the Internet."

Online Content. Online content restrictions cover many areas, including but not limited to, indecent, obscene or offensive information and content, such as sexually explicit information, gambling and consumer fraud.

Several federal and state statutes prohibit the transmission of certain types of indecent, obscene, or offensive information and content, including sexually explicit information and content, over the Internet to certain persons. The constitutionality and the enforceability of some of these statues is not clear at this time. For example, in 1997 the Supreme Court of the United States held that selected parts of the federal Communications Decency Act of 1996 (the "CDA") governing "indecent" and "patently offensive" content were unconstitutional. Many other provisions of the CDA, including those relating to "obscenity," however, remain in effect. Prior to the Supreme Court's decision, a federal district court in New York held that certain provisions of the New York penal law modeled on the CDA violated the Constitution. A companion provision of that law, however, was subsequently upheld. On July 23, 1998, the Senate passed the appropriations bill for the Departments of Commerce, Justice, and State (S.2260). One of the amendments to the bill is known as "CDA II," and, if enacted, would prohibit commercial Web sites from distributing adult-oriented material deemed to be "harmful to minors." Another amendment would, if enacted, require public schools and libraries that receive federal funding on Internet access to install software that would filter out material that is "inappropriate for minors." The House version of the bill, was passed on August 6, 1998.

The U.S. Department of Justice and some state Attorneys General have recently intensified their efforts in taking action against businesses that operate Internet gambling activities, and pending legislation seeks to ban Internet gambling. On July 23, 1998, the Senate passed the "Internet Gambling Prohibition Act," which, if enacted, would prohibit placing, receiving or otherwise making a bet or wager via the Internet in any state, and would also prohibit engaging in the business of betting or wagering through the Internet in any state. The bill also would direct the Secretary of State to negotiate with foreign countries to conclude international agreements that would enable the United States to enforce specified provisions of the act outside the United States. A substantially similar bill has been introduced in the House of Representatives.

Certain states, including New York and California, have enacted laws or adopted regulations that expressly or as a matter of judicial interpretation apply various consumer fraud and false advertising requirements to parties who conduct business over the Internet. The constitutionality and the enforceability of some of these statues is not clear at this time. For example, in 1997, a federal district court held that a Georgia criminal statute violated the Constitution when it prohibited Internet transmissions that falsely identify the sender or use trade names or logos that would falsely state or imply that the sender was legally authorized to use them.

Internet Privacy. The United States government currently has limited authority over the collection and dissemination of personal data collected online. The Federal Trade Commission Act (the "Act") prohibits unfair and deceptive practices in and affecting commerce. The Act authorizes the Federal Trade Commission (the "FTC") to seek injunctive and other equitable relief, including redress, for violations of the Act, and provides a basis for government enforcement of certain fair information practices. For instance, failure to comply with a stated privacy policy may constitute a deceptive practice in certain circumstances, and the FTC would have authority to pursue the remedies available under the Act for such violations. Furthermore, in certain circumstances, information practices may be inherently deceptive or unfair, regardless of whether the entity has publicly adopted any privacy policies. The FTC has issued an opinion letter addressing the possible unfairness inherent in collecting certain personal identifying information from children online and transferring it to third parties without obtaining prior parental consent. However, as a general matter, the FTC lacks authority to require companies to adopt privacy policies.

Certain industry groups have proposed, or are in the process of proposing, various voluntary standards regarding the treatment of data collected over the Internet. In order to establish and bolster user and member confidence in its privacy policies, the Company may incur expenses in obtaining the endorsement of such industry groups or in altering its current policies to comply with such standards. There can be no assurance that the adoption of such voluntary standards will preclude any legislative or administrative body from taking governmental action regarding Internet privacy.

Congress is considering numerous proposals regarding Internet privacy although none have yet passed either the Senate or House of Representatives.

In June 1998, the FTC released a report analyzing the effectiveness of self-regulation as a means of protecting consumer privacy on the Internet. The report concluded that industry self-regulation had not provided adequate protection for Internet users. The report listed four core information practices that must be part of any privacy protection effort:
notice, choice, access and security. In order to protect the privacy of children, the FTC recommended legislation that would require Web sites that obtain information from children to provide actual notice to parents and to obtain parental consent. On July 21, 1998, Commissioner Pitiofsky stated before a hearing of the House of Representatives Subcommittee on Telecommunications, Trade, and Consumer Protection that unless the computer industry could demonstrate that it had developed and implemented broad-based and effective self-regulatory programs by the end of 1998, the FTC would seek additional legislative standards and agency authority regarding Internet privacy. At the same hearing, the FTC proposed model legislation that would force companies to comply with the four core information practices and offer a safe harbor for industries that choose to establish their own means for providing consumer privacy protections, as long as those means are subject to governmental approval. There can be no assurance that these efforts will not adversely affect the Company's ability to collect demographic and personal information from members, which could have an adverse affect on its ability to attract advertisers. This could in turn have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, results of operations and financial condition.

Moreover, the FTC has begun investigations into the privacy practices of companies that collect information on the Internet. For example, on August 13, 1998, the FTC announced that it had entered into a proposed consent order with one of the Company's competitors. In its complaint, the FTC alleged that such competitor engaged in three deceptive practices. First, the FTC alleged that the company falsely represented that the personal identifying information it collects through the membership application form is used only to provide members the specific offers and products or services they request. Second, the FTC alleged that the competitor falsely represented that the "optional information" it collects through the application form is not disclosed to third parties without the member's permission. Third, the FTC alleged that the competitor had falsely represented that it collected and maintained the information provided by children who joined certain neighborhoods on its site, rather than the undisclosed third parties who actually collected and maintained the information.

Without admitting that these allegations are correct, the competitor has tentatively agreed, among other things, to post a clear and prominent privacy statement, on its home page and each location where information is collected, disclosing the information collected, the purpose to which the information would be used, the persons to whom the information would be released, and the methods by which subscribers could access and remove the information. The competitor also agreed to obtain express parental consent before collecting information from children 12 and under. Finally, the competitor agreed to post, for five years, a clear and prominent hyperlink within its privacy statement directing visitors to the FTC's site to view educational material on privacy.

The proposed consent order has been placed on the public record for sixty days for comments by interested persons. After sixty days, the FTC plans to again review the order and will decide whether to withdraw or make the final proposed consent order.

The Company believes it is currently in compliance with applicable laws regarding the collection and dissemination of information pertaining to its members. However, it has undertaken a review of its practices in light of recent activity undertaken by the FTC. The Company includes statements about user privacy in its user agreement entered into with new members. The user agreement states that its members should not have an expectation of privacy in their accounts and that the Company may be forced to disclose member e-mail to the government or third parties under certain circumstances, or that third parties may unlawfully intercept private communications. Additionally, the user agreement states that, from time to time, the Company may make its database of user information (including e-mail addresses) available to other parties for promotions of and solicitations for their goods or services that may be of interest to members of theglobe.com community. In the user agreement, each member expressly consents to allow the use and disclosure of personally identifiable information and each member is informed that he or she has the ability to remove their personal information from the database of information made available to third parties.

Regardless of the user agreement, the Company could be forced to disclose information about users by an administrative subpoena or court order. For example, on July 22, 1998, the Senate adopted an amendment to S.2260, the Departments of Commerce, Justice, and State appropriations bill, that would, if enacted, grant the FBI administrative subpoena authority to quickly access the records of an Internet service provider regarding a potential sexual predator using the Internet to improperly contact children. The Senate passed this appropriations bill as amended, on July 23, 1998. The House version of the bill was passed on August 5, 1998.

At the international level, the European Union (the "EU") has adopted a directive (the "Directive") that will impose restrictions on the collection and use of personal data, effective October 1998. The Directive could, among other things, affect United States companies that collect information over the Internet from individuals in EU member countries, and may impose restrictions that are more stringent than current Internet privacy standards in the U.S. There can be no assurance that this Directive will not adversely affect the Internet privacy activities of entities such as the Company that engage in data collection from users in certain EU member countries in conducting their business.

Any new legislation enacted by federal, state, or foreign governments regulating online privacy could affect the way in which the Company is allowed to conduct its business, especially those aspects that contemplate the collection or use of members' personal information.

Internet Taxation. A number of proposals have been made at the federal, state and local level, and by certain foreign governments, that would impose additional taxes on the sale of goods and services over the Internet, and certain states have taken measures to tax Internet-related activities.

Currently, Congress is considering legislation that would place a temporary moratorium on any new taxation of Internet commerce. On June 23, 1998, the House of Representatives passed H.R. 4105, the "Internet Tax Freedom Act," which includes a three-year moratorium on state and local taxes on Internet access, bit taxes, or multiple or discriminatory taxes on electronic commerce. Certain existing state laws, however, would be expressly excepted from this moratorium if such state law was reaffirmed within a one-year period. The bill would also create a commission to study several Internet taxation issues and to present proposed legislation to the President and Congress. H.R. 4105, if enacted in its current form, would also prohibit the FCC and the states from regulating the prices of Internet access and online services. See "Access Charges" below. The Senate is also considering legislation on Internet taxation. Any legislation that is eventually passed by both houses of Congress may contain provision different from those in H.R. 4105. In addition to the version passed by the House of Representatives, the Senate Finance Committee approved a version of S.442 on November 4, 1997 that would, among other things, impose a six-year moratorium and the Senate Commerce Committee approved a version of S.442 on July 28, 1998 that would, among other things, impose a two-year moratorium.

There can be no assurance that any such legislation will be adopted by Congress or that new taxes will not be imposed upon Internet commerce after any moratorium adopted by Congress expires or that current attempts at taxing or regulating commerce over the Internet would not substantially impair the growth of e-commerce and as a result adversely affect the Company's opportunity to derive financial benefit from such activities.

The Clinton Administration has stated that the United States will advocate in the World Trade Organization and other appropriate international organizations that the Internet be declared a tariff-free environment whenever it is used to deliver products and services. In addition, the Clinton Administration has stated that no new taxes should be imposed on Internet commerce, but rather that taxation should be consistent with established principles of international taxation, should avoid inconsistent national tax jurisdictions and double taxation, and should be simple to administer and easy to understand. However, there can be no assurance that foreign countries will not seek to tax Internet transactions.

Access Charges. Several telecommunications carriers are supporting regulation of the Internet by the FCC in the same manner that the FCC regulates other telecommunications services. These carriers have alleged that the growing popularity and use of the Internet has burdened the existing telecommunications infrastructure, resulting in interruptions in phone service. Local telephone carriers such as Pacific Bell, a subsidiary of SBC Communications Inc., have petitioned the FCC to regulate ISPs and OSPs in a manner similar to long distance telephone carriers and to impose access fees on ISPs and OSPs. If either of these petitions is granted, or the relief sought therein is otherwise granted, the costs of communicating on or through the Internet could increase substantially, potentially slowing the growth in Internet use, which could in turn decrease demand for the Company's services or increase the Company's cost of doing business.

Liability for Information Retrieved from or Transmitted over the Internet. Materials may be downloaded and publicly distributed over the Internet by the Internet services operated or facilitated by the Company, or by the Internet access providers with which the Company has relationships. These third-party activities could result in potential claims against the Company for defamation, negligence, copyright or trademark infringement or other claims based on the nature and content of such materials. See "Risk Factors--Liability for Information Retrieved from or Transmitted over the Internet."

Future legislation or regulations or court decisions may hold the Company liable for listings accessible through its Web site, for content and materials posted by members on their respective personal Web pages, for hyperlinks from or to the personal Web pages of members, or through content and materials posted in the Company's chat rooms or bulletin boards. Such liability might arise from claims alleging that, by directly or indirectly providing hyperlink text links to Web sites operated by third parties or by providing hosting services for members' sites, the Company is liable for copyright or trademark infringement or other wrongful actions by such third parties through such Web sites. If any third-party material on the Company's Web site contains informational errors, the Company may be sued for losses incurred in reliance on such information. While the Company attempts to reduce its exposure to such potential liability through, among other things, provisions in member agreements, user policies and disclaimers, the enforceability and effectiveness of such measures are uncertain.

On May 14, 1998, the Senate passed S.2037, the "Digital Millennium Copyright Act," whose Title II contained the "Internet Copyright Infringement Liability Clarification Act." This legislation would, if enacted, provide that, under certain circumstances, a "service provider" would not be liable for any monetary relief, and would be subject to limited injunctive relief, for infringing copyright materials transmitted by users over its digital communications network, temporarily stored on its system by its system caching procedures, stored on systems or networks under its control, or connected to its systems or networks by hyperlinks and other information location tools. This legislation also provides that, under certain circumstances, a service provider shall not be liable for any claim based on the service provider's good faith removal of or disabling access to such infringing material. On August 4, 1998, House of Representatives has passed a bill containing similar provisions for service providers.

The Company's e-mail service is provided by a third party. See "Risk Factors-Dependence on Third-Party Relationships." Such relationship exposes the Company to potential risk, such as claims resulting from unsolicited e-mail ("spamming"), lost or misdirected messages, illegal or fraudulent use of e-mail or interruptions or delays in e-mail service. Potential liability for information carried on or disseminated through the Company's systems could lead the Company to implement measures to reduce its exposure to such liability, which may require the expenditure of substantial resources and limit the attractiveness of the Company's services to members and users. While the Company attempts to reduce its exposure to such potential liability through, among other things, provisions in member agreements, user policies and disclaimers, the enforceability and effectiveness of such measures are uncertain.

The Company also enters into agreements with commerce partners and sponsors under which the Company is entitled to receive a share of any revenue from the purchase of goods and services through direct links from the Company's Web site. Such arrangements may expose the Company to additional legal risks and uncertainties, including potential liabilities to consumers of such products and services by virtue of the Company's involvement in providing access to such products or services, even if the Company does not itself provide such products or services. While the Company's agreements with these parties often provide that the Company will be indemnified against such liabilities, there can be no assurance that such indemnification, if available, will be enforceable or adequate. Although the Company carries general liability insurance, the Company's insurance may not cover all potential claims to which it is exposed or may not be adequate to indemnify the Company for all liability that may be imposed. Any imposition of liability that is not covered by insurance or is in excess of insurance coverage could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, results of operations and financial condition.

The increased attention on liability issues relating to information retrieved or transmitted over the Internet and legislative and administrative proposals in this area could decrease the growth of Internet use, thereby decreasing the demand for the Company's services. Even to the extent that claims relating to such issues do not result in liability to the Company, the Company could incur significant costs in investigating and defending against such claims.

Domain names. Domain names are the user's Internet "addresses." Domain names have been the subject of significant trademark litigation in the United States. The Company has registered the domain name "theglobe.com." There can be no assurance that third parties will not bring claims for infringement against the Company for the use of this trademark. Moreover, because domain names derive value from the individual's ability to remember such names, there can be no assurance that the Company's domain names will not lose their value if, for example, users begin to rely on mechanisms other than domain names to access online resources.

The current system for registering, allocating and managing domain names has been the subject of litigation and of proposed regulatory reform. There can be no assurance that the Company's domain names will not lose their value, or that the Company will not have to obtain entirely new domain names in addition to or in lieu of its current domain names, if such litigation or reform efforts result in a restructuring in the current system.

Jurisdiction. Due to the global reach of the Internet, it is possible that, although transmissions by the Company over the Internet originate primarily in the State of New York, the governments of other states and foreign countries might attempt to regulate Internet activity and the Company's transmissions or take action against the Company for violations of their laws. There can be no assurance that violations of such laws will not be alleged or charged by state or foreign governments and that such laws will not be modified, or new laws enacted, in the future. Any of the foregoing could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, results of operations and financial condition.

Employees

As of June 30, 1998, the Company had 75 full-time employees, including 20 in sales and marketing, 45 in production and 10 in finance and administration. The Company's future success will depend, in part, on its ability to continue to attract, retain and motivate highly qualified technical and management personnel, for whom competition is intense. From time to time, the Company also employs independent contractors to support its research and development, marketing, sales and support and administrative organizations. The Company's employees are not represented by any collective bargaining unit, and the Company has never experienced a work stoppage. The Company believes its relations with its employees are good.

Facilities

The Company's headquarters are currently located in a leased facility in New York City, consisting of approximately 12,000 square feet of office space, a majority of which is under a five-year lease with four years remaining. The Company has recently entered into a three year lease for approximately square feet of commercial space in New York City for its data facilities. The Company intends to relocate its headquarters at the end of 1998 to a larger facility and is currently evaluating a number of locations in the greater New York City area. Additionally, the Company has recently entered into two six month leases for a total of square feet of office space in New York City. The Company also leases approximately 1,200 square feet of office space in San Francisco for its West Coast sales office.

Legal Proceedings

There are no material legal proceedings pending or, to the Company's knowledge, threatened against the Company.


MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers and Directors

The following table sets forth the names, ages and positions of the Company's executive officers and directors. Executive officers are appointed by, and serve at the discretion of, the Board of Directors. All directors hold office until the annual meeting of stockholders of the Company following their election or until their successors are duly elected and qualified.

Name                        Age    Position
----                        ---    --------
Michael S. Egan............  58    Chairman
Todd V. Krizelman..........  24    Co-Chief Executive Officer,
                                     Co-President
                                     and Director
Stephan J. Paternot........  24    Co-Chief Executive Officer,
                                     Co-President,
                                     Secretary and Director
Dean S. Daniels............  41    Vice President and Chief
                                     Operating Officer
Edward A. Cespedes.........  32    Vice President of Corporate
                                   Development and Director
Francis T. Joyce...........  45    Vice President, Chief Financial
                                   Officer and Treasurer


Rosalie V. Arthur..........  39    Director
Henry C. Duques............  55    Director
Robert M. Halperin.........  70    Director
David H. Horowitz..........  69    Director
H. Wayne Huizenga..........  60    Director

Michael S. Egan. Mr. Egan has served as Chairman of theglobe.com since August 1997. As such, Mr. Egan serves as Chairman of the Board of Directors and as an executive officer of the Company with primary responsibility for day-to-day strategic planning and financing arrangements. Mr. Egan is the controlling investor of Dancing Bear Investments a privately held investment company, since 1996, which holds a controlling interest in the Company. From 1986 to 1996, he was the majority owner and Chairman of Alamo Rent-A-Car, Inc. ("Alamo"), now a subsidiary of Republic Industries, Inc. Mr. Egan began his career with Alamo in 1976 and held various management and ownership positions during this period until he bought a controlling interest in 1986. Mr. Egan is also Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Certified Vacations, a wholesale tour operator, and Chairman of AutobyInternet. Mr. Egan is a director of Florida Panthers Holdings, Inc. Mr. Egan began in the car rental business with Olins Rent-A-Car, where he held various positions, including President. Prior to acquiring Alamo, Mr. Egan held various administrative positions at Yale University and administrative and teaching positions at the University of Massachusetts at Amherst. Mr. Egan is a graduate of Cornell University, where he received a bachelor's degree in Hotel Administration.

Todd V. Krizelman. Mr. Krizelman co-founded the Company in the fall of 1994. He is Co-Chief Executive Officer and Co-President of the Company and has served in various capacities with the Company since its founding. Mr. Krizelman graduated from Cornell University in 1996, where he received a bachelor's degree in Biology.

Stephan J. Paternot. Mr. Paternot co-founded the Company in the fall of 1994. He is Co-Chief Executive Officer, Co-President and Secretary of the Company and has served in various capacities with the Company since its founding. Mr. Paternot graduated from Cornell University in 1996, where he received bachelor's degrees in Business and Computer Science.

Dean S. Daniels. Mr. Daniels was appointed Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of the Company in August 1998. From February 1997 until joining the Company, Mr. Daniels served as Vice President and General Manager of CBS New Media, a subsidiary managing all of CBS Television Network's activity on the Internet. From March 1996 to February 1997, Mr. Daniels was the Director of Interactive Services at CBS News. From 1994 to 1996, Mr. Daniels served as Director of Affiliate News Services at CBS NEWSPATH. From 1992 to 1994, Mr. Daniels was Director of News of WCBS-TV, a CBS owned television station in New York. Prior to that time, Mr. Daniels held various positions at WCBS-TV, including executive producer, and was the recipient of four Emmy Awards.

Edward A. Cespedes. Mr. Cespedes was appointed Vice President of Corporate Development in July 1998 and has served as a director of the Company since August 1997. As Vice President for Corporate Development, Mr. Cespedes has primary responsibility for corporate development opportunities including mergers and acquisitions. Mr. Cespedes is also a Managing Director of Dancing Bear Investments. Mr. Cespedes joined Dancing Bear Investments at its inception in 1996, where his responsibilities include venture capital investments, mergers and acquisitions and finance. Prior to joining Dancing Bear Investments, Mr. Cespedes served as Director of Corporate Finance for Alamo in 1996, where he was responsible for general corporate finance in the United States and in Europe. From 1988 to 1996, Mr. Cespedes worked in the Investment Banking Division of J.P. Morgan & Company, where he most recently focused on mergers and acquisitions. Mr. Cespedes also serves on the board of directors of AutobyInternet. Mr. Cespedes received a bachelor's degree in International Relations from Columbia University.

Francis T. Joyce. Mr. Joyce was appointed Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of the Company in July 1998. From 1997 until joining the Company, Mr. Joyce served as Chief Financial Officer of the Reed Travel Group, a division of Reed Elsevier Plc, which is an international publisher of travel information. From 1994 to 1997, Mr. Joyce was the Chief Financial Officer at Alexander Consulting Group, a division of Alexander & Alexander Services, Inc., an international professional services firm, which included a human resources consulting firm, an insurance brokerage unit and an executive planning life insurance unit. From 1988 to 1994, Mr. Joyce worked as a Senior Vice President and controller at Bates Worldwide, a division of Saatchi & Saatchi Co., an advertising firm. Mr. Joyce received a Bachelor of Science in Accounting from the University of Scranton and a Master of Business Administration from Fordham University. He is a Certified Public Accountant.

Rosalie V. Arthur. Ms. Arthur has served as a director of the Company since August 1997. Ms. Arthur is a Senior Managing Director and Vice President of Mergers and Acquisitions of Dancing Bear Investments. She currently serves on the Board of Directors of Dancing Bear Investments and several of its affiliated companies. She also served on the Board of Directors of Alamo Rent-A-Car and affiliated entities and Nantucket Nectars. Prior to joining Dancing Bear Investments, she served as Chief of Staff and Financial Counselor to the Chairman of Alamo from 1986 to 1996, when the Company was sold. Ms. Arthur was the Manager of Financial Reporting at Sensormatic Electronics Corporation from 1984 to 1986 and worked in the audit department of KPMG Peat Marwick from 1980 to 1984. Ms. Arthur received her Bachelor of Science in Accounting from the University of South Florida. She is a Certified Public Accountant.

Henry C. Duques. Mr. Duques is Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of First Data Corporation, a position he has held since April 1989. From September 1987 to 1989, he served as President and Chief Executive Officer of the Data Based Services Group of American Express Travel Related Services Company, Inc., the predecessor to First Data Corporation. He was Group President of Financial Services and a member of the board of directors of Automatic Data Processing, Inc. from 1984 to 1987. Mr. Duques is currently a director of Unisys Corporation. Mr. Duques holds a Bachelor of Business Administration in Accounting and an MBA in Accounting and Finance from George Washington University.

Robert M. Halperin. Mr. Halperin has served as a director of the Company since 1995. Mr. Halperin has acted as an advisor to Greylock Management, a venture capital firm, for the past five years. He is a member of the board of directors of Avid Technology, Inc. In addition, Mr. Halperin serves on the Board of Directors of the Associates of Harvard Business School, the Harvard Business School Publishing Co. and Stanford Health Services and also is a Life Trustee of the University of Chicago. He is the former Vice Chairman of Raychem Corporation's Board of Directors and also served as its President and Chief Operating Officer. Mr. Halperin joined Raychem Corporation in 1957. Mr. Halperin received a master of business administration degree from Harvard Business School, and he earned a bachelor's degree in liberal arts from the University of Chicago and a bachelor's degree in Mechanical Engineering from Cornell University.

David H. Horowitz. Mr. Horowitz has served as a Director of the Company since December 1995. Mr. Horowitz has acted as an investor and consultant in the media and communications industries for at least the past five years, and as a consultant to the American Society of Composers, Authors and Publishers, and a Lecturer at the Columbia University School of Law. From 1973 to 1984, Mr. Horowitz was an officer and director of Warner Communications, Inc., and until 1985 he was President and CEO of MTV Networks, Inc. Mr. Horowitz is a graduate of Columbia University, where he received a bachelor's degree, and is a graduate of Columbia Law School.

H. Wayne Huizenga. Mr. Huizenga has served as a director of the Company since July 1998. Mr. Huizenga has served as the Chairman of the Board of Republic Industries, Inc. since August 1995, as its Co-Chief Executive Officer since October 1996 and as its Chief Executive Officer from August 1995 until October 1996. Mr. Huizenga also serves as the Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of Republic Services, Inc., as the Chairman of the Board of Florida Panthers Holdings, Inc., as the Chairman of the Board of Extended Stay America, Inc. and a director of NationsRent, Inc. From September 1994 until October 1995, Mr. Huizenga served as the Vice Chairman of Viacom Inc. ("Viacom"), and as the Chairman of the Board of Blockbuster Entertainment Group ("Blockbuster"), a division of Viacom. From April 1987 through September 1994, Mr. Huizenga served as the Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of Blockbuster. In September 1994, Blockbuster merged into Viacom. In 1971, Mr. Huizenga co-founded Waste Management, Inc. and served in various capacities, including President, Chief Operating Officer and a director from its inception until 1984. Mr. Huizenga also owns or controls the Miami Dolphins and Florida Marlins professional sports franchises, as well as Pro Player Stadium, in South Florida.

Key Employees

The following table sets forth the names and positions of the Company's key employees.

Name                        Position
----                        --------


Vance Huntley               Director of Technology
Esther Loewy                Director of Communications
Will Margiloff              Director of Advertising Sales
Richard Mass                General Counsel
David Tonkin                Director of Human Resources

Vance Huntley. Vance Huntley joined theglobe.com in August 1995 as Director of Technology. Between 1991 and 1994 Mr. Huntley held software development positions with Delta-Epsilon Software and the Cornell Institute of Social Economic Research. In 1994 Mr. Huntley developed a Transmission Electron Microscopy simulation for the Cornell Materials Science Center while completing his BS in the Applied & Engineering Physics program at Cornell University. In 1990, Mr. Huntley wrote simulation software at the Lawrence Livermore National Laboratory Supercomputing Center.

Esther Loewy. Ms. Loewy joined theglobe.com in May 1997 as Director of Communications. As such, Ms. Loewy is responsible for managing the in-house communications department for the Company as well as the direction of theglobe.com's media and public relations. Before joining theglobe.com, Ms. Loewy was a consultant for the @Cafe in New York and other media companies from 1995 to 1997. From 1992 to 1995 Ms. Loewy was a Senior Account Executive at Charles Levine Communication.

Will Margiloff. Mr. Margiloff joined theglobe.com in March 1998 as Director of Advertising Sales. Mr. Margiloff is responsible for the management and direction of theglobe.com's sales force in New York and San Francisco, as well as the expansion of the Company's advertising efforts both domestically and internationally. Before joining theglobe.com, from 1997 to 1998 Mr. Margiloff was the Vice President of East Coast Sales for 24/7 Media. From 1995 to 1998 Mr. Margiloff held the senior sales management position at software site Jumbo!

Richard W. Mass. Mr. Mass was appointed General Counsel of the Company in September 1998. From 1994 until joining the Company, Mr. Mass served as a senior attorney supporting AT&T's Internet services and was also the chief counsel for Downtown Digital, AT&T's digital production facility that developed interactive television programming and Web sites. From 1992 to 1994, Mr. Mass was an attorney at Gray Cary Ware & Freidenrich in Palo Alto, California. From 1991 to 1992, Mr. Mass was a Visiting Assistant Professor of Law at the University of Miami and from 1987 to 1990 Mr. Mass was an attorney at Proskauer, Rose, Goetz & Mendelsohn in New York. Mr. Mass received a Bachelor of Arts in Economics from Williams College and received a law degree from Stanford Law School.

David Tonkin. Mr. Tonkin joined theglobe.com in May 1998 as Director of Human Resources. Mr. Tonkin is responsible for managing the recruiting, hiring and human resource administration of all employees at theglobe.com. Before joining theglobe.com, from 1995 to 1998 Mr. Tonkin worked as a Senior Resource Manager for Knowledge Transfer International, responsible for recruiting, developing and managing consulting staffing services. Prior to that time, from 1994 to 1995, Mr. Tonkin worked as Human Resource Manager for NightRider (Alco Management Service). From 1993 to 1994 Mr. Tonkin worked as Operations Manager for Premier Shoe Company.

Board Committees

The Audit Committee of the Board of Directors reviews and monitors the corporate financial reporting and the internal and external audits of the Company, including, among other things, the Company's control functions, the results and scope of the annual audit and other services provided by the Company's independent accountants, and the Company's compliance with legal matters that have a significant impact on the Company's financial condition. The Audit Committee will consult with the Company's management and the Company's independent accountants prior to the presentation of financial statements to stockholders and, as appropriate, initiates inquiries into aspects of the Company's financial affairs. In addition, the Audit Committee has the responsibility to consider and recommend the appointment of, and to review fee arrangements with, the Company's independent accountants. The current members of the Audit Committee are Messrs. Halperin and Horowitz and Ms. Arthur.

The Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors reviews and makes recommendations to the Board regarding the Company's compensation policies and all forms of compensation to be provided to executive officers and directors of the Company, including, among other things, annual salaries and bonuses and stock option and other incentive compensation arrangements of the Company. In addition, the Compensation Committee reviews bonus and stock compensation arrangements for all other employees of the Company. The current members of the Compensation Committee are Messrs. Egan, Halperin and Horowitz and Ms. Arthur. Prior to July 15, 1998, the Compensation Committee consisted of Messrs. Egan, Halperin, Krizelman and Paternot. Stock option grants will be approved, at the election of the Compensation Committee, by either the entire Board or a subcommittee of the Compensation Committee consisting of Messrs. Horowitz and Halperin.

The Nominating Committee of the Board of Directors makes recommendations to the Board of Directors regarding nominees for the Board of Directors. The current members of the Nominating Committee are Messrs. Egan, Krizelman and Paternot and Ms. Arthur.

Executive Officers

Executive officers of the Company are appointed by the Board of Directors and serve at the discretion of the Board of Directors.

Directors' Compensation

Directors who are also employees of the Company receive no compensation for serving on the Board of Directors. With respect to Directors who are not employees of the Company ("Non-Employee Directors"), the Company intends to reimburse such directors for all travel and other expenses incurred in connection with attending such Board of Directors and committee meetings. Non-Employee Directors are also eligible to receive automatic stock option grants under the 1998 Plan. The 1998 Plan provides that each eligible Non-Employee Director as of July 13, 1998 will receive an initial grant of options to acquire 50,000 shares of Common Stock, and each Director who becomes an eligible Non-Employee Director after such date will receive an initial grant of options to acquire 25,000 shares of Common Stock. In addition, each eligible Non-Employee Director will receive an annual grant of options to acquire 7,500 shares of Common Stock on the first business day following each of the Company's annual meeting of shareholders that occurs while the 1998 Plan is in effect. All such stock options will be granted with per share exercise prices equal to the fair market value of the Common Stock as of the date of grant.

Executive Compensation

The following table sets forth information concerning compensation for services in all capacities awarded to, earned by or paid to the Company's Co-Chief Executive Officers (collectively, the "Named Executives") during the year ended December 31, 1997:

SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE (1)

                                                  Long-Term
                                                  Compensation
                                                  ------------
                                                  Number of
                                                  Securities
                                                  Underlying
                             Annual Compensation  Securities
                             -------------------  Underlying
                                       Bonus        Options   All Other
Name and Principal Position  Salary($)  ($)           (#)     Compensation($)(2)
---------------------------  --------  ------     ----------- -----------------

Todd V. Krizelman,           $76,000   $18,750     289,951       $500,000
  Co-Chief Executive
  Officer and Co-President
Stephan J. Paternot,         $76,000   $18,750     289,951       $500,000
  Co-Chief Executive Officer,
  Co-President and Secretary


----------------------

(1) The Company did not have any other executive officers during this period.

(2) Reflects a one-time payment of $500,000 associated with the Company's sale of Preferred Stock and Warrants to Dancing Bear Investments in August 1997.

1997 YEAR END OPTION VALUES (1)

                                 Number of           Value of
                                Securities          Unexercised
                                Underlying         In-the-Money
                            Unexercised Options    Options at Fiscal
                            at Fiscal Year-End (#)  Year-End ($)(2)

                         ---------------------------------------------------
Name                     Exercisable Unexercisable Exercisable Unexercisable
----------------------   ----------- ------------- ----------- -------------

Todd V. Krizelman            50,000    289,951      $68,000   $295,750

Stephan J. Paternot          50,000    289,951      $68,000   $295,750

(1) The Named Executives did not exercise any options in 1997.

(2) Based on a per share fair market value of Common Stock equal to $ , as of December 31, 1997.

OPTIONS GRANTS IN 1997

                                           Potential
                                           Realizable Value
                                           at Assumed Rates
Number of  Percent     Exercise            of Stock Price
Securities of Options  or                  Appreciation for
Underlying Granted to  Base                Option Term (1)

Options Employees Price Expiration ---------------- Name Granted(#) in 1997 ($/sh) Date 5% 10%

Todd V. Krizelman 289,951 37% $0.35 May 2007 $172,348 $438,705 Stephan J. Paternot 289,951 37% $0.35 May 2007 $172,348 $438,705


(1) These amounts represent certain assumed rates of appreciation only and are displayed in connection with SEC disclosure rules. Actual gains, if any, on stock option exercises are dependent on future performance of the Common Stock.

Employment Agreements

On August 13, 1997, the Company entered into employment agreements (each a "Chief Executive Employment Agreement") with Todd V. Krizelman and Stephan J. Paternot. Pursuant to the terms of each Chief Executive Employment Agreement, each individual will be employed as an Executive (as defined therein) of the Company. Each Chief Executive Employment Agreement provides for an annual base salary of $125,000 with eligibility to receive annual increases amounting to no less than 15% of the Executive's then-base salary. Pursuant to the Chief Executive Employment Agreements, each of the Executives also received a one-time payment of $500,000 associated with the sale of Preferred Stock and Warrants to Dancing Bear Investments, and are entitled to an annual cash bonus, which will be assessed at the Board's discretion and upon the achievement of target performance objectives set forth in the Company's budget. Each Executive is also entitled to participate in the stock option plans of the Company as well as all health, welfare, and other benefit plans provided by the Company to its most senior executives.

Each of the Chief Executive Employment Agreements is for a term expiring August 13, 2002, subject to earlier termination as provided in each Chief Executive Employment Agreement. Each of the Chief Executive Employment Agreements provides that, in the event of termination by the Company without Cause (as defined in each Chief Executive Employment Agreement), the Executive will be entitled to receive from the Company: (i) any accrued and unpaid base salary, (ii) reimbursement for any reasonable and necessary monies advanced or expenses incurred in connection with the Executive's employment, (iii) a pro-rata portion of the annual bonus for the year of termination and (iv) for one year following such termination or the remainder of the term of the Chief Executive Employment Agreement, whichever is less, continued salary payments and employee benefits. In addition, termination without Cause automatically triggers the vesting of all stock options held by the Executive.

In the event of a Change in Control (as defined in the Chief Executive Employment Agreement) or a dissolution of the Company, each Executive may elect to terminate his employment by delivering a notice within 60 days to the Company and receive (i) any accrued and unpaid base salary as of the termination date and (ii) an amount reimbursing the Executive for expenses incurred on behalf of the Company prior to the termination date.

Each Chief Executive Employment Agreement contains a covenant not to compete with the Company for a period of five years from the date of each Chief Executive Employment Agreement or, in the case of termination without Cause or after a Change in Control, the earlier of a period of one year immediately following termination of employment or five years from the consummation of the Offerings.

The Company has entered into an Employment Agreement with Dean S. Daniels (the "Daniels Employment Agreement"). Pursuant to the terms of the Daniels Employment Agreement, Mr. Daniels will be employed as Chief Operating Officer ("COO") of the Company effective August 31, 1998. The Daniels Employment Agreement provides for an annual base salary of not less than $250,000 per year and an annual cash bonus of $50,000. Mr. Daniels will be granted stock options (the "Options") to purchase 225,000 shares of Common Stock, with an exercise price per share equal to the fair market value per share of Common Stock as of the date of the grant. The Daniels Employment Agreement also provides for the accelerated vesting of an aggregate of 50,000 of such options upon the Company's attainment of certain financial targets in the 1998 and 1999 fiscal years of the Company. The Options will vest with respect to one-third of the shares subject thereto on each of the first three anniversaries of the date of grant.

The Daniels Employment Agreement is for a term expiring on August 31, 2001, subject to earlier termination as provided in the Daniels Employment Agreement. The Daniels Employment Agreement provides that, in the event of termination by the Company without Cause (as defined in the Daniels Employment Agreement), Mr. Daniels will be entitled to receive from the Company (i) any accrued and unpaid base salary (as of the termination date) and salary continuation during a non-competition period following termination which will be one year, (ii) reimbursement for any and all reasonable monies advanced or expenses incurred in connection with his employment, and (iii) the annual bonus for the year of termination. In addition termination without Cause automatically triggers the vesting of all stock options held by Mr. Daniels that have not yet vested.

The Daniels Employment Agreement contains a covenant not to compete with the Company for a period of one year from the date of the Daniels Employment Agreement's termination.

On July 13, 1998, the Company entered into an Employment Agreement with Francis T. Joyce (the "Joyce Employment Agreement"). Pursuant to the terms of the Joyce Employment Agreement, Mr. Joyce will be employed as Chief Financial Officer ("CFO") of the Company. The Joyce Employment Agreement provides for an annual base salary of not less than $200,000 per year with eligibility to receive annual increases in base salary as determined by the Co-Chief Executive Officers and Co-Presidents of the Company. Mr. Joyce will also receive an annual cash bonus of $50,000. Mr. Joyce will be granted Options to purchase 225,000 shares of Common Stock, 175,000 of which will have an exercise price per share equal to 85% of the the initial public offering price.) As a result, the Company will record a charge for deferred compensation expense in the third quarter of 1998, representing the difference between the deemed value of the Company's Common Stock, the initial public offering price for accounting purposes and the exercise price of such options at the date of grant. Such amount will be presented as a reduction of stockholders' equity and amortized over the vesting period of the applicable options. The Options shall vest with respect to one-third of the shares subject thereto on each of the first three anniversaries of the date of grant. The Joyce Employment Agreement also provides for the accelerated vesting of an aggregate of 50,000 of such options upon the Company's attainment of certain financial targets in the 1998 and 1999 fiscal years of the Company.

The Joyce Employment Agreement is for a term expiring on July 13, 2001, subject to earlier termination and provided in the Joyce Employment Agreement. The Joyce Employment Agreement provides that, in the event of termination by the Company without Cause (as defined in the Joyce Employment Agreement), Mr. Joyce will be entitled to receive from the Company (i) any accrued and unpaid base salary (as of the termination date) and salary continuation during a non-competition period following termination which will be six months (or one year, if the Company elects to pay Mr. Joyce his salary during such period), (ii) reimbursement for any and all monies advanced or expenses incurred in connection with his employment, and (iii) a pro-rata portion of the annual bonus for the year of termination. In addition termination without Cause automatically triggers the vesting of all stock options held by Mr. Joyce that have not yet vested.

The Joyce Employment Agreement contains a covenant not to compete with the Company for a period of from six months (or one year, if the Company elects to pay Mr. Joyce his salary during such period) from the date of the Joyce Employment Agreement's termination.

1998 Stock Option Plan

The Company's 1998 Stock Option Plan (the "1998 Plan") was adopted by the Board of Directors on July 15, 1998, and approved by the stockholders of the Company as of July 15, 1998. The 1998 Plan provides for the grant of "incentive stock options" intended to qualify under Section 422 of the Code and stock options which do not so qualify. The granting of incentive stock options is subject to limitation as set forth in the 1998 Plan. Directors, officers, employees and consultants of the Company and its subsidiaries are eligible to receive grants under the 1998 Plan. The 1998 Plan is designed to comply with the requirements for "performance-based compensation" under
Section 162(m) of the Code, and the conditions for exemption from the short-swing profit recovery rules under Rule 16b-3 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act").

The purpose of the 1998 Plan is to strengthen the Company by providing an incentive to its directors, officers, employees and consultants and thereby encouraging them to devote their abilities and industry to the success of the Company's business enterprise. Options may be granted by the Board or Committee (as defined below) in its discretion to directors, officers, employees and consultants of the Company and its subsidiaries. In addition, directors of the Company who are not also employees of the Company or any of its subsidiaries are eligible to receive automatic formula option grants as provided in the 1998 Plan. Such formula option grants include an initial grant of options to acquire 50,000 shares to the eligible non-employee directors who served on the Board as of July 15, 1998 (25,000 shares to eligible non-employee directors who become directors for the first time after July 15, 1998) as well as annual grants of options to acquire 7,500 shares to eligible non-employee directors on the day following each annual shareholders meeting while the 1998 Plan is in effect. The terms and conditions of such options are set forth in the 1998 Plan.

The 1998 Plan authorizes for issuance 1,800,000 shares of Common Stock, subject to adjustment as provided in the 1998 Plan. As of July 15, 1998, the Board of Directors approved for grant 200,000 options to each of Messrs. Krizelman and Paternot and 50,000 options to Mr. Cespedes. One-quarter of Mr. Cespedes' options are immediately vested. Additionally, the Company intends to grant, subject to Board of Directors or Committee approval, 200,000 and 7,500 options to Mr. Egan and Mr. Cespedes, respectively, in connection with their appointment as officers of the Company. Options will be granted by the Board of Directors or a committee (the "Committee") of the Board of Directors comprised of two or more "non-employee directors" within the meaning of Rule 16b-3, and unless otherwise determined by the Board of the Directors, "outside directors" within the meaning of Section 162(m), which will administer the 1998 Plan. See "-- Board Committees." No individual may be granted options with respect to more than a total of 500,000 shares during any three consecutive calendar year period under the 1998 Plan. Shares of Common Stock subject to the 1998 Plan may either be authorized and unissued shares or previously issued shares acquired or to be acquired by the Company and held in its treasury. Subject to the terms of the 1998 Plan, the Committee has the right to grant options to eligible participants and to determine the terms and conditions of option agreements, including the vesting schedule and exercise price of such options. The 1998 Plan provides that the term of any option may not exceed ten years. In the event of a Change in Control (as defined in the 1998 Plan) all outstanding options will become immediately and fully vested. If a participant's employment (or service as a director) is terminated following a Change in Control, any options vested at such time will remain outstanding until the earlier of the first anniversary of such termination and the expiration of the option term.

In order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the rights of participants, the 1998 Plan permits the Committee to make adjustments to the aggregate number of shares subject to the 1998 Plan or any option, and to the purchase price to be paid or the amount to be received in connection with the realization of any option, upon the occurrence of certain events as described in the 1998 Plan.

The Company intends, subject to final approval of the Board of Directors, to issue shares of Common Stock to the Company's Community Leaders under the 1998 Plan. Immediately following the execution of the Underwriting Agreement, each of the Company's Community Leaders, as of July 23, 1998, will be issued fully vested shares of Common Stock (approximately in the aggregate), contingent upon the closing of the Offerings.

1995 Stock Option Plan

The Company's 1995 Stock Option Plan, as amended (the "1995 Plan"), was adopted by the Board of Directors on May 26, 1995. The 1995 Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options and non-qualified stock options. Directors, employees and consultants of the Company and its affiliates are eligible to receive grants under the 1995 Plan. The 1995 Plan authorizes for issuance 1,582,000 shares of Common Stock, subject to adjustment as provided in the 1995 Plan. Options relating to approximately 1,438,041 shares of Common Stock are outstanding under the 1995 Plan and approximately one share remains subject to future option grants. The remaining options under the 1995 Plan may be granted by Messrs. Krizelman and Paternot pursuant to the terms of the 1995 Plan. The Company currently intends to grant 500 options to each of its employees currently employed by the Company and who have served prior to January 1, 1998 and 200 options to each of its employees currently employed by the Company as of July 24, 1998 whose employment commenced after January 1, 1998.

401(k) Savings Plan

theglobe.com has established a savings and profit-sharing plan that qualifies as a tax-deferred saving plan under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code (the "Savings Plan") for certain eligible employees of theglobe.com. Under the Savings Plan, participants may contribute up to 15% of their eligible compensation, up to $10,000, in any year on a pre-tax basis. Such employee contributions are fully-vested at all times. In addition, theglobe.com may, in its discretion, make additional contributions on behalf of participants. All amounts contributed under the Savings Plan are invested in one or more investment accounts administered by the plan administrator.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

On July 15, 1998, Michael S. Egan, Robert M. Halperin, David H. Horowitz and Rosalie Arthur were appointed as members of the Compensation Committee. Prior to such date, the Compensation Committee was comprised of Messrs. Egan, Halperin, Krizelman and Paternot. Mr. Egan will, effective as of July 22, 1998, also serve as an executive officer of the Company in his role as Chairman. Mr. Egan is also the controlling investor of Dancing Bear Investments, and Ms. Arthur is a Senior Managing Director of Dancing Bear Investments. See "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions - Arrangements with Entities Controlled by Certain Directors and Officers." Although it is contemplated that Mr. Egan will not receive a salary or bonus from the Company, the Company intends to grant, subject to Board of Directors or Committee approval, stock options to Mr. Egan for 200,000 shares of Common Stock under the Company's 1998 Stock Option Plan, as consideration for his performance of services in his capacity as an executive officer. In the past fiscal year, Mr. Egan has served as a director of AutobyInternet and Certified Vacations, entities with which the Company has recently begun e-commerce arrangements.

Key Man Insurance

The Company does not have and currently does not intend to purchase key man insurance.

Indemnification Agreements

The Company has entered into indemnification agreements with its directors and officers. These agreements provide, in general, that the Company shall indemnify and hold harmless such directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by law against any judgments, fines, amounts paid in settlement, and expenses (including attorneys' fees and disbursements) incurred in connection with, or in any way arising out of, any claim, action or proceeding (whether civil or criminal) against, or affecting, such directors and officers resulting from, relating to or in any way arising out of, the service of such directors and officers as directors and officers of the Company.


CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

Arrangements with Entities Controlled by Certain Directors and Officers

The Company has recently entered into an e-commerce contract with Republic Industries, Inc. ("Republic"), an entity affiliated with H. Wayne Huizenga, pursuant to which the Company has granted a right of first negotiation with respect to the exclusive right to engage in or conduct an automotive "clubsite" on theglobe.com. Additionally, Republic has agreed to purchase advertising from the Company for a three-year period at a price which will be adjusted to match any more favorable advertising price quoted to a third party by the Company, excluding certain short-term advertising rates.

In addition, the Company has entered into an e-commerce arrangement with InteleTravel, an entity controlled by Michael S. Egan, whereby the Company developed a Web community for InteleTravel in order for its travel agents to conduct business through theglobe.com Web site in exchange for access to InteleTravel customers for distribution of the Company's products and services.

The Company believes that the terms of the foregoing arrangements are on comparable terms as if they were entered into with unaffiliated third parties. As of the date hereof, revenues received by the Company from Republic and InteleTravel have not been material.

Stockholders' Agreement

Messrs. Egan, Krizelman and Paternot and Ms. Arthur expect to enter into a Stockholders' Agreement pursuant to which Mr. Egan agrees to vote for certain nominees of Messrs. Krizelman and Paternot to the Board of Directors and Messrs. Krizelman and Paternot agree to vote for Mr. Egan's nominees to the Board, who will represent a majority of the Board. Additionally, pursuant to the terms of the Stockholders' Agreement, Messrs. Krizelman, Paternot and Cespedes and Ms. Arthur have granted an irrevocable proxy to Dancing Bear Investments with respect to any shares which may be acquired by them pursuant to exercise of outstanding Warrants transferred to each of them by Dancing Bear Investments to a voting trust controlled by Michael S. Egan. Such shares will be voted by Dancing Bear Investments, which is controlled by Michael S. Egan, and will be subject to a right of first refusal in favor of Dancing Bear Investments upon transfer. The Stockholders' Agreement will also provide that Messrs. Egan, Krizelman, Paternot and Cespedes and Ms. Arthur will be subject to certain "tag-along" rights and Messrs. Krizelman, Paternot and Cespedes and Ms. Arthur will be subject to certain "drag-along" rights, with respect to such shares in connection with any private sale of securities of the Company after the Offerings.

Transactions with Directors, Officers and 5% Stockholders

Since the Company's inception, the Company has raised capital primarily through the sale of shares of its Preferred Stock. The following table summarizes the shares of Common Stock and Preferred Stock purchased for greater than $60,000 by executive officers, directors and 5% stockholders of the Company and persons associated with them since the Company's inception.

                          Common
Executive                 Stock                 Preferred Stock
Officers,                 ------------------------------------------------------
Directors and
5% Stockholders                     Series B  Series C  Series D(1)  Series E(2)
---------------           --------  --------  --------  ----------   ----------

Dancing Bear(3)                                              51        10
Investments, Inc.
Michael S.Egan(4)                                            51        10
Robert M. Halperin(5)       85,417    47,620  12,500
David H. Horowitz(6)        31,944   100,000  25,000

--------------------

(1) Convertible into 8,047,529 shares of Common Stock.

(2) Represents Warrants to purchase 10 shares of Series E Preferred Stock prior to the Offerings and an aggregate of 4,046,018 shares of Common Stock after the Offerings.

(3) Dancing Bear Investments paid $20 million for its initial investment in the Series D Preferred Stock and the Warrants.

(4) Includes the shares that Mr. Egan is deemed to beneficially own as the controlling investor of Dancing Bear Investments.

(5) Mr. Halperin paid $8,171.88 in 1998 in connection with the exercise of options for his Common Stock. Mr. Halperin paid $25,000.50 and $25,000 for his Series B and Series C Preferred Stock issued in December 1995 and November 1996, respectively.

(6) Mr. Horowitz paid $3,111.06 in 1997 in connection with the exercise of options for his Common Stock. Mr. Horowitz paid $52,000 and $50,000 for his Series B and Series C Preferred Stock issued in December 1995 and November 1996, respectively.

All of the directors and executive officers of the Company are also parties to registration rights agreements with the Company which are described under "Description of Capital Stock--Registration Rights." The Company also has entered into indemnification agreements with its directors and officers. See "Management--Indemnification Agreements."

In the Concurrent Offering, the Company will sell to the Concurrent Purchasers shares of Common Stock at a price equal to the Initial Public Offering price per share less underwriting discounts and commissions but including the Placement Agent Fee. The Company expects that the Concurrent Purchasers will include certain of the Company's directors and officers.


PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

The following table sets forth, as of August 19, 1998 and as adjusted to reflect the sale of shares offered by the Company hereunder, certain information with respect to the beneficial ownership of the Common Stock of the Company by (i) each person known to the Company to own 5% or more of the outstanding shares of Common Stock, (ii) each of the Company's directors, (iii) each of the Company's executive officers, and (iv) all of the directors and executive officers as a group.

The percentages of total shares of Common Stock set forth below assume that only the indicated person or group has exercised options and warrants which are exercisable within 60 days of August 19, 1998 and do not reflect the percentage of Common Stock which would be calculated if all other holders of currently exercisable options or Warrants had exercised their securities. See footnote 1 below.

                                           Shares of Common
                                          Stock Expected to be     Percentage of Total Shares
                                  Shares    Purchased in the          of Common Stock
                               Beneficially   Concurrent            ------------------
    Name                        Owned (1)      Offering       Before Offerings  After Offerings
    ----                       ------------    ---------      ----------------  ---------------

Dancing Bear Investments,      12,093,547                         69.6%
Inc. (2)
333 East Las Olas Blvd.
Ft. Lauderdale, FL
Michael S. Egan(3)             12,106,047                         69.6
Todd V. Krizelman(4)            1,509,885                         11.0
Stephan J. Paternot(5)          1,614,975                         11.7
Dean S. Daniels(6)                      0                           *               *
Edward A. Cespedes(7)              62,500                           *               *
Francis T. Joyce(8)                     0                           *               *
Rosalie V. Arthur(9)               62,500                           *               *
Henry C. Duques(10)                12,500                           *               *
Robert M. Halperin(11)            168,453                          1.3
David H. Horowitz(12)             208,334                          1.6
H. Wayne Huizenga(13)              12,500                           *
  All directors and            15,757,694                         85.5%
  executive officers as a
  group
  (11 persons) (14)
-----------------------
*Less than one percent.
(1)  Beneficial  ownership is determined  in  accordance  with rules of the
     Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  (the "SEC").  In computing  the
     number of shares  beneficially  owned by a person  and the  percentage
     ownership of that person,  shares of Common Stock  options or Warrants
     held by that  person that are  currently  exercisable  or  exercisable
     within 60 days of August 19, 1998 are deemed outstanding. Such shares,
     however,  are not deemed outstanding for the purposes of computing the
     percentage ownership of each other person.

(2)  Includes:  (a) 51 shares of Series D  Preferred  Stock,  which will be
     converted  into an aggregate of 8,047,529  shares of Common Stock upon
     consummation  of the Offerings,  (b) 3,546,018  shares of Common Stock
     issuable  following  consummation  of the  Offerings  upon exercise of
     Warrants  and (c) 500,000  shares of Common Stock  issuable  following
     consummation  of the  Offerings,  upon  exercise of  Warrants  held by
     persons  other than Dancing Bear  Investments  but as to which Dancing
     Bear  Investments  will have voting power upon exercise  pursuant to a
     Stockholders' Agreement.  Dancing Bear Investments' mailing address is
     333 East Las Olas Blvd., Ft. Lauderdale, FL 33301.

(3)  Includes the following  shares that Mr. Egan is deemed to beneficially
     own as the controlling  investor of Dancing Bear  Investments:  (a) 51
     shares of Series D Preferred  Stock,  which will be converted  into an
     aggregate of 8,047,529 shares of Common Stock upon consummation of the
     Offerings,  (b) 3,546,018  shares of Common Stock issuable,  following
     consummation of the Offerings,  upon exercise of Warrants, (c) 500,000
     shares  of  Common  Stock  issuable  following   consummation  of  the
     Offerings,  upon  exercise of Warrants  held by persons other than Mr.
     Egan but as to which Mr.  Egan will have  voting  power upon  exercise
     pursuant to a Voting Trust Agreement,  and (d) 12,500 shares of Common
     Stock  subject to options  that are  currently  exercisable.  Excludes
     200,000 shares subject to options that will not be exercisable  within
     60 days of August 19, 1998. Mr. Egan's mailing  address is care of the
     Company.

(4)  Includes (a) 44,910 shares of Series A Preferred Stock,  which will be
     converted  into an  equal  number  of  shares  of  Common  Stock  upon
     consummation  of the  Offerings,  (b) 194,976  shares of Common  Stock
     subject to options  that are  currently  exercisable  and (c)  200,000
     shares  of  Common  Stock  issuable  following   consummation  of  the
     Offerings upon exercise of Warrants.  Excludes  344,975 shares subject
     to options that will not be  exercisable  within 60 days of August 19,
     1998. Mr. Krizelman's mailing address is care of the Company.

(5)  Includes  194,976  shares of Common Stock  subject to options that are
     currently  exercisable  and 200,000  shares of Common  Stock  issuable
     following  consummation  of the  Offerings  upon exercise of Warrants.
     Excludes   344,975   shares  subject  to  options  that  will  not  be
     exercisable  within 60 days of August 19, 1998. Mr Paternot's  mailing
     address is care of the Company.

(6)  Excludes  225,000  shares of Common Stock subject to options that will
     not be exercisable within 60 days of August 19, 1998.

(7)  Includes  12,500  shares of Common  Stock  subject to options that are
     currently  exercisable,  and 50,000  shares of Common  Stock  issuable
     following  consummation  of the  Offerings  upon exercise of Warrants.
     Excludes 37,500 shares subject to options that will not be exercisable
     within 60 days of August 19, 1998.

(8)  Excludes  225,000  share of Common Stock  subject to options that will
     not be exercisable within 60 days of August 19, 1998.

(9)  Includes  12,500  shares of Common  Stock  subject to options that are
     currently  exercisable,  and 50,000  shares of Common  Stock  issuable
     following  consummation  of the  Offerings  upon exercise of Warrants.
     Excludes 37,500 shares subject to options that will not be exercisable
     within 60 days of August  19,  1998 and shares  held by  Dancing  Bear
     Investments  (see  footnote 2 above) for which Ms. Arthur serves as an
     officer  and  a  director,  and  as  to  which  Ms.  Arthur  disclaims
     beneficial ownership.

(10) Includes  12,500  shares of Common  Stock  subject to options that are
     currently exercisable.  Excludes 37,500 shares of Common Stock subject
     to options that will not be  exercisable  within 60 days of August 19,
     1998.

(11) Includes 47,620 shares of Series B Preferred  Stock, and 12,500 shares
     of Series C Preferred Stock,  each convertible into an equal number of
     shares of Common  Stock,  and 22,916 shares of Common Stock subject to
     options that are  currently  exercisable.  Excludes  91,667  shares of
     Common Stock  subject to options that are not  currently  exercisable.
     Excludes  180,360  shares  of  Common  Stock  owned by Mr.  Halperin's
     children  for  which  he has a power  of  attorney  but as to which he
     disclaims beneficial ownership.

(12) Includes  100,000 shares of Series B Preferred Stock and 25,000 shares
     of Series C Preferred Stock,  each convertible into an equal number of
     shares of Common  Stock,  and 51,390 shares of Common Stock subject to
     options that are  currently  exercisable.  Excludes  66,666  shares of
     Common Stock subject to options that are not currently exercisable.

(13) Includes 12,500 shares subject to options that are exercisable  within
     60 days of August 19, 1998.  Excludes 37,500 shares subject to options
     that are not exercisable within 60 days of August 19, 1998.

(14) See footnotes 3 through 13 above.


DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

The Company's stockholders have approved the Fourth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the "Certificate") which will be filed with the Delaware Secretary of State prior to consummation of the Offerings. Pursuant to the Certificate, the Company's authorized capital will consist of 100 million shares of Common Stock and three million shares of Preferred Stock, par value $.001 per share (the "Preferred Stock"). As of June 30, 1998, there were 2,393,958 shares of Common Stock outstanding and 2,899,991 shares of Preferred Stock outstanding (which may be convertible into shares of Common Stock at any time).

The following descriptions of the Company's capital stock do not purport to be complete and are subject to and qualified in their entirety by the provisions of the Certificate and the Company's By-Laws, which are included as exhibits to the Registration Statement of which this Prospectus is a part, and by the provisions of applicable law. The Bylaws have been approved by the Company's Board of Directors in the form included as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and will become effective prior to consummation of the Offerings.

Common Stock

Following the Offerings, approximately shares of Common Stock will be outstanding. As of , 1998, there were approximately holders of the Company's Common Stock. All of the issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock are, and upon the completion of the Offerings the shares of Common Stock offered hereby will be, fully paid and non-assessable. Each holder of shares of Common Stock is entitled to one vote per share on all matters to be voted on by stockholders generally, including the election of directors. There are no cumulative voting rights. The holders of Common Stock are entitled to dividends and other distributions as may be declared from time to time by the Board of Directors out of funds legally available therefor, if any. See "Dividend Policy." Upon the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, the holders of shares of Common Stock would be entitled to share ratably in the distribution of all of the Company's assets remaining available for distribution after satisfaction of all its liabilities and the payment of the liquidation preference of any outstanding Preferred Stock as described below. The holders of Common Stock have no preemptive or other subscription rights to purchase shares of stock of the Company, nor are such holders entitled to the benefits of any redemption or sinking fund provisions.

Preferred Stock

As of June 30, 1998, the Company has 2,899,991 shares outstanding of Preferred Stock designated into Series A, Series B, Series C, Series D and Series E. Shares of each series of Preferred Stock are convertible into Common Stock, subject to anti-dilution adjustments, and will automatically convert into Common Stock concurrent with the closing of the Offerings (subject to anti-dilution adjustments). Additionally, the holders of shares of each series of Preferred Stock may currently elect to convert each series to Common Stock by a majority vote of the outstanding shares in that series. Further, currently each share of Series A Preferred Stock shall automatically convert to Common Stock upon the conversion into shares of Common Stock of all outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock. If the Company issues additional shares of Common Stock for per share consideration of less than $0.10, $0.525 and $2.00 for the Series A, Series B and Series C Preferred Stock, respectively, anti-dilution adjustments will be made. Assuming that the conditions to the Automatic Conversion are satisfied, following the closing of the Offerings, no shares of Preferred Stock will remain outstanding. The Board of Directors has the authority, without further action by the stockholders, to issue the Preferred Stock in one or more series and to fix the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions thereof, including dividend rights, conversion rights, voting rights, terms of redemption, liquidation preferences and the number of shares constituting any series or the designation of such series. Preferred Stock could thus be issued quickly with terms calculated to delay or prevent a change of control of the Company or to serve as an entrenchment device for incumbent management. The issuance of Preferred Stock may have the effect of decreasing the market price of the Common Stock, and may adversely affect the voting and other rights of the holders of Common Stock.

Warrants

As of June 30, 1998, the Company has issued and outstanding Warrants to purchase 10 shares of Series E Preferred Stock, each convertible into one percent of the fully diluted Common Stock. Upon consummation of the Offerings, the Series E Preferred Stock will be converted into Common Stock, and the Warrants will be exercisable into 4,046,018 shares of Common Stock (subject to certain anti-dilution adjustments) at an exercise price of approximately $1.45 per share. Prior to the consummation of the Offerings, a portion of the Warrants held by Dancing Bear Investments will be transferred to certain employees and directors of the Company. The Warrants may be exercised at any time on or before August 13, 2004. After expiration of the exercise period, the holder of the Warrants will have no future rights to exercise such Warrants.

Rights Agreement

The Board of Directors currently expects to adopt a Rights Agreement to be effective simultaneously with the consummation of the Offerings. Pursuant to the Rights Agreement, the Board of Directors will declare a dividend of one preferred stock purchase right (a "Right") for each outstanding share of Common Stock. Each Right will entitle the registered holder to purchase from the Company one one-thousandth of a share of a new series of junior preferred stock, par value $.001 per share (the "Junior Preferred Stock"), of the Company at a price of $ per one one-thousandth of a share (the "Purchase Price"), subject to adjustment. The description and terms of the Rights will be set forth in a Rights Agreement between the Company and the designated Rights Agent. The description set forth below is intended as a summary only and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the form of the Rights Agreement, which will be filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement. See "Additional Information."

The Rights will be attached to all certificates representing outstanding shares of Common Stock, and no separate Right Certificates (as hereinafter defined) will be distributed. The Rights will separate from the shares of Common Stock on the earliest to occur of (i) a public announcement that, without the prior consent of the Board of Directors of the Company, a person or group (an "Acquiring Person"), including any affiliates or associates of such person or group (other than Dancing Bear Investments, Michael S. Egan, Todd V. Krizelman, Stephan J. Paternot, H. Wayne Huizenga or any entities controlled by such persons) acquired beneficial ownership of securities having 15% or more of the voting power of all outstanding voting securities of the Company (as hereinafter defined), (ii) ten (10) business days (or such later date as the Board of Directors of the Company may determine) following the commencement of, or announcement of an intention (which is not subsequently withdrawn) to make, a tender offer or exchange offer the consummation of which would result in any person or group becoming an Acquiring Person or (iii) twenty business days prior to the date on which a Transaction (as defined in the Rights Agreement) is reasonably expected to become effective or be consummated (the earliest of such dates being called the "Distribution Date"). A person or group whose acquisition of voting securities causes a Distribution Date pursuant to clause (i) above is an "Acquiring Person." The first date of public announcement that a person or group has become an Acquiring Person is the "Stock Acquisition Date."

The Rights Agreement will provide that, until the Distribution Date, the Rights will be transferred with and only with the shares of Common Stock. Until the Distribution Date (or earlier redemption or expiration of the Rights), new Common Stock certificates issued upon transfer or new issuance of shares of Common Stock will contain a notation incorporating the Rights Agreement by reference. Until the Distribution Date (or earlier redemption or expiration of the Rights), the surrender for transfer of any certificates for shares of Common Stock outstanding, even without such notation, will also constitute the transfer of the Rights associated with the shares of Common Stock represented by such certificate. As soon as practicable following the Distribution Date, separate certificates evidencing the Rights ("Right Certificates") will be mailed to holders of record of the shares of Common Stock as of the close of business on the Distribution Date (and to each initial record holder of certain shares of Common Stock issued after the Distribution Date), and such separate Right Certificates alone will evidence the Rights.

The Rights will not be exercisable until the Distribution Date and will expire at 5:00 P.M., New York, New York time, on the tenth anniversary of the date of issuance, unless earlier redeemed by the Company as described below.

In the event that any person becomes an Acquiring Person (except pursuant to a Permitted Offer as hereinafter defined), each holder of a Right will have (subject to the terms of the Rights Agreement) the right (the "Flip-In Right") to receive upon exercise the number of shares of Common Stock, or, in the discretion of the Board of Directors of the Company, the number of one one-thousandth of a share of Junior Preferred Stock (or, in certain circumstances, other securities of the Company) having a value (immediately prior to such triggering event) equal to two times the Purchase Price. Notwithstanding the foregoing, following the occurrence of the event described above, all Rights that are, or (under certain circumstances specified in the Rights Agreement) were, beneficially owned by any Acquiring Person or any affiliate or associate thereof will be null and void. A "Permitted Offer" is a tender or exchange offer for all outstanding shares of Common Stock which is at a price and on terms determined, prior to the purchase of shares under such tender or exchange offer, by a majority of Disinterested Directors (as hereinafter defined) to be adequate (taking into account all factors that such Disinterested Directors deem relevant) and otherwise in the best interests of the Company and its stockholders (other than the person or any affiliate or associate thereof on whose basis the offer is being made) taking into account all factors that such Disinterested Directors may deem relevant. "Disinterested Directors" are directors of the Company who are not officers of the Company and who are not Acquiring Persons or affiliates or associates thereof, or representatives of any of them, or any person who was directly or indirectly proposed or nominated as a director of the Company by a Transaction Person (as defined in the Rights Agreement).

In the event that, at any time following the Stock Acquisition Date or, if a Transaction is proposed, the Distribution Date, (i) the Company is acquired in a merger or other business combination transaction in which the holders of all of the outstanding shares of Common Stock immediately prior to the consummation of the transaction are not the holders of all of the surviving corporation's voting power, or (ii) more than 50% of the Company's assets or earning power is sold or transferred, in either case with or to an Interested Stockholder, or, if in such transaction all holders of shares of Common Stock are not offered the same consideration, any other person, then each holder of a Right (except Rights which previously have been voided as set forth above) shall thereafter have the right (the "Flip-Over Right") to receive, upon exercise, shares of common stock of the acquiring company having a value equal to two times the Purchase Price. The holder of a Right will continue to have the Flip-Over Right whether or not such holder exercises or surrenders the Flip-In Right.

The Purchase Price payable, and the number of one-thousandths of a share of Junior Preferred Stock or other securities issuable, upon exercise of the Rights are subject to adjustment from time to time to prevent dilution (i) in the event of a stock dividend on, or a subdivision, combination or reclassification of, the shares of Junior Preferred Stock,
(ii) upon the grant to holders of the shares of Junior Preferred Stock of certain rights or warrants to subscribe for or purchase shares of Junior Preferred Stock at a price, or securities convertible into shares of Junior Preferred Stock with a conversion price, less than the then current market price of the shares of Junior Preferred Stock or (iii) upon the distribution to holders of the shares of Junior Preferred Stock of evidences of indebtedness or assets (excluding regular quarterly cash dividends) or of subscription rights or warrants (other than those referred to above).

The Purchase Price payable, and the number of one-thousandths of a share of Junior Preferred Stock or other securities issuable, upon exercise of the Rights are also subject to adjustment in the event of a stock split of the shares of Common Stock, or a stock dividend on the shares of Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock, or subdivisions, consolidations or combinations of the shares of Common Stock occurring, in any such case, prior to the Distribution Date.

With certain exceptions, no adjustment in the Purchase Price will be required until cumulative adjustments require an adjustment of at least 1% in such Purchase Price. No fractional one-thousandths of a share of Junior Preferred Stock will be issued and, in lieu thereof, an adjustment in cash will be made based on the market price of the shares of Junior Preferred Stock on the last trading day prior to the date of exercise.

At any time prior to the earlier to occur of (i) a person becoming an Acquiring Person or (ii) the expiration of the Rights, the Company may redeem the Rights in whole, but not in part, at a price of $.001 per Right (the "Redemption Price"), which redemption shall be effective upon the action of the Board of Directors of the Company. Additionally, the Company may redeem the then outstanding Rights in whole, but not in part, at the Redemption Price (i) after the triggering of the Flip-In Right and before the expiration of any period during which the Flip-In Right may be exercised in connection with a merger or other business combination transaction or series of transactions involving the Company in which all holders of shares of Common Stock are not offered the same consideration but not involving a Transaction Person (as defined in the Rights Agreement), (ii) following an event giving rise to, and the expiration of the exercise period for, the Flip-in Right if and for as long as no person beneficially owns securities representing 15% or more of the voting power of the Company's voting securities or (iii) if the Acquiring Person reduces his ownership below 5% in transactions not involving the Company. The redemption of Rights described in the preceding sentence shall be effective only as of such time when the Flip-in Right is not exercisable, and in any event, only after 10 business days' prior notice. Upon the effective date of the redemption of the Rights, the right to exercise the Rights will terminate and the only right of the holders of Rights will be to receive the Redemption Price.

The shares of Junior Preferred Stock purchasable upon exercise of the Rights will be non-redeemable and junior to any other series of preferred stock the Company may issue (unless otherwise provided in the terms of such stock). Each share of Junior Preferred Stock will have a preferential quarterly dividend in an amount equal to 1,000 times the dividend declared on each share of Common Stock, but in no event less than $10. In the event of liquidation, the holders of Junior Preferred Stock will receive a minimum preferred liquidation payment equal to the greater of $1,000 or 1,000 times the payment made per each share of Common Stock. Each share of Junior Preferred Stock will have 1,000 votes, voting together with the shares of Common Stock. In the event of any merger, consolidation or other transaction in which shares of Common Stock are exchanged, each share of Junior Preferred Stock will be entitled to receive 1,000 times the amount and type of consideration received per share of Common Stock. The rights of the Junior Preferred Stock as to dividends, liquidation and voting, and in the event of mergers and consolidations, are protected by customary anti-dilution provisions. Fractional shares of Junior Preferred Stock will be issuable; however, the Company may elect to distribute depositary receipts in lieu of such fractional shares. In lieu of fractional shares other than fractions that are multiples of one two-hundredth of a share, an adjustment in cash will be made based on the market price of the Junior Preferred Stock on the last trading date prior to the date of exercise.

In the event that a majority of the Board of Directors of the Company is comprised of persons elected at a meeting of stockholders who were not nominated by the Board of Directors in office immediately prior to such meeting (including successors of such persons elected to the Board of Directors), then for 365 days following such meeting, the Rights Agreement may not be amended and the Rights may not be redeemed if such amendment or redemption, as the case may be, is reasonably likely to facilitate a combination or sale, mortgage or other transfer of assets or earning power (a "Transaction") with a Transaction Person (as defined below). The Rights Agreement may not be amended and the Rights may not be redeemed thereafter if during such 365 day period the Company enters into any agreement reasonably likely to facilitate a Transaction with a Transaction Person and the amendment or redemption, as the case may be, is reasonably likely to facilitate a Transaction with a Transaction Person.

A "Transaction Person" with respect to a Transaction means (x) any Person who (i) is or will become an Acquiring Person or a Principal Party (as such term is defined in the Rights Agreement) if the Transaction were to be consummated and (ii) either (A) such Person directly or indirectly proposed or nominated a director of the Company which director is in office at the time of consideration of the Transaction, or (B) the Transaction with such Person was approved by persons elected to the Board of Directors with the objective, for the purpose or with the effect of facilitating a merger or consolidation of the Company, a sale, mortgage or transfer, in one or more transactions, of assets or earning power aggregating more than 50% of the assets or earning power of the Company and its subsidiaries (taken as a whole) or any transaction which would result in a Person becoming an Acquiring Person, or (y) an Affiliate or Associate of such a Person.

Until a Right is exercised, the holder thereof, as such, will have no rights as a stockholder of the Company, including, without limitation, the right to vote or to receive dividends. While the distribution of the Rights will not be taxable to stockholders of the Company, stockholders may, depending upon the circumstances, recognize taxable income should the Rights become exercisable or upon the occurrence of certain events thereafter.

The Rights have certain anti-takeover effects. The Rights will cause substantial dilution to a person or group of persons that attempts to acquire the Company on terms not approved by the Board of Directors. The Rights should not interfere with any merger or other business combination approved by the Board of Directors prior to the time that a person or group has acquired beneficial ownership of 15% or more of the Common Stock since the Rights may be redeemed by the Company at the Redemption Price until such time.

Registration Rights

Pursuant to the terms of the Investor Rights Agreement, dated as of August 13, 1997 (the "Investor Rights Agreement"), at any time following the Offerings, holders of 25% of all of the Common Stock converted from Series B, Series C, Series D or Series E Preferred Stock, or issued as a dividend or distribution for the above-mentioned Preferred Stock (the "Registrable Securities"), or 50% of the Registrable Securities issued or issuable in respect of the Series B and Series C Preferred Stock have the right to require the Company to file a registration statement covering all or part of their shares up to four times at the Company's expense. Holders of shares of Common Stock (after giving effect to the conversion which will occur upon consummation of the Offerings) have registration rights under the Investor Rights Agreement. The Company will not be obligated to register such shares if such holders propose to sell such securities at an aggregate price to the public of less than $5,000,000. The Company may defer registration for not more than 120 days if the Board of Directors determines that it would be seriously detrimental to the Company and its stockholders to register the shares at such time. An underwriter participating in the sale of the Registrable Securities may limit the number of shares offered, and such number shall be allocated to the holders of such securities on a pro rata basis. The Company is not required to effect more than one demand registration on behalf of such holders in any twelve calendar month period. The Company is not required in most cases to pay the registration expenses for any such demand registration that is subsequently withdrawn by the requesting Holders.

Holders of Registrable Securities have the right to include all or part of their Registrable Securities in a registration statement filed by the Company for purposes of a public offering (Piggyback Registration). The holders of a majority of Registrable Securities have amended the Investor Rights Agreement to waive any registration rights in connection with the Offerings. An underwriter participating in such Offerings may limit the number of shares offered, and such number shall be allocated first to the Company, then to such holders on a pro rata basis, then to any stockholder on a pro rata basis. The Company has the right to terminate or withdraw any such registration and shall bear the expenses of any such withdrawn registration. The Company is not obligated further after it has effected five such registrations for any such holders.

Pursuant to the Investor Rights Agreement, holders of Registrable Securities have agreed with the Company to be subject to lock-up periods of not more than seven days prior to and 180 days following the date of this Prospectus and of not more than seven days prior to and 90 days following the effective date of any subsequent Prospectus. All registration rights terminate three years after the date of this Prospectus. Any right described in this section may be amended and waived by written consent of the Company and the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities.

Pursuant to the terms of a Registration Rights Agreement by and among Dancing Bear Investments, certain holders of Series A Preferred Stock, Messrs. Krizelman and Paternot and the Company, the Company has granted registration rights to such persons similar to the rights granted pursuant to the Investor Rights Agreement. As a result, virtually all of the Company's outstanding Common Stock or Preferred Stock has registration rights.

Limitation of Director Liability

The Certificate limits the liability of directors of the Company to the Company and its stockholders to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Specifically, directors of the Company will not be personally liable for money damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability (i) for any breach of the director's duty of loyalty to the Company or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law,
(iii) under Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law ("DGCL"), which concerns unlawful payments of dividends, stock purchases or redemptions, or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

Delaware Law and Certain Charter and By-Laws Provisions

Delaware Law

The Company is subject to the provisions of Section 203 ("Section 203") of the DGCL. In general, Section 203 prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging in a "business combination" with an "interested stockholder" for a period of three years after the date of the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder, unless the business combination is approved in a prescribed manner. A "business combination" includes a merger, asset sale or other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder. An "interested stockholder" is a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns (or, in certain cases, within three years prior, did own) 15% or more of the corporation's voting stock. Under Section 203, a business combination between the Company and an interested stockholder is prohibited unless it satisfies one of the following conditions: (i) the Company's Board of Directors must have previously approved either the business combination or the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, or (ii) upon consummation of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the Company outstanding at the time the transaction commenced (excluding, for purposes of determining the number of shares outstanding, shares owned by (a) persons who are directors and also officers and (b) employee stock plans, in certain instances) or (iii) the business combination is approved by the Board of Directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of the stockholders by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of the outstanding voting stock that is not owned by the interested stockholder.

Special Meetings

The By-Laws provide that special meetings of stockholders for any purpose or purposes can be called only upon the request of the Chairman of the Board, the President, the Board of Directors, or the holders of shares entitled to at least a majority of the votes at the meeting.

Amendment of Company By-Laws

In order to adopt, repeal, alter or amend the provisions set forth therein, the By-Laws require either the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the voting power of all of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon or by the Board of Directors.

Advance Notice Provisions for Stockholder Nominations and Proposals

The By-Laws establish advance notice procedures for stockholders to make nominations of candidates for election as directors, or bring other business before an annual meeting of stockholders of the Company.

These procedures provide that only persons who are nominated by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, or by a stockholder who has given timely written notice to the Secretary of the Company prior to the meeting at which directors are to be elected, will be eligible for election as directors of the Company. Further, these procedures provide that at an annual meeting, only such business may be conducted as has been specified in the notice of the meeting given by, or at the direction of, the Board or by a stockholder who has given timely written notice to the Secretary of the Company of such stockholder's intention to bring such business before such meeting.

Under these procedures, notice of stockholder nominations to be made or business to be conducted at an annual meeting must be received by the Company not less than 60 days nor more than 90 days prior to the date of the meeting (or, if less than 70 days' notice or prior public disclosure of the date of the meeting is given or made to the stockholders, the 10th day following the earlier of (i) the day such notice was mailed or (ii) the day such public disclosure was made). Under these procedures, notice of a stockholder nomination to be made at a special meeting at which directors are to be elected must be received by the Company not later than the close of business on the tenth day following the day on which such notice of the date of the special meeting was mailed or public disclosure of the date of the special meeting was made, whichever occurs first.

Under the By-Laws, a stockholder's notice nominating a person for election as a director must contain certain information about the proposed nominee and the nominating stockholder. If the Chairman determines that a nomination was not made in accordance with the By-Laws, such nomination will be disregarded. Similarly, a stockholder's notice proposing the conduct of business must contain certain information about such business and about the proposing stockholder. If the Chairman determines that business was not properly brought before the meeting in accordance with the By-Laws, such business will not be conducted.

By requiring advance notice of nominations by stockholders, the By-Laws afford the Board an opportunity to consider the qualifications of the proposed nominee and, to the extent deemed necessary or desirable by the Board, to inform stockholders about such qualifications. By requiring advance notice of other proposed business, the By-Laws also provide an orderly procedure for conducting annual meetings of stockholders and, to the extent deemed necessary or desirable by the Board, provides the Board with an opportunity to inform stockholders, prior to such meetings, of any business proposed to be conducted at such meetings, together with any recommendations as to the Board's position regarding action to be taken with respect to such business, so that stockholders can better decide whether to attend such a meeting or to grant a proxy regarding the disposition of any such business.

Although the Certificate does not give the Board any power to approve or disapprove stockholder nominations of the election of directors or proposals for action, the foregoing provisions may have the effect of precluding a contest for the election of directors or the consideration of stockholder proposals if the proper procedures are not followed, and of discouraging or deterring a third party from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect its own slate of directors or to approve its own proposal, without regard to whether consideration of such nominees or proposals might be harmful or beneficial to the Company and its stockholders.

Written Consent Provisions

The By-Laws provide that any action required or permitted to be taken by the holders of capital stock at any meeting of stockholders of the Company may be taken without a meeting only by the holders of outstanding capital stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for the Common Stock is American Stock Transfer & Trust Company.


SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Prior to the Offerings, there has been no public market for the Common Stock. No information is currently available and no prediction can be made as to the timing or amount of future sales of shares, or the effect, if any, that future sales of shares, or the availability of shares for future sale, will have on the market price of the Common Stock prevailing from time to time. Sales of substantial amounts of the Common Stock (including shares issuable upon the exercise of stock options) in the public market after the lapse of the restrictions described below, or the perception that such sales may occur, could materially adversely affect the prevailing market prices for the Common Stock and the ability of the Company to raise equity capital in the future. See "Risk Factors--Shares Eligible for Future Sale; No Prior Trading Market; Registration Rights."

Upon consummation of the Offerings, the Company will have outstanding shares of Common Stock ( if the Underwriters' over-allotment option is exercised in full). All of the shares of Common Stock offered hereby ( if the Underwriters' over-allotment option is exercised in full), will be immediately eligible for sale without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, unless purchased by or issued to any "affiliate" of the Company, as that term is defined in Rule 144, described below. All of the shares of Common Stock outstanding prior to the Offerings (or shares issued upon conversion of Preferred Stock upon consummation of the Offerings), are "Restricted Securities," as that term is defined in Rule 144, and may not be sold in the absence of registration other than in accordance with Rule 144, 144(k) or 701 promulgated under the Securities Act or another exemption from registration. In addition, upon consummation of the Offerings, 4,046,018 shares of Common Stock will be issuable upon exercise of outstanding Warrants.

In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, any affiliate of the Company or any person (or persons whose shares are aggregated in accordance with Rule 144) who has beneficially owned shares of Common Stock which are treated as Restricted Securities for at least one year would be entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of 1% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock (approximately shares based upon the number of shares outstanding after the Offerings) or the reported average weekly trading volume in the Common Stock during the four weeks preceding the date on which notice of such sale was filed under Rule 144. Sales under Rule 144 are also subject to certain manner of sale restrictions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information concerning the Company. In addition, affiliates of the Company must comply with the restrictions and requirements of Rule 144 (other than the one-year holding period requirements) in order to sell shares of Common Stock that are not Restricted Securities (such as Common Stock acquired by affiliates in market transactions). Furthermore, if a period of at least two years has elapsed from the date Restricted Securities were acquired from the Company or an affiliate of the Company, a holder of such Restricted Securities who is not an affiliate at the time of the sale and who has not been an affiliate for at least three months prior to such sale would be entitled to sell the shares immediately without regard to the volume, manner of sale, notice and public information requirements of Rule 144.

Holders of virtually all or substantially all of the Company's outstanding Common Stock and all of the Company's outstanding preferred equity will have certain demand registration rights with respect to the shares of Common Stock into which their securities are convertible (subject to the 180-day lock-up arrangement described below), under certain circumstances and subject to certain conditions, to require the Company to register their shares of Common Stock under the Securities Act, and certain rights to participate in any future registration of securities by the Company. The Company is not required to effect more than one demand registration on behalf of such holders in any twelve calendar month period. Pursuant to the agreements pursuant to which the registration rights were granted, holders of Registrable Securities have agreed to be subject to lock-up periods of not more than seven days prior to and 180 days following the date of this Prospectus and of not more than seven days prior to and 90 days following the effective date of any subsequent Prospectus. The Company intends to file a registration statement on Form S-8 for the shares held pursuant to its option plans and stock incentive plan that may make those shares freely tradeable. Such registration statement will become effective immediately upon filing and, shares covered by that registration statement will thereupon be eligible for sale in the public markets, subject to the applicable lock-up agreements and Rule 144 limitations applicable to affiliates. See "Description of Capital Stock--Registration Rights."

The Company and its executive officers, directors and certain of its current stockholders have agreed that, subject to certain exceptions, for a period of 180 days after the date of this Prospectus, without the prior written consent of Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc., they will not, directly or indirectly, issue, sell, offer or agree to sell, grant any option for the sale of, pledge, make any short sale, establish an open "put equivalent position" within the meaning of Rule 16a-1(h) under the Exchange Act or otherwise dispose of any shares of Common Stock (or securities convertible into, exercisable for or exchangeable for Common Stock) of the Company or of any of its subsidiaries. The foregoing sentence shall not apply to (A) in the case of the Company , the shares of Common Stock to be sold hereunder, (B) the issuance of any shares of Common Stock upon the exercise of an option or warrant or the conversion of a security outstanding on the date hereof and referred to in this Prospectus, (C) in the case of the Company, any shares of Common Stock issued or options to purchase Common Stock granted pursuant to existing employee benefit plans of the Company referred to in this Prospectus, (D) the pledge by certain directors of the Company, and Dancing Bear Investments or its affiliates of shares of Common Stock to a financial institution in connection with a bona fide financing transaction, (E) transfers of shares of Common Stock to immediate family members or trusts for the benefit of such family members (a "Family Transferee"); provided such transferee enters into a similar lock-up agreement, (F) the transfer of all or part of any Warrants held by Dancing Bear Investments on the date hereof to any employee of Dancing Bear Investments, any employee of the Company, Michael S. Egan or a Family Transferee of Michael S. Egan, provided that each transferee shall have executed a similar lock-up agreement, or (G) shares of Common Stock issued in connection with a merger, recapitalization or consolidation of the Company.


UNDERWRITING

The underwriters of the Offerings named below (the "Underwriters"), for whom Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc. and Volpe Brown Whelan & Company, LLC are acting as representatives, have severally agreed with the Company, subject to the terms and conditions of the Underwriting Agreement (the form of which has been filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of which this Prospectus is a part), to purchase from the Company the aggregate number of shares set forth opposite their respective names below at the initial public offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions set forth on the cover page of this Prospectus.

Underwriter                                               Number of
------------                                                Shares
Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc.........................          --------
Volpe Brown Whelan & Company, LLC..............
    Total......................................

The nature of the respective obligations of the Underwriters is such that all of the shares of Common Stock must be purchased if any are purchased. Those obligations are subject, however, to various conditions, including the approval of certain matters by counsel. The Company has agreed to indemnify the Underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, and, where such indemnification is unavailable, to contribute to payments that the Underwriters may be required to make in respect of such liabilities.

The Company has been advised that the Underwriters propose to offer the shares of Common Stock, initially at the public offering price set forth on the cover page of this Prospectus and to certain selected dealers at such price less a concession not to exceed $ per share; that the Underwriters may allow, and such selected dealers may reallow, a concession to certain other dealers not to exceed $ per share; and that after the commencement of the Offerings, the public offering price and the concessions may be changed.

The Company has granted the Underwriters an option to purchase in the aggregate up to additional shares of Common Stock solely to cover over-allotments, if any. The options may be exercised in whole or in part at any time within 30 days after the date of this Prospectus. To the extent the options are exercised, the Underwriters will be severally committed, subject to certain conditions, including the approval of certain matters by counsel, to purchase the additional shares of Common Stock in proportion to their respective purchase commitments as indicated in the preceding tables.

The Underwriters have reserved for sale at the initial public offering price up to 5% of the shares of Common Stock to be sold in the Offerings for sale to employees of the Company and its affiliates, and to their associates and related persons. The number of shares available for sale to the general public will be reduced to the extent any reserved shares are purchased. Any reserved shares not so purchased will be offered by the Underwriters on the same basis as the other shares offered hereby. The Underwriters do not expect sales of Common Stock to any accounts over which they exercise discretionary authority to exceed 5% of the number of shares being offered hereby.

The Company and its executive officers, directors and certain of its current stockholders have agreed that, subject to certain exceptions, for a period of 180 days after the date of this Prospectus, without the prior written consent of Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc., they will not, directly or indirectly, issue, sell, offer or agree to sell, grant any option for the sale of, pledge, make any short sale, establish an open "put equivalent position" within the meaning of Rule 16a-1(h) under the Exchange Act or otherwise dispose of any shares of Common Stock (or securities convertible into, exercisable for or exchangeable for Common Stock) of the Company or of any of its subsidiaries.

Prior to the Offerings, there has been no public market for the Common Stock. Consequently, the initial public offering price will be determined through negotiations among the Company and representatives of the Underwriters. Among the factors to be considered in making such determination will be the Company's financial and operating history and condition, its prospects and prospects for the industry in which it does business in general, the management of the Company, prevailing equity market conditions and the demand for securities considered comparable to those of the Company.

The closing of the Concurrent Offering is conditioned upon the closing of the Initial Public Offering. The price of the shares to be sold to the Concurrent Purchasers in the Concurrent Offering is equal to the Initial Public Offering price less underwriting discounts and commissions plus the Placement Agent Fee. The Placement Agents in connection with the Concurrent Offering will be paid a fee of $ per share for each share sold in the Concurrent Offering in consideration for the provision of certain advisory services and for acting as the Company's Placement Agents. The Placement Agents will be indemnified by the Company against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

In order to facilitate the Offerings, certain persons participating in the Offering may engage in transactions that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of the Common Stock during and after the Offerings. Specifically, the Underwriters may over-allot or otherwise create a short position in the Common Stock for their own account by selling more shares than have been sold to them by the Company. The Underwriters may elect to cover any such short position by purchasing shares in the open market or by exercising the over-allotment options granted to the Underwriters. In addition, such persons may stabilize or maintain the price of the Common Stock by bidding for or purchasing shares in the open market and may impose penalty bids, under which selling concessions allowed to syndicate members or other broker-dealers participating in the Offerings are reclaimed if shares previously distributed in the Offerings are repurchased in connection with stabilization transactions or otherwise. The effect of these transactions may be to stabilize or maintain the market price of the Common Stock at a level above that which might otherwise prevail in the open market. The imposition of a penalty bid may also affect the price of the Common Stock to the extent that it discourages resales thereof. No representation is made as to the magnitude or effect of any such stabilization or other transactions. Such transactions may be effected on the Nasdaq National Market or otherwise and, if commenced, may be discontinued at any time.

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the shares of Common Stock offered hereby will be passed upon for the Company by Fried, Frank, Harris, Shriver & Jacobson (a partnership including professional corporations), New York, New York. Certain legal matters in connection with the offering will be passed upon for the Underwriters by Morrison & Foerster LLP, New York, New York.

EXPERTS

The financial statements for theglobe.com, inc. as of December 31, 1996 and 1997 and for the period from May 1, 1995 (inception) to December 31, 1995 and the years ended December 31, 1996 and 1997 included in this Prospectus and elsewhere in the Registration Statement have been so included in reliance on the report of KPMG Peat Marwick LLP, independent certified public accountants, appearing elsewhere herein, upon the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

The Company has filed with the SEC a Registration Statement (which term shall encompass any and all amendments thereto) on Form S-1 (the "Registration Statement") under the Securities Act, with respect to the Common Stock offered hereby. This Prospectus, which is part of the Registration Statement, does not contain all the information set forth in the Registration Statement and the exhibits and schedules thereto, certain items of which are omitted in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC. Statements made in this Prospectus as to the contents of any contract, agreement or other document referred to are not necessarily complete. With respect to each such contract, agreement or other document filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, reference is hereby made to the exhibit for a more complete description of the matter involved, and each such statement shall be deemed qualified in its entirety by such reference. For further information with respect to the Company, reference is hereby made to the Registration Statement and such exhibits and schedules filed as a part thereof, which may be inspected, without charge, at the Public Reference Section of the SEC at Room 1024, Judiciary Plaza, 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549, and at regional offices of the SEC located at Seven World Trade Center, 13th Floor, New York, New York 10048 and at Citicorp Center, 500 West Madison Street, Suite 1400, Chicago, Illinois 60661. Information relating to the operation of the Public Reference Section may be obtained by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC maintains a Web site that contains reports, proxy and information statements regarding registrants that file electronically with the SEC. The address of this Web site is (http://www.sec.gov). Copies of all or any portion of the Registration Statement may be obtained from the Public Reference Section of the SEC, upon payment of the prescribed fees.


theglobe.com, inc.

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

                                                                      Page

Independent Auditors' Report                                           F-2

Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1996 and 1997
   and June 30, 1998 (unaudited)                                       F-3

Statements of  Operations  for the period from May 1, 1995
  (inception)  to    December 31, 1995 and for the years
   ended December 31, 1996 and 1997 and for the six months
   ended June 30, 1997  (unaudited) and 1998 (unaudited)               F-4

Statements  of  Stockholders'  Equity  for  the  period  from
  May 1,  1995 (inception)  to December  31, 1995 and for the
  years ended  December 31,    1996 and 1997 and for the six months
  ended June 30, 1997 (unaudited) and 1998 (unaudited)                 F-5

Statements  of Cash Flows for the period  from May 1, 1995
  (inception) to December 31, 1995 and for the years ended
  December 31, 1996 and 1997 and for the six months ended
  June 30, 1997  (unaudited) and 1998 (unaudited)                      F-6

Notes to Financial Statements                                          F-7

                        Independent Auditors' Report


The Board of Directors and Stockholders

theglobe.com, inc.:

We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of theglobe.com, inc. as of December 31, 1996 and 1997, and the related statements of operations, stockholders' equity and cash flows for the period from May 1, 1995 (inception) to December 31, 1995 and for the years ended December 31, 1996 and 1997. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of theglobe.com, inc. as of December 31, 1996 and 1997, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the period from May 1, 1995 (inception) to December 31, 1995 and for the years ended December 31, 1996 and 1997 in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.

/s/ KPMG Peat Marwick LLP

New York, New York
April 16, 1998, except for note 9,
which is as of July 22, 1998


theglobe.com, inc.

Balance Sheets

                                         December 31,        June 30,
                                   -----------------------
               Assets                   1996      1997        1998
                                   ------------------------ ---------
                                                            (unaudited)
Current assets:
  Cash and cash equivalents.........  $757,118   $5,871,291  $2,997,391
  Short-term investments............       ---   13,003,173  10,157,830
  Accounts receivable, less
    allowance for doubtful
    accounts of $12,000 and $27,868
    in 1997 and 1998,
    respectively...................     66,128      254,209     624,191

  Prepaids and other current assets.     2,377         --        75,847
                                      --------      -------- ----------
      Total current assets..........   825,623   19,128,673  13,855,259

Property and equipment, net.........   136,780      325,842   1,173,582
Other assets........................    10,945        7,657     574,239
                                      --------   ---------- -----------
      Total assets..................  $973,348   $19,462,17 $15,603,080
                                      ========   ========== ===========

Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity

Current liabilities:
  Accounts payable                    $130,478     $396,380  $2,029,901
  Accrued expense                       15,234      325,454     834,959
  Accrued bonuses                           --    1,148,999     150,000
  Deferred revenue                      32,144      113,290     132,353
  Current installments of
    obligations under
    capital leases..................        --       27,174     255,962
                                      --------     --------  ----------
  Total current liabilities.........   177,856    2,011,297   3,403,175


Obligations under capital leases,
  excluding
  current installments..............        --       98,826     629,281

Stockholders' equity:
Preferred Stock, 3,000,000 shares authorized:
Convertible preferred stock, Series A through E, $0.001 par value; 2,900,001 shares authorized; 2,759,940, 2,899,991 and 2,899,991, shares issued outstanding at December 31, 1996 and 1997, and as of June 30, 1998, respectively; aggregate liquidation preference of $1,606,110, $21,886,110 and $21,886,110 at
December 31, 1996 and 1997, and as of

    June 30, 1998...................     2,760        2,900       2,900

  Common stock, $0.001 par value;
    100,000,000 shares authorized;
    2,250,000, 2,308,541 and
    2,393,958 shares issued and
    outstanding, respectively.......      2,250       2,309       2,394

  Additional paid-in capital........  1,627,421  21,864,360  21,872,447

  Net unrealized loss on securities.         --     (41,201)    (29,647)

  Deferred compensation.............    (21,053)    (76,033)    (52,914)

  Accumulated deficit...............   (815,886) (4,400,286)(10,224,556)
                                       --------  ----------  -----------
      Total stockholders' equity....    795,492  17,352,049  11,570,624

Commitments ........................   -------  ----------  -----------

      Total liabilities and
       stockholders' equity........   $973,348  $19,462,172 $15,603,080
                                      ========  ===========  ==========

See accompanying notes to financial statements.


                                             theglobe.com, inc.

                                           Statements of Operations

                        Period from
                           May 1,
                            1995
                        (inception)           Year Ended                  Six Months Ended
                             to               December 31,                    June 30,
                        December 31,   --------------------------    --------------------------
                            1995           1996          1997           1997           1998
                        -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------
                                                                (unaudited)


Revenues  ...........   $    26,815    $   229,363    $   770,293    $   208,241    $ 1,173,398
Cost of revenues ....        12,779        116,780        423,706        106,032        503,181
                        -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------
      Gross profit ..        14,036        112,583        346,587        102,209        670,217

Operating expenses:
   Sales and
   marketing ........         1,248        275,947      1,248,349        224,170      4,493,039
   Product
   development ......        60,000        120,000        153,667         62,500        250,869
   General and
   administrative ...        18,380        489,073      2,827,591        594,358      2,396,716
                        -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------
      Loss from
      operations ....       (65,592)      (772,437)    (3,883,020)      (778,819)    (6,470,407)
                        -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------
Other income
(expense):
   Interest and
    dividend income .           980         25,966        334,720         11,384        703,097
   Interest expense .        (1,094)        (3,709)          --             --          (30,460)
                        -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------

      Total interest
         income
         (expense) ..          (114)        22,257        334,720         11,384        672,637
                        -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------

      Loss before
         provision
         for income
         taxes ......       (65,706)      (750,180)    (3,548,300)      (767,435)    (5,797,770)
                        -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------

Provision for income
taxes ...............          --             --           36,100           --           26,500
                        -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------

      Net loss ......   $   (65,706)   $  (750,180)   $(3,584,400)   $  (767,435)   $(5,824,270)
                        ===========    ===========    ===========    ===========    ===========

Basic and
   diluted net loss
   per share ........   $     (0.03)   $     (0.33)   $     (1.56)   $     (0.34)   $     (2.51)
                        ===========    ===========    ===========    ===========    ===========
Weighted average
   basic and diluted
   shares
   outstanding ......     2,250,000      2,250,000      2,293,545      2,281,920      2,322,778
                        ===========    ===========    ===========    ===========    ===========



See accompanying notes to financial statements.


theglobe.com, inc.

Statements of Stockholders' Equity

                                                                                     Net
                                                                                   unrealized
                                                                                    gain
                                  Convertible                                      (loss)                                 Total
                                preferred stock      Common Stock      Additional   on sale                               stock-
                               -----------------  -----------------      paid-in      of         Deferred   Accumulated   holder's
                               Shares    Amount    Shares     Amount     Capital   securities  compensation   deficit     equity
                               ------    ------   -------    -------   ----------  ----------  ------------ -----------   -------

Issuance of common shares
   to founders...........  $       --    $       $2,250,000   $2,250  $     2,430     $    --     $    --   $       --  $    4,680

Issuance of Series A
   convertible preferred
   stock.................     712,980       713          --       --       66,287          --          --           --      67,000

Promissory notes
   converted to Series A
   convertible preferred
   stock.................     453,010       453          --       --       45,785          --          --          --       46,238

Issuance of Series B
   convertible preferred
   stock.................   1,103,830     1,104          --       --      578,401          --          --          --      579,505

Net loss for the period
   from May 1, 1995
   (inception) to
   December 31, 1995.....          --        --          --       --           --         --           --      (65,706)    (65,706)
                            ---------    ------   ---------   ------   ----------     ------      -------      -------   ----------
Balance as of December
   31, 1995..............   2,269,820     2,270   2,250,000    2,250      692,903         --           --      (65,706)    631,717

Issuance of Series B
   convertible preferred
   stock.................      47,620        48          --       --       24,937         --           --           --      24,985

Issuance of Series C
   convertible preferred
   stock.................     442,500       442          --       --      884,528         --           --           --     884,970

Deferred compensation....          --        --          --       --       25,053         --      (25,053)          --          --

Amortization of deferred
   compensation..........          --        --          --       --           --         --        4,000           --       4,000

Net loss.................          --        --          --       --           --         --           --     (750,180)   (750,180)
                            ---------    ------      ------   ------  -----------    -------      -------     --------  ----------

Balance at December 31,
   1996..................   2,759,940     2,760   2,250,000    2,250    1,627,421         --      (21,053)    (815,886)    795,492

Issuance of Series C
   convertible preferred
   stock.................     140,000       140          --       --      279,860         --           --           --     280,000

Exercise of stock options          --        --      58,541       59        4,448         --           --           --       4,507

Issuance of Series D
   convertible preferred
   stock, net of expense
   of $130,464...........          51        --          --       --   19,869,536         --           --           --  19,869,536

Net unrealized loss on
   securities............          --        --          --       --           --    (41,201)          --           --     (41,201)

Deferred compensation....          --        --          --       --       83,095         --      (83,095)          --          --

Amortization of deferred
   compensation..........          --        --          --       --           --         --       28,115           --      28,115

Net loss.................          --        --          --       --           --         --           --   (3,584,400) (3,584,400)
                            ---------    ------   ---------   ------  -----------   --------     --------  -----------  ----------
Balance at December 31,
   1997..................   2,899,991     2,900   2,308,541    2,309   21,864,360    (41,201)     (76,033)  (4,400,286) 17,352,049

Amortization of deferred
   compensation..........          --       --           --       --           --         --       23,119           --      23,119

Exercise of stock options
   (unaudited)                     --       --       85,417       85        8,087         --           --           --       8,172

Net loss for  the period
   (unaudited)...........          --       --           --       --           --         --           --   (5,824,270) (5,824,270)

Change in net unrealized
   gain (loss) on

   securities (unaudited)          --       --           --       --           --     11,554           --           --      11,554
                            ---------   ------   ----------   ------  -----------  ---------       ------   ----------   ---------
Balance at June 30, 1998
   (unaudited)...........   2,899,991    2,900    2,393,958    2,394   21,872,447    (29,647)     (52,914) (10,224,556) 11,570,624
                            =========  =======   ==========   ======  ===========  =========      =======   ==========  ==========


See accompanying notes to financial statements.



                                                                      theglobe.com, inc.

                                                                   Statements of Cash Flows

                                                Period from
                                                May 1, 1995           Year ended                 Six months ended
                                               (inception) to        December 31,                    June 30,
                                                December 31,    ----------------------     ----------------------------
                                                   1995           1996          1997           1997           1998
                                                -----------     ---------     --------     -----------    -------------
                                                                                                     (unaudited)

Cash flows from operating activities:
   Net loss...............................       $ (65,706)  $ (750,180)    $(3,584,400)    $(767,435)   $(5,824,270)
     Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net
       cash used in operating activities:.
         Depreciation and amortization....          10,530       47,595          60,210        37,499        238,411
         Non-cash related interest........             738           --             --             --             --
         Deferred compensation earned.....              --        4,000          28,115        14,057         23,119
       Changes in operating assets and
        liabilities:
         Accounts receivable, net.........          (3,025)     (63,103)       (188,081)       23,212       (369,982)
         Prepaids and other current assets         (16,440)      (2,377)          2,377         2,377        (75,847)
         Other assets.....................              --           --              --            --       (568,226)
         Accounts payable.................           9,794      120,684         265,902        57,706      1,633,521
         Accrued expenses.................           5,599        9,635         310,220       192,532        509,505
         Accrued bonuses..................              --           --       1,148,999        37,250       (998,999)
         Deferred revenue.................              --       32,144          81,146        72,579         19,063
                                                 ---------   ----------    ------------     ---------    -----------
       Net cash used in operating
          activities.......................        (58,510)    (601,602)     (1,875,512)     (330,223)    (5,413,705)
                                                 ---------   ----------    ------------     ---------    -----------
Cash flows from investing activities:
   Purchase of securities.................              --           --     (13,044,374)           --       (230,484)
   Proceeds from sale of securities.......              --           --              --            --      3,087,381
   Purchases of property and equipment....         (51,101)    (138,309)       (119,984)     (229,696)      (247,859)
                                                 ---------- ------------   -------------    ----------   -----------
       Net cash (used in) provided by
         investing activities.............         (51,101)    (138,309)    (13,164,358)     (229,696)     2,609,038
                                                 ---------- ------------   -------------    ----------   -----------

Cash flows from financing activities:
   Payments under capital lease obligations             --           --              --            --        (77,405)
    Proceeds from convertible promissory
     notes................................          45,500           --              --            --             --
   Proceeds from exercise of common stock
     options..............................              --           --           4,507         4,507          8,172
   Proceeds from issuance of common stock.           4,680           --              --            --             --
   Proceeds from issuance of convertible
     preferred Series A, B and C stock....         646,505      909,955         280,000       280,000             --
   Proceeds from issuance of convertible
     preferred Series D stock.............              --           --      20,000,000            --             --
   Payment of financing costs.............              --           --        (130,464)      (26,302)            --
                                                 ---------   ----------    ------------     ---------    -----------
       Net cash provided by (used in)
         financing activities.............         696,685      909,955      20,154,043       258,205        (69,233)
                                                 ---------   ----------    ------------     ---------    -----------

       Net change in cash and cash
         equivalents......................         587,074      170,044       5,114,173      (301,714)    (2,873,900)

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of
  period..................................              --      587,074         757,118       757,118      5,871,291
                                                 ---------   ----------   -------------     ---------    -----------

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period       $ 587,074   $  757,118    $  5,871,291     $ 455,404    $2,997,391
                                                 =========   ==========   =============     =========    ==========

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow
  information:
   Cash paid during the period for:
     Interest.............................       $   1,094   $    3,709    $         --     $      --   $     30,460
                                                 =========  ===========   =============     =========  =============
     Income taxes.........................              --           --              --            --         45,125
                                                 =========  ===========   =============     =========  =============
Supplemental disclosure of noncash
  transactions:
   Series A convertible preferred stock
     issued upon conversion of promissory
     notes, including accrued interest of
     $738.................................       $  46,238   $       --    $         --     $      --   $         --
                                                 =========  ===========   =============     =========   ============

   Equipment acquired under capital leases       $      --   $       --    $    126,000     $      --   $    836,648
                                                 =========  ===========   =============     =========  =============

See accompanying notes to financial statements.


theglobe.com, inc.

Notes to Financial Statements

December 31, 1996 and 1997
(All information subsequent to December 31, 1997 is Unaudited)

(1) Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

(a) Description of Business

theglobe.com, inc. (the "Company") was incorporated on May 1, 1995 (inception) and commenced operations on that date. theglobe.com is an online community with members and users in the United States and abroad. theglobe.com's users are able to personalize their online experience by publishing their own content and interacting with others having similar interests. The Company's primary revenue source is the sale of advertising, with additional revenues generated through e-commerce arrangements and the sale of membership subscriptions for enhanced services.

The Company's business is characterized by rapid technological change, new product development and evolving industry standards. Inherent in the Company's business are various risks and uncertainties, including its limited operating history, unproven business model and the limited history of commerce on the Internet. The Company's success may depend in part upon the emergence of the Internet as a communications medium, prospective product development efforts and the acceptance of the Company's solutions by the marketplace.

During August 1997, Dancing Bear Investments, Inc. invested $20,000,000 in the Company in exchange for a 51% ownership interest in the Company on a fully diluted basis, plus warrants (the "Dancing Bear Investment")(See Note 5).

(b) Initial Public Offerings

In June 1998, the Board of Directors authorized the filing of a registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC") that would permit the Company to sell shares of the Company's common stock in connection with a proposed initial public offering ("IPO"). In addition to the IPO, the Company will be offering shares in a concurrent offering (the "Concurrent Offering") directly to certain investors at a price per share equal to the IPO price per share less the underwriting discount and commissions but including a placement agent fee, (collectively referred to as the "Offerings"). The consummation of the Concurrent Offering and the IPO are not contingent upon each other. In the event the Concurrent Offering is not consummated by the closing date of the IPO, the Concurrent Offering will be terminated and all payments received in connection with the Concurrent Offering will be promptly returned. If the Concurrent Offering is not consummated for all of the proposed shares, the shares of Common Stock not sold will not be offered to purchasers in the IPO.

If the IPO is consummated under the terms presently anticipated, upon the closing of the proposed Offerings all of the then outstanding shares of the Company's Convertible Preferred Stock will automatically convert into shares of common stock.

(c) Unaudited Interim Financial Information

The interim financial statements of the Company for the six months ended June 30, 1997 and 1998, included herein have been prepared by the Company, without audit, pursuant to the rules and regulations of the SEC. Certain information and note disclosures normally included in financial statements prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles have been condensed or omitted pursuant to such rules and regulations relating to interim financial statements.


theglobe.com, inc.

Notes to Financial Statements, Continued
(All information subsequent to December 31, 1997 is Unaudited)

(1), Continued

(c) Unaudited Interim Financial Information, Continued

In the opinion of management, the accompanying unaudited interim financial statements reflect all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary to present fairly the financial position of the Company at June 30, 1997 and 1998, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the six months ended June 30, 1997 and 1998.

(d) Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

(e) Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid securities with original maturities of three months or less to be cash equivalents. Cash equivalents at December 31, 1996 and 1997 were approximately $752,000 and $3,997,000, respectively, and $2,994,000 as of June 30, 1998, which consisted of certificates of deposit.

(f) Short-term Investments

Short-term investments are classified as available-for-sale and are available to support current operations or to take advantage of other investment opportunities. The majority of these investments are corporate bonds, which are stated at their estimated fair value based upon publicly available market quotes. Unrealized gains and losses are computed on the basis of specific identification and are included in stockholders equity. Realized gains, realized losses and declines in value, judged to be other-than-temporary, are included in income. The costs of securities sold are based on the specific-identification method and interest earned is included in interest income. As of December 31, 1997, the Company had gross unrealized losses of $41,678 and gross unrealized gains of $477 from its short-term investments. As of June 30, 1998 the Company had gross unrealized losses of $14,976 and gross unrealized gains of $26,530.

(g) Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the related assets, generally ranging from three to five years. Equipment under capital leases is stated at the present value of minimum lease payments and is amortized using the straight-line method over the shorter of the lease term or the estimated useful lives of the assets

(h) Other Assets

At June 30, 1998, other assets included $568,226 of security deposits held in an escrow account as collateral for certain capital lease equipment.


theglobe.com, inc.

Notes to Financial Statements, Continued
(All information subsequent to December 31, 1997 is Unaudited)

(1), Continued

(i) Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

The Company reviews its long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to future net cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. If such assets are considered to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized is measured by the amount by which the carrying amount of the assets exceeds the fair value of the assets. To date, no such impairment has been recorded.

(j) Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes using the asset and liability method. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases for operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in results of operations in the period that the tax change occurs. Valuation allowances are established, when necessary, to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized.

(k) Revenue Recognition

The Company's revenues are derived principally from the sale of banner advertisements under short-term contracts. To date, the duration of the Company's advertising commitments has generally averaged from one to two months. Advertising revenues are recognized ratably in the period in which the advertisement is displayed, provided that no significant Company obligations remain and collection of the resulting receivable is probable. Company obligations typically include the guarantee of a minimum number of "impressions" or times that an advertisement appears in pages viewed by the users of the Company's online properties.

The Company also derived revenues from its membership subscriptions which are deferred and recognized ratably over the term of the subscription period, which is generally up to one year. Subscription revenues accounted for 0%, 5%, 23%, 31% and 11% of revenues for the period from May 1, 1995 (inception) to December 31, 1995, the years ended December 31, 1996 and 1997, and for the six months ended June 30, 1997 and 1998, respectively.

The Company trades advertisements on its Web properties in exchange for advertisements on the Internet sites of other companies. Barter revenues and expenses are recorded at the fair market value of services provided or received, whichever is more determinable in the circumstances. Revenue from barter transactions is recognized as income when advertisements are delivered on the Company's Web properties. Barter expense is recognized when the Company's advertisements are run on other companies' Web sites, which is typically in the same period when the barter revenue is recognized. Barter revenues and expenses were approximately $-0-, $-0-, and $166,500 for the period from May 1, 1995 (inception) to December 31, 1995 and for the years ended December 31, 1996 and 1997, respectively, and $37,500 and $39,906 for the six months ended June 30, 1997 and 1998, respectively.


theglobe.com, inc.

Notes to Financial Statements, Continued
(All information subsequent to December 31, 1997 is Unaudited)

(1), Continued

(l) Product Development

Product development expenses include personnel costs associated with the development, testing and upgrades to the Company's Web site and systems as well as personnel costs related to its editorial content and community management and support. Product development costs and enhancements to existing products are charged to operations as incurred. Software development costs are required to be capitalized when a product's technological feasibility has been established by completion of a working model of the product which capitalized asset would be fully expensed by the time when a product is available for general release to customers. To date, completion of a working model of the Company's products and general release have substantially coincided. As a result, the Company has not capitalized any software development costs since such costs have not been significant.

(m) Advertising

Advertising costs are expensed as incurred. Advertising costs totaling $1,248, $202,986 and $1,057,606 in 1995, 1996 and 1997, respectively, and $183,413 and $4,000,047 for the six months ended June 30, 1997 and 1998, respectively, are included in sales and marketing expenses in the Company's statements of operations.

(n) Stock-Based Compensation

The Company accounts for stock-based compensation arrangements in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standard ("SFAS") No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation, which permits entities to recognize as expense over the vesting period the fair value of all stock-based awards on the date of grant. Alternatively, SFAS No. 123 allows entities to continue to apply the provisions of Accounting Principle Board ("APB") Opinion No. 25 and provide pro forma net earnings disclosures for employee stock option grants if the fair-value-based method defined in SFAS No. 123 had been applied. The Company has elected to continue to apply the provisions of APB Opinion No. 25 and provide the pro forma disclosure provisions of SFAS No. 123.

(o) Net Loss Per Common Share

The Company adopted SFAS No. 128, "Computation of Earnings Per Share," during the year ended December 31, 1997. In accordance with SFAS No. 128 and the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC") Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 98, basic earnings per share are computed using the weighted average number of common and dilutive common equivalent shares outstanding during the period. Common equivalent shares consist of the incremental common shares issuable upon the conversion of the Convertible Preferred Stock (using the if-converted method) and shares issuable upon the exercise of stock options and warrants (using the Treasury Stock method); common equivalent shares are excluded from the calculation if their effect is anti-dilutive. Pursuant to SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 98, common stock and convertible preferred stock issued for nominal consideration, prior to the anticipated effective date of an IPO, are required to be included in the calculation of basic and diluted net loss per share, as if they were outstanding for all periods presented. To date, the Company has not had any issuances or grants for nominal consideration.

Diluted loss per share has not been presented separately, as the outstanding stock options, warrants and contingent stock purchase warrants are anti-dilutive for each of the periods presented.


theglobe.com, inc.

Notes to Financial Statements, Continued
(All information subsequent to December 31, 1997 is Unaudited)

(1), Continued

(o) Net Loss Per Common Share, Continued

Anti-dilutive potential common shares outstanding were 2,619,820 for the period ended December 31, 1995, 3,444,037 and 14,873,343 for the years ended December 31, 1996 and 1997, respectively, and 4,165,398 and 14,829,927 for the six-month periods ended June 30, 1997 and 1998.

(p) Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In June 1997, the FASB issued SFAS No. 130, "Reporting Comprehensive Income." This statement establishes standards for the reporting and display of comprehensive income and its components in a full set of general purpose financial statements. Comprehensive income generally represents all changes in shareholders' equity during the period except those resulting from investments by, or distributions to, shareholders. SFAS No. 130 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 1997 and requires restatement of earlier periods presented. For the six months ended June 30, 1998 and the year ended December 31, 1997, comprehensive net loss was approximately $11,600 lower and approximately $41,200 higher, respectively, than the net loss reported in the Company's statements of operations for the applicable periods, due to unrealized gains or losses on securities classified as available-for-sale.

In June 1997, the FASB issued SFAS No. 131, "Disclosures About Segments of and Enterprise and Related Information." SFAS No. 131 establishes standards for the way that a public enterprise reports information about operating segments in annual financial statements, and requires that those enterprises report selected information about operating segments in interim financial reports issued to shareholders. SFAS No. 131 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 1997 and requires statement of earlier periods presented. The Company has determined that it does not have any separately reporting business segments.

In June 1998, the FASB issued SFAS No. 133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities. SFAS No. 133 establishes accounting and reporting standards for derivative instruments, including derivative instruments embedded in other contracts, and for hedging activities. SFAS No. 133 is effective for all fiscal quarters of fiscal years beginning after June 15, 1999. This statement does not apply to the Company as the Company currently does not have any derivative instruments or hedging activities.

(q) Stock Split

In May 1996, the Company authorized and implemented a ten-for-one common stock split. In August 1997, the Company authorized and implemented an additional ten-for-one preferred stock split. All share and per share information in the accompanying financial statements has been retroactively restated to reflect the effect of these stock splits.


theglobe.com, inc.

Notes to Financial Statements, Continued
(All information subsequent to December 31, 1997 is Unaudited)

(2) Concentration of Credit Risk

Financial instruments which subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments and trade accounts receivable. The Company maintains cash and cash equivalents with various domestic financial institutions. The Company performs periodic evaluations of the relative credit standing of these institutions. From time to time, the Company's cash balances with any one financial institution may exceed Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation insurance limits.

The Company's customers are concentrated in the United States. The Company performs ongoing credit evaluations, generally does not require collateral and establishes an allowance for doubtful accounts based upon factors surrounding the credit risk of customers, historical trends and other information; to date, such losses have been within management's expectations.

For the period from May 1, 1995 (inception) to December 31, 1995, there were no customers that accounted for over 10% of revenues generated by the Company, or of accounts receivable at December 31, 1995.

For the year ended December 31, 1996, one customer accounted for approximately 71% of total revenues generated by the Company and 90% of accounts receivable at December 31, 1996.

For the year ended December 31, 1997, there was one customer that accounted for 11% of revenues (excluding barter advertising revenues of $166,500) generated by the Company. There were no customers that accounted for over 10% of accounts receivable at December 31, 1997.

For the six months ended June 30, 1998, there were no customers that accounted for over 10% of revenues generated by the Company, or of accounts receivable at June 30, 1998.

(3) Property and Equipment

Property and equipment consist of the following:

                                                                       June
                                            December   December         30,
                                               31,         31,         1998
                                              1996        1997      (unaudited)
                                            ---------  ----------  ------------

Computer equipment, including assets under
  capital leases of $-0-, $126,000, and
  $962,648, respectively..................    $181,557   $421,164   1,500,187
Furniture and fixtures....................       7,853     14,230      19,714
                                              --------   ---------  ---------
                                               189,410    435,394   1,519,901

Less accumulated depreciation and
  amortization, including amounts
   related to assets under capital........
   leases of $-0-, $-0- and $110,007,
   respectively............................     52,630     109,552     346,319
                                              --------    --------  ----------
      Total...............................    $136,780    $325,842  $1,173,582
                                              ========    ========  ==========
-------------------------------------------


theglobe.com, inc.

Notes to Financial Statements, Continued
(All information subsequent to December 31, 1997 is Unaudited)

(4) Income Taxes

The Company did not incur any income taxes for the period from May 1, 1995 (inception) to December 31, 1995 and for the year ended December 31, 1996 as a result of operating losses. Income taxes for the year ended December 31, 1997 are based solely on state and local taxes on business and investment capital.

The difference between the provision for income taxes computed at the statutory rate and the reported amount of tax expense (benefit) attributable to income before income taxes for the period from May 1, 1995 (inception) to December 31, 1995 and for the year ended December 31, 1996 and 1997 are as follows:

                                             1995        1996        1997

                                        ------------------------------------

Tax expense at statutory rates.....      $(22,340)  $ (257,781)$(1,218,695)
      Increase (reduction) in income
       taxes resulting from:
  Valuation allowance adjustment..         25,938      302,644   1,710,346
  State and local income taxes,
   net of Federal
   income tax benefit..............        (3,660)     (45,131)   (458,817)
   Other, net......................            62          268       3,266
                                         --------     --------   ---------

                                         $     --     $     --   $  36,100
                                         ========     ========   =========

The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities at December 31, 1996 and 1997 are presented below.

                                                1996       1997
Deferred tax assets:
                                            ----------  ---------
  Net operating loss carryforwards.......    $326,982   2,018,635

  Allowance for doubtful accounts........          --       5,520

  Deferred compensation..................       1,600      14,773
                                            ---------   ---------

      Total gross deferred tax assets....     328,582   2,038,928


Less valuation allowance.................    (328,582) (2,038,928)
                                            ---------   ---------
     Net deferred tax assets............    $      --   $      --
                                            =========   =========

The valuation allowance for deferred tax assets as of January 1, 1996 and 1997 was $328,582 and $2,038,928 respectively. The net change in the total valuation allowance for the years ended December 31, 1996 and 1997 was $302,644 and $1,710,346, respectively. In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible.


theglobe.com, inc.

Notes to Financial Statements, Continued
(All information subsequent to December 31, 1997 is Unaudited)

(4), Continued

Management considers the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income and tax planning strategies in making this assessment.

At December 31, 1997, the Company had net operating loss carryforwards available for federal and state income tax purposes of $4.4 million. These carryforwards expire through 2012 for federal purposes and state purposes.

Under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, the utilization of net operating loss carryforwards may be limited under the change in stock ownership rules of the Internal Revenue Code. As a result of ownership changes which occurred in August 1997, the Company's operating tax loss carryforwards and tax credit carryforwards are subject to these limitations.

(5) Capitalization

Authorized Shares

During 1997, the Company amended and restated its certificate of incorporation. As a result, the total number of shares which the Company is authorized to issue is 25,000,000 shares: 22,000,000 of these shares are Common Stock, each having a par value of $0.001; and 3,000,000 shares are Preferred Stock, each having a par value of $0.001. In July 1998, the Company's stockholders approved the Fourth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, which will be filed with the Delaware Secretary of State prior to consummation of the Offerings, to increase the number of authorized shares from 25,000,000 to 103,000,000 shares.

Common Stock

During 1995, the Company issued a total of 2,250,000 shares of Common Stock to its founders in exchange for $4,680 in cash. During 1997, the Company issued an additional 58,541 shares of Common Stock in connection with the exercise of certain stock options.

Convertible Preferred Stock

As of December 31, 1997 and June 30, 1998, the Company had five series of Convertible Preferred Stock (collectively "Preferred Stock") authorized and of which only four of the series were outstanding. The holders of the various series of Preferred Stock generally have the same rights and privileges. Each class of the Company's Preferred Stock is convertible into Common Stock, as defined below, and has rights and preferences which are generally more senior to the Company's Common Stock and are more fully described in the Company's amended and restated certificate of incorporation.


theglobe.com, inc.

Notes to Financial Statements, Continued
(All information subsequent to December 31, 1997 is Unaudited)

(5), Continued

In 1995, the Company completed a private placement of 1,165,990 shares of Series A Preferred Stock for an aggregate price of approximately $113,000. Such consideration consisted of $67,000 in cash and the conversion of outstanding Notes (described below) in the aggregate amount of approximately $46,000. In 1995, the Company issued Convertible Promissory Notes ("Notes") in the aggregate principal amount of $45,500, bearing interest at rates between 6.62% and 8% per annum. Under the terms and conditions of the original Note agreements, the Notes were convertible into preferred stock at conversion prices equal to $0.10 per share, the highest price paid for shares of its Preferred Stock sold during such time period. These Notes, including interest thereon, were converted into a total of 453,010 shares of Series A Preferred Stock in connection with the Company's 1995 private placement of Series A Preferred Stock, in accordance with the original terms and conditions of such Notes.

During December 1995, the Company completed a private placement of 1,151,450 shares of Series B Preferred Stock at $0.525 per share in two issuances for an aggregate price of approximately $604,000, $579,000 was paid in cash in 1995 and $25,000 in 1996.

In 1996, the Company completed a private placement of 442,500 shares of Series C Preferred Stock at $2.00 per share for an aggregate price of approximately $885,000, paid in cash.

In April 1997, the Company amended the Series C Preferred Stock agreement in order to extend the above private placement of Series C Preferred Stock to April 15, 1997. In connection with this private placement, the Company issued an additional 140,000 shares of Series C Preferred Stock at $2.00 per share for an aggregate price of $280,000 in 1997.

In August 1997, the Company authorized and issued 51 shares of Series D Preferred Stock for an aggregate cash amount of $20,000,000 in connection with the investment by Dancing Bear Investments, Inc. These shares constituted 51% of the fully diluted capital stock of the Company at the time of exercise, as defined. In addition to the Series D Preferred Stock, Dancing Bear Investments, Inc. also received warrants which provide the right to purchase up to 10 shares of Series E Preferred Stock representing 10% of the fully diluted capital stock of the Company at the time of exercise for an aggregate purchase price of $5,882,353, if exercised in total. In connection with the Dancing Bear Investment, two officers and shareholders of the Company received $500,000 each as signing bonuses in connection with their employment agreements. Such amounts were accrued for at that time and were subsequently paid in the first quarter of 1998.

The conversion rate of the Series A, B and C Preferred Stock, as defined in the original private placement agreements shall be the quotient obtained by dividing the applicable series' original issue price by the applicable series' conversion price. The original issue price and conversion price shall be $0.10, $0.525 and $2 per share for Series A, B and C, respectively, as determined by negotiations among the parties. Each share of Series D and E Preferred Stock shall be convertible into an amount of common representing 1% of the fully diluted capital stock, as defined in the original private placement agreement. Such conversion features were determined by negotiations among the parties.

In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, as defined, on a pari passu basis, an amount equal to $0.10, $0.525 and $2, $392,156.86 and $588,235.30 per share for Series A, B, C, D and E convertible Preferred Stock, respectively, shall be paid out of the assets of the Company available for distribution before any such payments shall be made on any shares of the Company's common shares or any other capital stock of the Company other than the Preferred Stock, plus any declared but unpaid dividends.


theglobe.com, inc.

Notes to Financial Statements, Continued
(All information subsequent to December 31, 1997 is Unaudited)

(5), Continued

The following table summarizes the Convertible Preferred Stock authorized, issued and outstanding and liquidation preferences:

                                    Preferred Shares                                 Equivalent Shares of
                                 Issued and Outstanding                                  Common Stock
                   -----------------------------------------------------     --------------------------------------
                                                                                    December 31,
                    Shares                                      June 30,     ------------------------      June 30,
                  Authorized        1996           1997           1998          1996           1997          1998
                   ---------     ---------      ---------      ---------     ---------     ----------    ----------

Series A           1,165,990     1,165,990      1,165,990      1,165,990     1,165,990      1,165,990     1,165,990
Series B           1,151,450     1,151,450      1,151,450      1,151,450     1,151,450      1,151,450     1,151,450
Series C             582,500       442,500        582,500        582,500       442,500        582,500       582,500
Series D                  51             0             51             51             0      7,006,713     7,006,713
Series E                  10             0              0              0             0      3,522,732     3,522,732
                   ---------     ---------      ---------      ---------     ---------     ----------    ----------
                   2,900,001     2,759,940      2,899,991      2,899,991     2,759,940     13,429,385    13,429,385
                   =========     =========      =========      =========     =========     ==========    ==========

                                                             Liquidation Preference
                                                   --------------------------------------
                                                         December 31,
                               Liquidation         -----------------------       June 30,
                          Preference Per Share        1996          1997           1998
                          --------------------     ---------    ----------     ----------

Series A                  $               0.10       116,599       116,599        116,599
Series B                  $              0.525       604,511       604,511        604,511
Series C                  $               2.00       885,000     1,165,000      1,165,000
Series D                  $         392,156.86             0    20,000,000     20,000,000
Series E                  $         588,235.30             0             0              0
                          --------------------     ---------    ----------     ----------
                                                   1,606,110    21,886,110     21,886,110
                                                   =========    ==========     ==========

All Preferred Shares shall be automatically converted into common shares in the event the Company closes a firm commitment for an underwritten initial public offering of its common stock for an aggregate amount of at least $15,000,000. The Preferred Shares are subject to additional mandatory conversion rights, as defined in the Company's amended and restated certificate of incorporation.

Holders Of Preferred Stock are entitled to receive dividends when and if declared by the Board of Directors. No such dividends have yet been declared by the Board of Directors.

(6) Stock Option Plan

1995 Stock Option Plan

During 1995, the Company established the 1995 Stock Option Plan, which was amended (the "Amended Plan") by the Board of Directors in December 1996. Under the Amended Plan, the Board of Directors may issue incentive stock options or nonqualified stock options to purchase up to 1,332,000 common shares. Incentive stock options may be granted only to officers who are employees of the Company, directors of the Company and other employees of the Company who are deemed to be "key employees." Incentive stock options must be granted at the fair market value of the Company's Common Stock at the date the option is issued.


theglobe.com, inc.

Notes to Financial Statements, Continued
(All information subsequent to December 31, 1997 is Unaudited)

(6), Continued

Nonqualified stock options may be granted to officers, directors, other employees, consultants and advisors of the Company. The option price for nonqualified stock options shall be at least 85% of the fair market value of the Company's Common Stock. The granted options under the amended plan shall be for periods not to exceed ten years. Incentive options granted to stockholders who own greater than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company must be issued at 110% of the fair market value of the stock on the date the options are granted.

In connection with the Dancing Bear Investments investment, the Company reserved an additional 250,000 shares of its common stock for issuance upon the exercise of options to be granted in the future under the Amended Plan.

The per share weighted-average fair value of stock options granted during 1995, 1996 and 1997 was $0.01, $0.08 and $0.16, respectively, on the date of grant using the option-pricing method with the following weighted-average assumptions: 1995 - risk-free interest rate 6%, and an expected life of three years; 1996 - risk-free interest rate 6.18%, and an expected life of two years; 1997 - risk-free interest rate 6.00%, and an expected life of three years. As permitted under the provisions of SFAS No. 123, and based on the historical lack of a public market for the Company's units, no factor for volatility has been reflected in the option pricing calculation.

The Company applies APB Opinion No. 25 in accounting for its Plan and, accordingly, compensation cost of $4,000 and $28,115 has been recognized for its stock options granted below fair market value in 1996 and 1997, respectively, in the accompanying financial statements.

Stock option activity during the periods indicated is as follows:

                                                       Weighted
                                            Options     average
                                            granted    exercise
                                                         price
                                            ------      --------

Outstanding at December 31, 1995.........   350,000      $ 0.01

Granted..................................   334,097      $ 0.06

Exercised................................         -

Canceled.................................         -
                                            -------      ------
Outstanding at December 31, 1996.........   684,097      $ 0.03

Granted..................................   823,402      $ 0.37

Exercised................................   (58,541)     $ 0.08


Canceled.................................    (5,000)     $ 0.41
                                            -------

Outstanding at December 31, 1997......... 1,443,958      $ 0.22
                                          =========

Vested at December 31, 1997                 795,965
                                          =========

Options available at December 31, 1997       79,502
                                          =========

                       theglobe.com, inc.

Notes to Financial Statements, Continued
(All information subsequent to December 31, 1997 Unaudited)

(6), Continued

The following table summaries information about stock options outstanding at 12/31/97:

                      Options Outstanding              Options Exercisable
          ----------------------------------------  --------------------------
                                Weighted
                                Average      Weighted                Weighted
  Range of                     Remaining     Average                 Average
  Exercise        Number       Contractual   Exercise    Number      Exercise
    Price       Outstanding       Life        Price    Outstanding    Price
------------- -------------- ------------- --------- ------------- ------------
$0.01-$0.0525    563,778           1        $0.026      466,524       $0.02
$0.20-$0.35      709,680           1         0.323      329,441        0.33
$0.41            170,500           5         0.41             0           0
               ---------                              ---------
               1,443,958                                795,965
               =========                              =========

At December 31, 1997, the range of exercise prices and weighted-average remaining contractual life of outstanding options was $0.01 - $0.41 and 1 year, respectively.

The Company applies APB No. 25 in accounting for its stock options granted to employees and accordingly, no compensation expense has been recognized in the financial statements (except for those options issued with exercise prices less than fair market value at date of grant). Had the Company determined compensation expense based on the fair value at the grant date for its stock options issued to employees under SFAS No. 123, the Company's net loss would have been adjusted to the pro forma amounts indicated below:

                                  1995       1996       1997
                                  ----       ----       ----

Net loss - as reported           $65,706    $750,180  $3,584,400
                                 =======    ========  ==========

Net loss - pro forma             $66,873    $756,135  $3,621,373
                                 =======    ========  ==========

Basic net loss per common        $ (0.03)   $  (0.33) $    (1.56)

share - as reported ======= ======== ==========

Basic net loss per common
share -pro forma $ (0.03) $ (0.34) $ (1.58)

(7) Commitments

(a) Office Leases

In May 1997, the Company terminated its office lease in Ithaca, NY. The Company moved to New York City and entered into an operating lease agreement related to its new office space during February 1997.

Rent expense for the operating leases was $-0-, $26,181 and $81,157 for the period from May 1, 1995 (inception) to December 31, 1995 and for the years ended December 31, 1996 and 1997, respectively.

Future minimum payments under the New York City office operating leases are as follows:

Year ended December 31,             Amount

  1998........................    $120,200
  1999........................     121,787
  2000........................      86,517
  2001........................      87,000
  2002........................       7,250
                                  --------

  Total minimum lease payments    $422,754
                                  ========

                theglobe.com, inc.

Notes to Financial Statements, Continued
(All information subsequent to December 31, 1997 is Unaudited)

(7), Continued

(b) Equipment Leases

The Company's lease obligations are collateralized by certain assets at December 31, 1997. Future minimum lease payments under noncancellable operating leases (with initial or remaining lease terms in excess of one year) and future minimum capital lease obligations as of December 31, 1997 are:

                                            Capital    Operating
Year ending December 31,                    leases      leases
------------------------

  1998................................... $  41,399      41,014

  1999...................................    41,399      23,551

  2000...................................    41,399      12,860

  2001...................................    35,189       9,058

  2002...................................        --       7,567
                                           --------     -------

          Total minimum lease payments.    $159,386     $94,050
                                           ========     =======

  Less amount representing interest
   (at rates ranging from 11% to 12.5%)..    33,386
                                           --------


  Present value of minimum capital
   lease payments........................   126,000
                                           --------

Less current installments of obligation

 under capital leases                      27,174
                                         --------

Obligations under capital leases,
 excluding current installments          $ 98,826
                                         ========

In addition, the Company entered into five capital leases in 1998 with future minimum payments totaling $1,062,884 starting in 1998 through 2003.

(c) Advertising Contracts

During October 1997, the Company entered into an exclusive one-year contract with an advertising agency with a minimum monthly fee of $50,000.

(d) Employment Agreements

The Company maintains employment agreements expiring in 2002, with two executive officers of the Company. The employment agreements provide for minimum salary levels, incentive compensation and severance benefits, among other items.


theglobe.com, inc.

Notes to Financial Statements, Continued
(All information subsequent to December 31, 1997 is Unaudited)

(8) Related Party Transactions

Certain officers and directors of the Company also serve as officers and directors of Dancing Bear Investments, Inc., an entity which will continue to control the Company following completion of the Offerings.

The Company has recently entered into an e-commerce contract with Republic Industries, Inc. ("Republic"), an entity affiliated with a Director of the Company, pursuant to which the Company has granted a right of first negotiation with respect to the exclusive right to engage in or conduct an automotive "clubsite" on theglobe.com Web site. Additionally, Republic has agreed to purchase advertising from the Company for a three-year period at a price which will be adjusted to match any more favorable advertising price quoted to a third party by the Company, excluding certain short-term advertising rates. In addition, the Company has entered into an e-commerce arrangement with InteleTravel, an entity controlled by the Chairman of the Company, whereby the Company developed a Web community for InteleTravel in order for its travel agents to conduct business through theglobe.com in exchange for access to InteleTravel customers for distribution of the Company's products and services. The Company believes that the terms of the foregoing arrangements are on comparable terms as if they were entered into with unaffiliated third parties. As of June 30, 1998, the Company had not received any revenues from InteleTravel or Republic.

(9) Subsequent Events (unaudited)

In July 1998, the Company approved the Fourth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, which will be filed with the Delaware Secretary of State prior to consummation of the Offerings, to increase the number of authorized shares from 25,000,000 shares to 103,000,000 shares.

The Company's 1998 Stock Option Plan (the "1998 Plan") was adopted by the Board of Directors on July 15, 1998, and approved by the stockholders of the Company as of July 15, 1998. The 1998 Plan provides for the grant of "incentive stock options" intended to qualify under Section 422 of the Code and stock options which do not so qualify. The granting of incentive stock option is subject to limitation as set forth in the 1998 Plan. Directors, officers, employees and consultants of the Company and its subsidiaries are eligible to receive grants under the 1998 Plan.

The 1998 Plan authorizes for issuance of 1,800,000 shares of Common Stock, subject to adjustment as provided in the 1998 Plan. On July 15, 1998 the Board of Directors approved the grant of 200,000 options each to two executives. There are 1,656,000 options of Company outstanding under this Plan.

The Company expects to record a charge to earnings in the third quarter of 1998 in connection with the transfer during the third quarter of 1998 of warrants to acquire 450,000 shares of Common Stock by Dancing Bear Investments to certain officers of the Company, at an exercise price of approximately $1.45 per share. The Company has accounted for such transaction as if it were a compensatory plan adopted by the Company. Accordingly, such amount will be recorded as non-cash compensation expense in the Company's statement of operations for services provided by such officers to the Company with an offsetting contribution to capital by a principal shareholder. The amount of such charge will be determined by the difference between the initial public offering price per share and the exercise price per warrant.

During July and August 1998, the Company entered into two employment agreements expiring in 2001, with two officers of the Company. The employment agreements provide for minimum salary levels, incentive compensation and severance benefits, among other items. The Company granted 225,000 stock options to each to the two executives. The exercise price for 175,000 of the options granted to one officer will be 85% of the initial public offering price and the remaining options granted to that officer and for the options granted to the other officer were equal to


theglobe.com, inc.

Notes to Financial Statements, Continued
(All information subsequent to December 31, 1997 is Unaudited)

(9) Continued

the fair market value per share of the Company's Common Stock as of the date of the grant. The options will vest over a three year period. As a result, the Company will record deferred compensation in the third quarter relating to the 175,000 shares granted at 85% of the initial public offering price, representing the difference between the deemed value of the Company's Common Stock, the initial public offering price for accounting purposes and the exercise price of such options at the date of grant. Such amount will be presented as a reduction of stockholders' equity and amortized over the three year vesting period of the applicable options.


[Inside back cover]

[globeStores logo, screen shots of Web site pages]

theglobe.com

One virtual community at theglobe.com, embodied by personal homepage building and hosting, chat rooms, free e-mail, discussion forums, special interest groups, a marketplace, neighborhoods, horoscope forum and more.


No dealer, sales representative or any other person has been authorized to give any information or to make any representations in connection with the Offering other than those contained in this Prospectus, and, if given or made, such information or representations must not be relied upon as having been authorized by the Company or any Underwriter. This Prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell, or a solicitation of an offer to buy, the Common Stock in any jurisdiction where, or to any person to whom, it is unlawful to make such offer or solicitation. Neither the delivery of this Prospectus nor any sale made hereunder shall, under any circumstances, create any implication that there has been no change in the affairs of the Company since the date hereof or that the information contained herein is correct as of any time subsequent to the date hereof.


TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                 Page
Prospectus Summary...........      3
Risk Factors.................      6
Cautionary Notice Regarding
  Forward Looking Statements.     22
Use of Proceeds..............     23
Dividend Policy..............     23
Concurrent Offering..........     23
Capitalization...............     24
Dilution.....................     25
Selected Financial Data......     27
Management's Discussion and
  Analysis of Financial
  Condition and Results of
  Operations.................     29
Business.....................     39
Management...................     52
Certain Relationships and
  Related Transactions.......     62
Principal Stockholders.......     64
Description of Capital Stock.     66
Shares Eligible for Future Sale   73
Underwriting.................     75
Legal Matters................     76
Experts......................     76
Additional Information.......     76
Index to Financial Statements    F-1

Until , 1998 (25 days after the date of this Prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in the registered securities, whether or not participating in this distribution, may be required to deliver a Prospectus. This is in addition to the obligations of dealers to deliver a Prospectus when acting as Underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments and subscriptions.

Shares

[LOGO]

Common Stock

PROSPECTUS

Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc.

Volpe Brown Whelan & Co.

, 1998


PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution

The following table shows the expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, to be incurred in connection with the sale and distribution of securities being registered by the Company. Except for the SEC registration fee and the NASD Filing Fee, all amounts are estimated.

   SEC Registration Fee.....................................      $14,750
   NASD Filing Fee..........................................       5,500
   Blue Sky Fees and Expenses...............................           *
   Legal Fees and Expenses..................................           *
   Accounting Fees and Expenses.............................           *
   Printing Expenses........................................           *
   Miscellaneous Expenses...................................           *
                                                                     ----
      Total.................................................          $
                                                                      =

-------------

* To be filed by amendment.

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers

Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the "DGCL") provides that a corporation may indemnify directors and officers as well as other employees and individuals against expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines, and amounts paid in settlement in connection with specified actions, suits, proceedings whether civil, criminal, administrative, or investigative (other than action by or in the right of the corporation -- a "derivative action"), if they acted in good faith and in a manner they reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe their conduct was unlawful. A similar standard is applicable in the case of derivative actions, except that indemnification only extends to expenses (including attorneys' fees) incurred in connection with the defense or settlement of such action, and the statue requires court approval before there can be any indemnification where the person seeking indemnification has been found liable to the corporation. The statue provides that it is not exclusive of other indemnification that may be granted by a corporation's charter, by-laws, disinterested director vote, stockholder vote, agreement, or otherwise.

Article VI of the By-Laws requires the Company to indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is involved (including, without limitation, as a witness) in any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, arbitration, alternative dispute mechanism, investigation, administrative hearing or any other proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the Company) brought by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director or officer of the Company, or, while a director or officer of the Company, is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to an employee benefits plan against expenses (including attorneys' fees, judgments, fines, excise taxes under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, penalties and amounts paid in settlement) incurred by him or her in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful.

Section 102(b)(7) of the DGCL permits a corporation to provide in its certificate of incorporation that a director of the corporation shall not be personally liable to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability for (i) any breach of the director's duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, (ii) acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) payment of unlawful dividends or unlawful stock purchases or redemptions, or (iv) any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

Article VI of the Certificate provides that to the fullest extent that the DGCL, as it now exists or may hereafter be amended, permits the limitation or elimination of the liability of directors, a director of the Company shall not be liable to the Company or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director. Any amendment to or repeal of, or adoption of any provision of the Certificate inconsistent with, such Article VI shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the Company for or with respect to any acts or omissions of such director occurring prior to such amendment or repeal.

The Company has entered into indemnification agreements with its directors and officers substantially in the form attached to this registration statement as Exhibit 10.2. These agreements provide, in general, that the Company will indemnify such directors and officers for, and hold them harmless from and against, any and all amounts paid in settlement or incurred by, or assessed against, such directors and officers arising out of or in connection with the service of such directors and officers as a director or officer of the Company or its Affiliates (as defined therein) to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law.

The Company maintains directors' and officers' liability insurance which provides for payment, on behalf of the directors and officers of the Company and its subsidiaries, of certain losses of such persons (other than matters uninsurable under law) arising from claims, including claims arising under the Securities Act, for acts or omissions by such persons while acting as directors or officers of the Company and/or its subsidiaries, as the case may be.

The Underwriting Agreement (the form of which is filed as Exhibit 1.1 hereto) provides for indemnification by the Underwriters of the Company and its officers and directors for certain liabilities arising under the Securities Act or otherwise.

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

All sales, unless otherwise noted, were made in reliance on Section 4(2) of the Securities Act and/or Regulation D or Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act and were made without general solicitation or advertising. The purchasers were sophisticated investors with access to all relevant information necessary to evaluate these investments, and who represented to the Registrant that the shares were being acquired for investment.

                    DATE OF         TITLE OF       NUMBER OF    CONSIDERATION
PURCHASER           ISSUANCE       SECURITIES        SHARES        RECEIVED ($)
---------           --------       ----------     ------------  ---------------




Alce Partners, L.P.  12/22/95       Series B       190,480         100,002
                                    Preferred
Bergendahl, Anders    9/7/95        Series A       159,630          15,750
                                    Preferred
                    12/22/95        Series B        95,240          50,001
                                    Preferred
                    11/13/96        Series C        15,000          30,000
                                    Preferred
Bergendahl, Mia       9/7/95        Series A       159,630          15,750
                                    Preferred
                    12/22/95        Series B        47,620          25,000.50
                                    Preferred
Cayuga Venture Fund 11/13/96        Series C        12,500          25,000
                                    Preferred
David Duffield      12/22/95        Series B       190,480         100,002
Trust                               Preferred
                    11/13/96         Series C       250,000         500,000
                                    Preferred
de Selliers,        11/13/96        Series C        25,000          50,000
Baudouin                            Preferred
Ganem, Bruce        11/13/96        Series C        15,000          30,000
                                    Preferred
GC&H Investments    12/22/95        Series B        47,620          25,000.50
                                    Preferred
Grey, Nicki         11/16/95        Series A         6,430             500
                                    Preferred
Grinstead, Simon    11/16/95        Series A       106,430          10,500
                                    Preferred
Halperin, Mark R.   12/22/95        Series B        47,620          25,000.50
                                    Preferred
                    11/13/96        Series C        12,500          25,000
                                    Preferred
Halperin Dow,       12/22/95        Series B        47,620          25,000.50
Peggy Anne                          Preferred
                    11/13/96        Series C        12,500          25,000
                                    Preferred
Halperin, Philip W. 12/22/95        Series B        47,620          25,000.50
                                    Preferred
                    11/13/96        Series C        12,500          25,000
                                    Preferred
Halperin, Robert M. 12/22/95        Series B        47,620          25,000.50
                                    Preferred
                    11/13/96        Series C        12,500          25,000
                                    Preferred
                    5/29/98         Common Stock    85,417           8,171.88
Hirsch, Jason       11/16/95        Series A        38,490           3,000
                                    Preferred
Horowitz, David H.  12/22/95        Series B       100,000          52,500
                                    Preferred
                    11/13/96        Series C        25,000          50,000
                                    Preferred
                    6/19/97         Common Stock    31,944           3,111.06
Huret Family Trust  11/13/96        Series C        12,500          25,000
                                    Preferred
Karlsson, Bengt     11/13/96        Series C        50,000         100,000
                                    Preferred
Krizelman, Allen      9/7/95        Series A       151,690          15,000
                                    Preferred
Krizelman, Susan    11/16/95        Series A        12,830           1,000
                                    Preferred
Krizelman, Todd                     Common Stock 1,050,000
                    11/16/95        Series A        44,910           3,500
                                    Preferred
Leavitt             11/13/96        Series C        75,000         150,000
Investments, L.P.                   Preferred
Maconie, Andrew     11/16/95        Series A         6,430             513.70
                                    Preferred
Miller, Dan         11/13/96        Series C        37,500          75,000
                                    Preferred
Muckstadt, Jack     11/13/96        Series C        15,000          30,000
                                    Preferred
Muller, Georges      1/22/96        Series B        47,620          25,000.50
                                    Preferred
Paternot, Jacques     9/7/95        Series A        32,850           3,000
                                    Preferred
                    12/22/95        Series B        13,330           6,998.25
                                    Preferred
Paternot, Madeleine 11/16/95        Series A         2,570             205.48
                                    Preferred
Paternot, Monica    11/16/95        Series A         3,860             308.22
                                    Preferred
Paternot, Stephan                   Common Stock 1,200,000
Paternot, Thierry   11/16/95        Series A         6,430             513.70
                                    Preferred
                    12/22/95        Series B        38,100          20,002.50
                                    Preferred
Paternot, Yves        9/7/95        Series A       177,380          17,000
                                    Preferred
                    12/22/95        Series B        47,620          25,000.50
                                    Preferred
S. Knight Pond        9/7/95        Series A       256,430          26,500
Trust                               Preferred
                    12/22/95        Series B       142,860          75,001.50
                                    Preferred
Tuli, John                        Common Stock      26,597

   (1)    In August 1997, the Company issued and sold to Dancing Bear
          Investments (i) 51 shares of Series D Preferred Stock which will
          convert into 8,047,529 shares of Common Stock upon consummation
          of the Offerings and (ii) Warrants to purchase 4,046,018 shares
          of Common Stock of the Company at the time of exercise for an
          aggregate price of $5,882,353. The aggregate consideration for
          such transaction was $20 million.



   (2)    Since inception, the Company has granted stock options to
          directors, officers and employees of the Company under the
          Company's 1998 Stock Option Plan and 1995 Stock Option Plan. As
          of July 1998, the Company has granted 1,235,000 and 1,425,941
          shares of Common Stock to directors, officers and employees of
          the Company under the Company's 1998 Stock Option Plan and 1995
          Stock Option Plan, respectively, and the Company issued and
          143,958 shares of Common Stock pursuant to the exercise of these
          options under the Company's 1998 Stock Option Plan and 1995 Stock
          Option Plan, respectively.

Item 16. Exhibits and financial statement schedules

(a) Exhibits

The following Exhibits are attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference:

1.1 Form of Underwriting Agreement*

1.2 Placement Agent Agreement*

3.1 Form of Fourth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company

3.2 Form of By-Laws of the Company**

4.1 Second Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement among the Company and certain equity holders of the Company dated as of August 13, 1997**

4.2 Amendment No.1 to Second Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement among the Company and certain equity holders of the Company dated as of July 15, 1998**

4.3 Form of Registration Rights Agreement dated as of July 15, 1998**

4.4 Specimen certificate representing shares of Common Stock of the Company*

4.5 Amended and Restated Warrant to Acquire Shares of Common Stock**

5.1 Opinion of Fried, Frank, Harris, Shriver & Jacobson**

9.1 Stockholders' Agreement by and among Dancing Bear Investments, Inc., Michael Egan, Todd V. Krizelman, Stephan J. Paternot, Edward A. Cespedes and Rosalie V. Arthur, dated as of , 1998*

10.1 Employment Agreement dated August 13, 1997, by and between the Company and Todd V. Krizelman**

10.2 Employment Agreement dated August 13, 1997, by and between the Company and Stephan J. Paternot**

10.3 Employment Agreement dated July 13, 1998, by and between the Company and Francis T. Joyce**

10.4 Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Company and each of its Directors and Executive Officers**

10.5 Lease Agreement dated January 14, 1997 between the Company and Fifth Avenue West Associates L.P.**

10.6 1998 Stock Option Plan

10.7 1995 Stock Option Plan**

10.8 Form of Rights Agreement dated 1998, by and between the Company and American Stock Transfer & Trust Company as Rights Agent

10.9 D.A.R.T. Service Agreement dated April 15, 1997**+

10.10 Amendment dated as of May 1, 1998, to original D.A.R.T.
Service Agreement dated April 15, 1997**+

10.11 Employment Agreement dated August 31, 1998, by and between the Company and Dean Daniels**

10.12 Agreement between the Company, Republic Industries, Inc., and Michael S. Egan, dated August 12, 1998, regarding the conduct of automotive clubsites on theglobe.com+

11.1 Computation of Loss Per Share**

23.1 Consent of KPMG Peat Marwick LLP

23.2 Consent of Fried, Frank, Harris, Shriver & Jacobson (included in Exhibit 5.1)**

24.1 Power of Attorney**

27.1 Financial Data Schedule

99.1 Valuation and Qualifying Accounts**


* To be filed by amendment.

** Previously filed.
+ Confidential Treatment requested.


Item 17. Undertakings

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes:

(1) to provide to the Underwriters at the closing specified in the Underwriting Agreements, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the Underwriters to permit prompt deliver to each purchaser.

(2) that insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers, and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933 and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer, or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit, or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer, or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the questions whether such indemnification by them is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933 and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

(3) that for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act of 1933, shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective; and

(4) that for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus filed shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Registrant has duly caused this Amendment No. 2 to the Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York, State of New York, on the 15th day of September 1998.

theglobe.com, inc.

By:      /s/  Todd Krizelman
     -----------------------
           Todd Krizelman
   Co-Chief Executive Officer and
      Co-President


By:     /s/  Stephan Paternot
     ------------------------
          Stephan Paternot
   Co-Chief Executive Officer,
      Co-President and Secretary

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Amendment No. 2 to the Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated:

        Signature                      Title                      Date
        -----------                   --------                  -------

     Michael Egan*         Chairman                        September 15, 1998
--------------------------

Michael Egan

    /s/ Todd Krizelman     Co-Chief Executive Officer,     September 15, 1998
-------------------------- Co-President and Director

      Todd Krizelman

   /s/ Stephan Paternot    Co-Chief Executive Officer,     September 15, 1998
-------------------------- Co-President, Secretary and
                           Director
     Stephan Paternot

Frank Joyce* Vice President and Chief September 15, 1998 -------------------------- Financial Officer (Principal

                           Accounting Officer)
       Frank Joyce

      Edward Cespedes*     Director                        September 15, 1998
--------------------------

     Edward Cespedes

       Rosalie Arthur*     Director                        September 15, 1998
--------------------------

      Rosalie Arthur

      Robert Halperin*     Director                        September 15, 1998
--------------------------

     Robert Halperin

       David H. Horowitz*     Director                     September 15, 1998
--------------------------

      David H. Horowitz

      H. Wayne Huizenga*   Director                        September 15, 1998
--------------------------

    H. Wayne Huizenga
--------------------------

* By Attorney-in-Fact


EXHIBIT 3.1

FORM OF

FOURTH AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF

THEGLOBE.COM, INC.

TODD V. KRIZELMAN and STEPHAN J. PATERNOT hereby certify that:

1. The date of filing of the original Certificate of Incorporation of this corporation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware was May 26, 1995. The original name under which the corporation was incorporated was Webgenesis, Inc.

2. The original Certificate of Incorporation was amended and restated on August 13, 1997, and was duly filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware.

3. They are the duly elected and acting Co-Chief Executive Officers and Co-Presidents of theglobe.com, inc., a Delaware corporation.

4. The Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of this corporation is hereby amended and restated in its entirety (the "Fourth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation") to read as follows:

I.

The name of this Corporation is theglobe.com, inc. (the "Corporation").

II.

The address, including street, number, city, and county, of the registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware is 1013 Centre Road, City of Wilmington 19805, County of New Castle; and the name of the registered agent of the Corporation in the State of Delaware at such address is The Prentice-Hall Corporation System, Inc.

III.

The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which a corporation may be organized under the Delaware General Corporation Law.

IV.

A. AUTHORIZED CAPITAL STOCK. The aggregate number of shares of capital stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is one hundred three million (103,000,000) shares divided into the following classes:

1. One hundred million (100,000,000) shares of Common Stock each having a par value of one-tenth of one cent ($0.001) per share (the "Common Stock"). Each share of Common Stock shall entitle the holder thereof to one vote in person or by proxy on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders of the Corporation; and

2. Three million (3,000,000) shares of Preferred Stock, each having a par value of one-tenth of one cent ($0.001) per share (the "Preferred Stock").

B. PREFERRED STOCK. Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time in one or more series. The Board of Directors of the Corporation (the "Board") is hereby authorized, by filing a certificate pursuant to the Delaware General Corporation Law, to fix or alter from time to time the designation, powers, preferences and rights of the shares of each such series and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, including without limitation the dividend rights, dividend rates, conversion rights, voting rights, rights and terms of redemption (including sinking fund provisions), redemption price or prices, and the liquidation preferences of any wholly unissued series of Preferred Stock, and to establish from time to time the number of shares constituting any such series and the designation thereof, or any of them; and to increase or decrease the number of shares of any series subsequent to the issuance of shares of that series, but not below the number of shares of such series then outstanding. In case the number of shares of any series shall be so decreased, the shares constituting such decrease shall resume the status that such shares had prior to the adoption of the resolution originally fixing the number of shares of such series.

C. DESIGNATION OF PREFERRED STOCK.

1. One million one hundred sixty-five thousand, nine hundred ninety (1,165,990) shares of Preferred Stock are hereby designated Series A Preferred Stock (the "Series A Preferred Stock");

2. One million one hundred fifty-one thousand, four hundred fifty (1,151,450) shares of Preferred Stock are hereby designated Series B Preferred Stock (the "Series B Preferred Stock");

3. Five hundred eighty-two thousand five hundred (582,500) shares of Preferred Stock are hereby designated Series C Preferred Stock (the "Series C Preferred Stock");

4. Fifty-one (51) shares of Preferred Stock are hereby designated Series D Preferred Stock (the "Series D Preferred Stock"); and

5. Ten (10) shares of Preferred Stock are hereby designated Series E Preferred Stock (the "Series E Preferred Stock").

D. RIGHTS, PREFERENCES, ETC. OF SERIES PREFERRED STOCK. The rights, preferences, privileges, restrictions and other matters relating to the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock (collectively, the "Series Preferred Stock"), are as follows:

1. Dividend Rights. The holders of the then outstanding shares of Series Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, pari passu (with each share in the same series of Series Preferred Stock being entitled to the same dividend), dividends when, as and if declared by the Board out of any funds legally available therefor, prior and in preference to any declaration or payment of any dividend on the Common Stock payable other than in Common Stock or other securities and rights convertible into or entitling the holder thereof to receive, directly or indirectly, additional shares of Common Stock. Such dividends shall not be cumulative. No dividend may be declared or paid on any series of Series Preferred Stock unless such dividend is declared and paid pro rata on all series of outstanding Series Preferred Stock.

2. Liquidation Preference.

a. In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, the holders of each share of Series Preferred Stock then outstanding shall be entitled, pari passu, to be paid out of the assets of the Corporation legally available for distribution to its stockholders, whether from capital, surplus or earnings, before any payment or setting apart for payment of any amount shall be made in respect of the Common Stock, until such time as the holders of the Series Preferred Stock shall have received their respective preference amounts (the "Preference Amounts") as specified below. Each Preference Amount shall be adjusted for any combinations, consolidations, or stock distributions or stock dividends with respect to such shares, plus all declared but unpaid dividends thereon, if any, to the date fixed for distribution:

(i) The Series A Preferred Stock Preference Amount is ten cents ($0.10) per share;

(ii) The Series B Preferred Stock Preference Amount is fifty-two and one-half cents ($0.525) per share;

(iii) The Series C Preferred Stock Preference Amount is two dollars ($2.00) per share;

(iv) The Series D Preferred Stock Preference Amount is three hundred ninety-two thousand one-hundred fifty-six dollars and eighty-six cents ($392,156.86) per share; and

(v) The Series E Preferred Stock Preference Amount is five hundred eighty-eight thousand two hundred thirty-five dollars and thirty cents ($588,235.30) per share.

If upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders shall be insufficient to pay the holders their full respective Preference Amounts, then such holders shall share ratably in any distribution of assets in proportion to the full amount to which they would otherwise be respectively entitled.

b. After payment has been made to the holders of Series Preferred Stock of their full Preference Amounts, the remaining assets of the Corporation shall be distributed ratably among the holders of the Common Stock.

3. Conversion. The holders of the Series Preferred Stock shall have conversion rights as follows:

a. Optional Conversion. Subject to and in compliance with the provisions of this Section 3, any shares of Series Preferred Stock may, at the option of the holder thereof, be converted at any time into fully-paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock as set forth below:

(i) Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, and Series C Preferred Stock shall each be convertible into Common Stock in the amount determined by multiplying the applicable conversion rate then in effect (determined as provided in Section 3.b(i) below) by the number of shares of Series Preferred Stock being converted.

(ii) The number of shares of Common Stock to which a holder of Series D Preferred Stock or Series E Preferred Stock shall be entitled upon conversion shall be an amount as determined in Section 3.b(ii) below.

b. Conversion Rate.

(i) The conversion rate in effect at any time for conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock shall be the quotient obtained by dividing the Series A Original Issue Price (as defined herein) by the Series A Conversion Price (as defined herein), calculated as provided in Section
3.c. The conversion rate in effect at any time for conversion of the Series B Preferred Stock shall be the quotient obtained by dividing the Series B Original Issue Price (as defined herein) by the Series B Conversion Price (as defined herein), calculated as provided in Section 3.c. The conversion rate in effect at any time for conversion of the Series C Preferred Stock shall be the quotient obtained by dividing the Series C Original Issue Price (as defined herein) by the Series C Conversion Price (as defined herein), calculated as provided in Section 3.c. The "Series A Original Issue Price" shall be ten cents ($0.10) per share. The "Series B Original Issue Price" shall be fifty-two and one-half cents ($0.525) per share. The "Series C Original Issue Price" shall be two dollars ($2.00) per share.

(ii) Each share of Series D Preferred Stock shall be convertible into an amount of Common Stock representing 1.0% of the Fully Diluted Capital Stock (as defined below), and each share of Series E Preferred Stock shall be convertible into an amount of Common Stock representing 1.0% of the Fully Diluted Capital Stock, as calculated on the date of conversion.

As used herein, "Fully Diluted Capital Stock" means the fully diluted capital stock of the Corporation, and assumes, without duplication, that (A) all outstanding shares of capital stock are outstanding, (B) all warrants (excluding any warrant to purchase Series E Preferred Stock or Common Stock issued or issuable upon conversion of Series E Preferred Stock), rights or options to acquire capital stock of the Corporation, or any other securities which may be exchanged for or convertible into capital stock of the Corporation, which have been issued or granted, including any options authorized under any stock option plans (except as set forth below), shall have been exercised, exchanged or converted whether or not such warrants, rights or options or other securities shall have vested or are then exercisable, exchangeable or convertible and (C) if any stock appreciation rights or other phantom stock or similar rights have been authorized, granted or issued, the capital stock equivalents underlying such rights are outstanding; provided, however, that "Fully Diluted Capital Stock" shall not include (i) any equity securities, equity security equivalents (including stock appreciation rights) or securities convertible or exchangeable into any of the foregoing, or into which any of the foregoing are converted, issued or granted by the Corporation after August 13, 1997, without the approval of six (6) of the nine (9) members of the Board as required by Article V, or any equity securities issued upon conversion or exchange of any of the foregoing; or (ii) shares of Common Stock issued in a Qualified IPO. The Fully Diluted Capital Stock shall be calculated based upon the following formula: Fully Diluted Capital Stock = X/(1-Y), where "X" equals the Fully Diluted Capital Stock other than with respect to the Series D Preferred Stock and the Series E Preferred Stock; and "Y" equals 1/100th of the aggregate number of outstanding shares of Series D Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock. The antidilution provisions contained in this Section 3.b shall terminate upon the closing of a Qualified IPO after giving effect to the conversion as set forth in paragraph d below.

c. Conversion Price. The conversion price for the Series A Preferred Stock shall be ten cents ($0.10) per share (the "Series A Conversion Price"), as adjusted from time to time in accordance with this
Section 3. The conversion price for the Series B Preferred Stock shall be fifty-two and one-half cents ($0.525) per share (the "Series B Conversion Price"), as adjusted from time to time in accordance with this Section 3. The conversion price for the Series C Preferred Stock shall be two dollars ($2.00) per share (the "Series C Conversion Price" and collectively with the Series A Conversion Price and the Series B Conversion Price, the "Conversion Prices"), as adjusted from time to time in accordance with this
Section 3.

d. Automatic Conversion. Each share of Series Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted into shares of Common Stock at the then effective applicable conversion rate in the event of the closing of a firm commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Act"), covering the offer and sale of Common Stock (whether for the account of the Corporation or for the account of one or more stockholders of the Corporation) to the public at an aggregate offering price of not less than fifteen million dollars ($15,000,000) (a "Qualified IPO"), in which event the conversion of each share of Preferred Stock shall be deemed to have occurred automatically at the closing of such Qualified IPO. In addition, each share of the Series A Preferred Stock shall automatically convert upon (i) the vote or written consent of the holders of a majority of the outstanding Series A Preferred Stock, or (ii) the conversion into shares of Common Stock of all outstanding shares of the Series B Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock. Each share of Series B Preferred Stock shall automatically convert upon the vote or written consent of the holders of a majority of the outstanding Series B Preferred Stock. Each share of Series C Preferred Stock shall automatically convert upon the vote or written consent of the holders of a majority of the outstanding Series C Preferred Stock. Each share of Series D Preferred Stock shall automatically convert upon the vote or written consent of the holders of a majority of the outstanding Series D Preferred Stock. Each share of Series E Preferred Stock shall automatically convert upon the vote or written consent of the holders of a majority of the outstanding Series E Preferred Stock.

e. Mechanics of Conversion. No fractional shares of Common Stock shall be issued upon conversion of Series Preferred Stock. In lieu of any fractional shares to which the holder of Series Preferred Stock would otherwise be entitled, the Corporation shall pay cash equal to such fraction multiplied by the then-effective applicable Conversion Price. Before any holder of Series Preferred Stock shall be entitled to convert the same into full shares of Common Stock, it shall surrender the certificate or certificates therefor, duly endorsed, at the offices of the Corporation at such offices that it elects to convert the same (except that no such written notice of election to convert shall be necessary in the event of an automatic conversion pursuant to Section 3.d). The Corporation shall, as soon as practicable thereafter, issue and deliver at such offices to such holder a certificate or certificates, registered in such names as specified by the holder, for the number of shares of Common Stock to which it shall be entitled as aforesaid and a check payable to the holder in the amount of any cash amounts payable as the result of a conversion into fractional shares of Common Stock, and any accrued and unpaid dividends on the converted shares. Such conversion shall be deemed to have been made immediately prior to the close of business on the date of such surrender of the shares to be converted, and the person or persons entitled to receive the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder or holders of such shares of Common Stock on such date (except that, in the event of an automatic conversion pursuant to Section 3.d, such conversion shall be deemed to have been made immediately prior to the closing of a Qualified IPO, or the effective date of the consent). If the conversion is in connection with an underwritten offering of securities registered pursuant to the Act, the conversion may, at the option of any holder tendering shares of Preferred Stock for conversion, be conditioned upon the closing with the underwriter of the sale of securities pursuant to such offering, in which event the person(s) entitled to receive the Common Stock issuable upon such conversion of the tendered shares shall not be deemed to have converted such shares until immediately prior to the closing of such sale of securities. Any conversions of shares of Series D Preferred Stock or Series E Preferred Stock which occur at substantially the same time shall be deemed to have occurred simultaneously.

f. Adjustments for Subdivision, Dividends, Combinations or Consolidations of Common Stock.

(i) If the Corporation shall at any time or from time to time after the date that the first share of Series D Preferred Stock is issued (the "Original Issue Date") effect a combination or consolidation of the outstanding Common Stock, by reclassification or otherwise, into a lesser number of shares of Common Stock, the Conversion Prices in effect immediately prior to such combination or consolidation shall, concurrently with the effectiveness of such combination or consolidation, be proportionately increased.

(ii) In the event the Corporation shall declare or pay any dividend on the Common Stock payable in Common Stock or in the event the outstanding shares of Common Stock shall be subdivided, by reclassification or otherwise than by payment of a dividend in Common Stock, into a greater number of shares of Common Stock, the Conversion Prices in effect immediately prior to such dividend or subdivision shall be proportionately decreased:

a. in the case of any such dividend, immediately after the close of business on the record date for the determination of holders of any class of securities entitled to receive such dividend, or

b. in the case of any such subdivision, at the close of business on the date immediately prior to the date upon which such corporate action becomes effective.

If such record date shall have been fixed and such dividend shall not have been fully paid on the date fixed therefor, the adjustment previously made in the applicable Conversion Price that became effective on such record date shall be canceled as of the close of business on such record date, and thereafter the applicable Conversion Price shall be adjusted as of the time of actual payment of such dividend. The adjustment provisions set forth in this subsection shall not apply to the Series D Preferred Stock or the Series E Preferred Stock to the extent that an adjustment in the number and kind of securities issuable upon conversion of the Series D Preferred Stock or the Series E Preferred Stock is effected through a change in the Fully Diluted Capital Stock pursuant to subsection
3.b above.

g. Adjustments for Other Dividends and Distributions. If the Corporation at any time or from time to time after the Original Issue Date makes, or fixes a record date for the termination of holders of Common Stock entitled to receive, a dividend or other distribution payable in securities of the Corporation other than shares of Common Stock, in each such event provision shall be made so that the holders of the Series Preferred Stock shall receive upon conversion thereof, in addition to the number of shares of Common Stock receivable thereupon, the amount of other securities of the Corporation that they would have received had their Series Preferred Stock been converted into Common Stock on the date of such event and had they thereafter, during the period from the date of such event to and including the conversion date, retained such securities receivable by them as aforesaid during such period, subject to all other adjustments called for during such period under this Section 3 with respect to the rights of the holders of the Series Preferred Stock or with respect to such other securities by their terms. The adjustment provisions set forth in this subsection shall not apply to the Series D Preferred Stock or the Series E Preferred Stock to the extent that an adjustment in the number and kind of securities issuable upon conversion of the Series D Preferred Stock or the Series E Preferred Stock is effected through a change in the Fully Diluted Capital Stock pursuant to subsection 3.b above.

h. Adjustment for Reclassification, Exchange and Substitution. If at any time or from time to time after the Original Issue Date, the Common Stock issuable upon the conversion of the Series Preferred Stock is changed into the same or a different number of shares of any class or classes of stock, whether by recapitalization, reclassification or otherwise (other than a subdivision or combination of shares or stock dividend or a reorganization, merger, consolidation or sale of assets provided for elsewhere in this Section 3), in any such event each holder of Series Preferred Stock shall have the right thereafter to convert such stock into the kind and amount of stock and other securities and property receivable upon such recapitalization, reclassification or other change by holders of the maximum number of shares of Common Stock into which such shares of Series Preferred Stock could have been converted immediately prior to such recapitalization, reclassification or change, all subject to further adjustment as provided herein or with respect to such other securities or property by the terms thereof. The adjustment provisions set forth in this subsection shall not apply to the Series D Preferred Stock or the Series E Preferred Stock to the extent that an adjustment in the number and kind of securities issuable upon conversion of the Series D Preferred Stock or the Series E Preferred Stock is effected through a change in the Fully Diluted Capital Stock pursuant to subsection 3.b above.

i. Sale of Shares Below Conversion Price.

(i) If at any time or from time to time the Corporation issues or sells, or is deemed by the express provisions of this subsection
(i) to have issued or sold, Additional Shares of Common Stock (as defined herein), other than as provided in Sections 3.f through 3.h above, for an Effective Price (as defined herein) less than the then effective Series B Conversion Price or Series C Conversion Price, then and in each such case the then existing Series B Conversion Price or Series C Conversion Price, as applicable, shall be reduced, as of the opening of business on the date of such issue or sale, to a price determined by multiplying the Series B Conversion Price or Series C Conversion Price, as applicable, by a fraction
(i) the numerator of which shall be (A) the number of shares of Common Stock deemed Outstanding (as defined herein) immediately prior to such issue or sale, plus (B) the number of shares of Common Stock that the Aggregate Consideration Received (as defined herein) by the Corporation for the total number of Additional Shares of Common Stock so issued could purchase at such Series B Conversion Price or Series C Conversion Price, as applicable, and (ii) the denominator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock deemed Outstanding immediately prior to such issue or sale plus the total number of Additional Shares of Common Stock so issued. For the purposes of this paragraph, the number of shares of Common Stock deemed to be outstanding as of a given date shall be the sum of (A) the number of shares of Common Stock actually "Outstanding," (B) the number of shares of Common Stock into which the then outstanding shares of Series Preferred Stock could be converted if fully converted on the day immediately preceding the given date, and (C) the number of shares of Common Stock which could be obtained through the exercise or conversion of all other rights, options and convertible securities on the day immediately preceding the given date.

(ii) For the purpose of making any adjustment required under this Section 3.i, the consideration received by the Corporation from any issue or sale of securities shall (A) to the extent it consists of cash, be computed at the net amount of cash received by the Corporation after deduction of any underwriting or similar commissions, compensation or concessions paid or allowed by the Corporation in connection with such issue or sale but without deduction of any expenses payable by the Corporation, (B) to the extent it consists of property other than cash, be computed at the fair value of that property as determined in good faith by the Board, and (C) if Additional Shares of Common Stock, Convertible Securities (as defined herein) or rights or options to purchase either Additional Shares of Common Stock or Convertible Securities are issued or sold together with other stock or securities or other assets of the Corporation for a consideration that covers both, be computed as the portion of the consideration so received that may be reasonably determined in good faith by the Board to be allocable to such Additional Shares of Common Stock, Convertible Securities or rights or options.

(iii) For the purpose of the adjustment required under this
Section 3.i, if the Corporation issues or sells any rights or options for the purchase of, stock or other securities convertible into, Additional Shares of Common Stock (such convertible stock or securities being herein referred to as "Convertible Securities") and if the Effective Price of such Additional Shares of Common Stock is less than the Series B Conversion Price (in the case of the Series B Preferred Stock) or the Series C Conversion Price (in the case of the Series C Preferred Stock), in each case the Corporation shall be deemed to have issued at the time of the issuance of such rights or options or Convertible Securities the maximum number of Additional Shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise or conversion thereof and to have received as consideration for the issuance of such shares an amount equal to the total amount of the consideration, if any, received by the Corporation for the issuance of such rights or options or Convertible Securities, plus, in the case of such rights or options, the minimum amounts of consideration, if any, payable to the Corporation upon the exercise of such rights or options, plus, in the case of Convertible Securities, the minimum amounts of consideration, if any, payable to the Corporation (other than by cancellation of liabilities or obligations evidenced by such Convertible Securities) upon the conversion thereof; provided that, if in the case of Convertible Securities the minimum amounts of such consideration cannot be ascertained but are a function of antidilution or similar protective clauses, the Corporation shall be deemed to have received the minimum amounts of consideration without reference to such clauses; provided further, that, if the minimum amount of consideration payable to the Corporation upon the exercise or conversion of rights, options or Convertible Securities is reduced over time or on the occurrence or non-occurrence of specified events other than by reason of antidilution adjustments, the Effective Price shall be recalculated using the figure to which such minimum amount of consideration is reduced; provided further, that, if the minimum amount of consideration payable to the Corporation upon the exercise or conversion of such rights, options or Convertible Securities is subsequently increased, the Effective Price shall be again recalculated using the increased minimum amount of consideration payable to the Corporation upon the exercise or conversion of such rights, options or Convertible Securities. No further adjustment of the Series B Conversion Price or the Series C Conversion Price, as adjusted upon the issuance of such rights, options or Convertible Securities, shall be made as a result of the actual issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock on the exercise of any such rights or options or the conversion of any such Convertible Securities. If any such rights or options or the conversion privilege represented by any such Convertible Securities shall expire without having been exercised, the Series B Conversion Price and Series C Conversion Price as adjusted upon the issuance of such rights, options or Convertible Securities shall be readjusted to the Series B Conversion Price and Series C Conversion Price which would have been in effect had an adjustment been made on the basis that the only Additional Shares of Common Stock so issued were the Additional Shares of Common Stock, if any, actually issued or sold on the exercise of such rights or options or rights of conversion of such Convertible Securities, and such Additional Shares of Common Stock, if any, were issued or sold for the consideration actually received by the Corporation upon such exercise, plus the consideration, if any, actually received by the Corporation for the granting of all such rights or options, whether or not exercised, plus the consideration received for issuing or selling the Convertible Securities actually converted, plus the consideration, if any, actually received by the Corporation (other than by cancellation of liabilities or obligations evidenced by such Convertible Securities) on the conversion of such Convertible Securities, provided that such readjustment shall not apply to prior conversion of Series B Preferred or Series C Preferred.

(iv) "Additional Shares of Common Stock" shall mean all shares of Common Stock issued by the Corporation or deemed to be issued pursuant to this Section 3.i, whether or not subsequently reacquired or retired by the Corporation, other than (A) shares of Common Stock issued upon conversion of the Series Preferred Stock; (B) shares of Common Stock and/or options, warrants or other Common Stock purchase rights, and the Common Stock issued pursuant to such options, warrants or other rights (as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, splits, recapitalizations and the like) issued or to be issued to employees, officers or directors of, or consultants or advisors to, the Corporation or any subsidiary pursuant to stock purchase or stock option plans or other arrangements that are approved by the Board; (C) shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to the exercise of options, warrants or convertible securities outstanding as of the Original Issue Date and (D) shares of Common Stock issued in a Qualified IPO. The "Effective Price" of Additional Shares of Common Stock shall mean the quotient determined by dividing the total number of Additional Shares of Common Stock issued or sold, or deemed to have been issued or sold by the Corporation under this Section 3.i, into the aggregate consideration received, or deemed to have been received by the Corporation for such issue under this Section 3.i, for such Additional Shares of Common Stock.

j. Certificate as to Adjustments. Upon the occurrence of each adjustment or readjustment of the Conversion Prices pursuant to this
Section 3, the Corporation at its expense shall promptly compute such adjustment or readjustment in accordance with the terms hereof and furnish to each holder of Series Preferred Stock, a certificate setting forth such adjustment or readjustment and showing in detail the facts upon which such adjustment or readjustment is based. The Corporation shall, upon the written request at any time of any holder of Series Preferred Stock, furnish or cause to be furnished to such holder a like certificate setting forth (i) such adjustments and readjustments, (ii) the Conversion Prices at the time in effect, and (iii) the number of shares of Common Stock and the amount, if any, of other property which at the time would be received upon the conversion of Series Preferred Stock.

k. Notices of Record Date. In the event that the Corporation shall propose at any time:

(i) to declare any dividend or distribution upon its Common Stock, whether in cash, property, stock or other securities, whether or not a regular cash dividend and whether or not out of earnings or earned surplus;

(ii) to offer for subscription pro rata to the holders of any class or series of its stock any additional shares of stock of any class or series or other rights;

(iii) to effect any reclassification or recapitalization of its Common Stock outstanding involving a change in the Common Stock; or

(iv) to merge or consolidate with or into any other Corporation, or sell, lease or convey all or substantially all its property or business, or to liquidate, dissolve or wind up;

then, in connection with each such event, the Corporation shall send to the holders of the Preferred Stock;

a. at least ten days' prior written notice of the date on which a record shall be taken for such dividend, distribution or subscription rights (and specifying the date on which the holders of Common Stock shall be entitled thereto) or for determining rights to vote in respect of the matter referred to in (iii) and (iv) above; and

b. in the case of the matters referred to in (iii) and
(iv) above, at least 10 days' prior written notice of the date when the same shall take place (and specifying, if practicable, or estimating the date on which the holders of Common Stock shall be entitled to exchange their Common Stock for securities or other property deliverable upon the occurrence of such event).

Each such written notice shall be given by first-class mail, postage prepaid, addressed to the holders of Series Preferred Stock at the address for each such holder as shown on the books of the Corporation.

l. Common Stock Reserved. The Corporation shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock solely for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the shares of Series Preferred Stock, such number of shares of Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding shares of the Series Preferred Stock, and if at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then outstanding shares of the Series Preferred Stock, the Corporation shall take such corporate action as may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purpose.

m. Voting Rights.

(i) Except as otherwise provided herein or as required by law, each share of Series Preferred Stock issued and outstanding shall have the number of votes equal to the number of shares of Common Stock into which such shares of Series Preferred Stock, as applicable, are convertible as adjusted from time to time pursuant to Section 3 hereof. Except as otherwise provided herein or as required by law, the Common Stock and the Series Preferred Stock shall vote together as a single class. Fractional votes by the holders of Series Preferred Stock shall not, however, be permitted and any fractional voting rights resulting from the above formula (after aggregating all shares into which shares of Series Preferred Stock held by each holder could be converted) shall be rounded to the nearest whole number.

(ii) The holders of Series D Preferred Stock, voting together as a class, shall be entitled to elect five (5) directors of the Corporation and to exercise any right of removal or replacement of such directors; the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock, voting together as a class, shall be entitled to elect two (2) directors of the Corporation and to exercise any right of removal or replacement of such directors; the holders of shares of Series Preferred Stock and shares of Common Stock, voting together as a class, shall be entitled to elect two (2) directors of the Corporation and to exercise any right of removal or replacement of such directors. All vacancies on the Board shall be filled only in accordance with this section. This Section 3.m may be amended only by the affirmative vote of eight (8) of the nine (9) members of the Board. This Section
3.m(ii) shall terminate upon the consummation of a Qualified IPO.

V.

For the management of the business and for the conduct of the affairs of the Corporation, and in further definition, limitation and regulation of the powers of the Corporation, of its directors and of its stockholders or any class thereof, as the case may be, it is further provided that:

1. The management of the business and the conduct of the affairs of the Corporation shall be vested in its Board. The number of directors which shall constitute the whole Board shall be nine (9). The affirmative vote of at least six (6) of the nine (9) directors shall be necessary for effecting or validating the following actions, and such actions shall not constitute the valid and binding actions of the Board or the Corporation unless so approved:

a. Any action of the Board, or failure to act, that would cause, or could reasonably be expected to result in, a major shift (a "Major Shift") in the Corporation's "basic business plan." The Corporation's "basic business plan" is to be a virtual community in which the paramount priority is getting people to interact and/or communicate with each other. This may include selling subscriptions, advertising and merchandising in furtherance of this paramount priority. It is also expected that there will be other priorities in support of the virtual community. Any two (2) directors acting together may reasonably determine that a proposed Board action, or failure to act, would constitute a Major Shift and, therefore, that such action, or failure to act, shall be subject to the super-majority Board approval requirements set forth in this Section 1; provided, however, that a "Major Shift" shall not include the issuance by the Corporation of equity or debt securities (unless such action is intended, or could reasonably be expected, to result in a Major Shift) or the removal or termination of a director or officer of the Corporation.

b. Any transaction between the Corporation and any officer or director of the Corporation or holder of greater than 10% of the Fully Diluted Capital Stock or any affiliate or immediate family member of the foregoing.

c. Any issuance, reservation or authorization of capital stock or other securities by the Corporation that would, if approved in accordance with the provision hereof, result in a change in the number of shares of Fully Diluted Capital Stock (excluding the issuance of Series E Preferred Stock upon the exercise of outstanding warrants and the pro rata issuance of stock dividends that do not dilute any stockholder's equity interest in the Corporation).

This Section 1 may be amended only by the affirmative vote of eight
(8) of the nine (9) members of the Board. The super-majority voting provisions contained in this Section 1 shall terminate upon the closing of a Qualified IPO.

2. The Board may from time to time make, amend, supplement or repeal the Bylaws in the manner set forth therein.

3. The directors of the Corporation need not be elected by written ballot unless the Bylaws of the Corporation so provide.

4. Advance notice of stockholder nominations for the election of directors and of business to be brought by stockholders before any meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation shall be given in the manner provided in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

VI.

A director of the Corporation shall, to the full extent not prohibited by the Delaware General Corporation Law now existing or as hereafter amended, not be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of his fiduciary duty as a director.

VII.

The Corporation is to have perpetual existence.

VIII.

The Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Fourth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute, and all rights conferred upon the stockholders herein are granted subject to this right.

* * * * *

1. This Fourth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been duly approved by the Board.

2. This Fourth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Sections 228, 242, and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware by the Board and the stockholders of the Corporation. The total number of outstanding shares entitled to vote or act by written consent was two million two hundred seventy-six thousand five hundred ninety-seven (2,276,597) shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share, of the Corporation, one million one hundred sixty-five thousand nine hundred ninety (1,165,990) shares of Series A Preferred Stock, one million one hundred fifty-one thousand four hundred fifty (1,151,450) shares of Series B Preferred Stock, five hundred eighty-two thousand five hundred (582,500) shares of Series C Preferred Stock and fifty-one (51) shares of Series D Preferred Stock. [A majority of the outstanding shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share, of the Corporation, a majority of the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock, a majority of the outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock, a majority of the outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock and a majority of the outstanding shares of Series D Preferred Stock approved this Fourth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation by written consent in accordance with Section 228 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware and written notice of such was given by the Corporation in accordance with said Section 228.]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, theglobe.com, inc. has caused this Fourth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be signed by its Co-Chief Executive Officers and Co-Presidents in New York, New York this __ day of September, 1998.

THEGLOBE.COM, INC.

By

Todd V. Krizelman, Co-Chief Executive Officer and Co-President

ATTEST:

By
Stephan J. Paternot,
Co-Chief Executive Officer,
Co-President and Secretary

Exhibit 10.6

THEGLOBE.COM, INC.

1998 STOCK OPTION PLAN

As Adopted July 15, 1998


THEGLOBE.COM, INC.

1998 STOCK OPTION PLAN

1. Purpose.

The purpose of this Plan is to strengthen theglobe.com, inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), by providing an incentive to its employees, officers, consultants and directors and thereby encouraging them to devote their abilities and industry to the success of the Company's business enterprise. It is intended that this purpose be achieved by extending to employees (including future employees who have received a formal written offer of employment), officers, consultants and directors of the Company and its Subsidiaries an added long-term incentive for high levels of performance and extraordinary efforts through the grant of Incentive Stock Options and Nonqualified Stock Options (as each term is herein defined).

2. Definitions.

For purposes of the Plan:

2.1 "Adjusted Fair Market Value" means, in the event of a Change in Control, the greater of (a) the highest price per Share paid to holders of the Shares in any transaction (or series of transactions) constituting or resulting in a Change in Control or (b) the highest Fair Market Value of a Share during the ninety (90) day period ending on the date of a Change in Control.

2.2 "Affiliate" means any entity, directly or indirectly, controlled by, controlling or under common control with the Company or any corporation or other entity acquiring, directly or indirectly, all or substantially all the assets and business of the Company, whether by operation of law or otherwise.

2.3 "Agreement" means the written agreement between the Company and an Optionee evidencing the grant of an Option and setting forth the terms and conditions thereof.

2.4 "Board" means the Board of Directors of the Company.

2.5 "Cause" means:

(a) for purposes of Section 6.4, the commission of an act of fraud or intentional misrepresentation or an act of embezzlement, misappropriation or conversion of assets or opportunities of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries; and

(b) in the case of an Optionee whose employment with the Company or a Subsidiary is subject to the terms of an employment agreement between such Optionee and the Company or Subsidiary, which employment agreement includes a definition of "Cause", the term "Cause" as used in the Plan or any Agreement shall have the meaning set forth in such employment agreement during the period that such employment agreement remains in effect; and

(c) in all other cases, (i) intentional failure to perform reasonably assigned duties, (ii) dishonesty or willful misconduct in the performance of duties, (iii) involvement in a transaction in connection with the performance of duties to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries which transaction is adverse to the interests of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries and which is engaged in for personal profit or (iv) willful violation of any law, rule or regulation in connection with the performance of duties (other than traffic violations or similar offenses).

2.6 "Change in Capitalization" means any increase or reduction in the number of Shares, or any change (including, but not limited to, in the case of a spin-off, dividend or other distribution in respect of Shares, a change in value) in the Shares or exchange of Shares for a different number or kind of shares or other securities of the Company or another corporation, by reason of a reclassification, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, reorganization, spin-off, split-up, issuance of warrants or rights or debentures, stock dividend, stock split or reverse stock split, cash dividend, property dividend, combination or exchange of shares, repurchase of shares, change in corporate structure or otherwise.

2.7 A "Change in Control" shall mean the occurrence of any of the following:

(a) An acquisition (other than directly from the Company) of any voting securities of the Company (the "Voting Securities") by any "Person" (as the term person is used for purposes of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Exchange Act), immediately after which such Person has "Beneficial Ownership" (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of thirty percent (30%) or more of the then outstanding Shares or the combined voting power of the Company's then outstanding Voting Securities; provided, however, in determining whether a Change in Control has occurred pursuant to this Section 2.7(a), Shares or Voting Securities which are acquired in a "Non-Control Acquisition" (as hereinafter defined) shall not constitute an acquisition which would cause a Change in Control. A "Non-Control Acquisition" shall mean an acquisition by (i) an employee benefit plan (or a trust forming a part thereof) maintained by (A) the Company or (B) any corporation or other Person of which a majority of its voting power or its voting equity securities or equity interest is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company (for purposes of this definition, a "Majority-Owned Subsidiary"), (ii) the Company or its Majority-Owned Subsidiaries, or (iii) any Person in connection with a "Non-Control Transaction" (as hereinafter defined);

(b) The individuals who, as of date plan is adopted are members of the Board (the "Incumbent Board"), cease for any reason to constitute at least two-thirds of the members of the Board; provided, however, that if the election, or nomination for election by the Company's common stockholders, of any new director was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the Incumbent Board, such new director shall, for purposes of the Plan, be considered as a member of the Incumbent Board; provided further, however, that no individual shall be considered a member of the Incumbent Board if such individual initially assumed office as a result of either an actual or threatened "Election Contest" (as described in Rule 14a-11 promulgated under the Exchange Act) or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a Person other than the Board (a "Proxy Contest") including by reason of any agreement intended to avoid or settle any Election Contest or Proxy Contest; or

(c) The consummation of:

(i) A merger, consolidation or reorganization with or into the Company or in which securities of the Company are issued, unless such merger, consolidation or reorganization is a "Non-Control Transaction." A "Non-Control Transaction" shall mean a merger, consolidation or reorganization with or into the Company or in which securities of the Company are issued where:

(A) the stockholders of the Company, immediately before such merger, consolidation or reorganization, own directly or indirectly immediately following such merger, consolidation or reorganization, at least sixty percent (60%) of the combined voting power of the outstanding voting securities of the corporation resulting from such merger or consolidation or reorganization (the "Surviving Corporation") in substantially the same proportion as their ownership of the Voting Securities immediately before such merger, consolidation or reorganization,

(B) the individuals who were members of the Incumbent Board immediately prior to the execution of the agreement providing for such merger, consolidation or reorganization constitute at least two-thirds of the members of the board of directors of the Surviving Corporation, or a corporation beneficially directly or indirectly owning a majority of the Voting Securities of the Surviving Corporation, and

(C) no Person other than (1) the Company, (2) any Majority-Owned Subsidiary, (3) any employee benefit plan (or any trust forming a part thereof) that, immediately prior to such merger, consolidation or reorganization, was maintained by the Company or any Majority-Owned Subsidiary, or (4) any Person who, immediately prior to such merger, consolidation or reorganization had Beneficial Ownership of thirty percent (30%) or more of the then outstanding Voting Securities or Shares, has Beneficial Ownership of thirty percent (30%) or more of the combined voting power of the Surviving Corporation's then outstanding voting securities or its common stock.

(ii) A complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company; or

(iii) The sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company to any Person (other than a transfer to a Majority-Owned Subsidiary or the distribution to the Company's stockholders of the stock of a Majority-Owned Subsidiary or any other assets).

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Change in Control shall not be deemed to occur solely because any Person (the "Subject Person") acquired Beneficial Ownership of more than the permitted amount of the then outstanding Shares or Voting Securities as a result of the acquisition of Shares or Voting Securities by the Company which, by reducing the number of Shares or Voting Securities then outstanding, increases the proportional number of shares Beneficially Owned by the Subject Persons, provided that if a Change in Control would occur (but for the operation of this sentence) as a result of the acquisition of Shares or Voting Securities by the Company, and after such share acquisition by the Company, the Subject Person becomes the Beneficial Owner of any additional Shares or Voting Securities which increases the percentage of the then outstanding Shares or Voting Securities Beneficially Owned by the Subject Person, then a Change in Control shall occur.

If an Eligible Individual's employment is terminated by the Company without Cause prior to the date of a Change in Control but the Eligible Individual reasonably demonstrates that the termination (A) was at the request of a third party who has indicated an intention or taken steps reasonably calculated to effect a change in control or (B) otherwise arose in connection with, or in anticipation of, a Change in Control which has been threatened or proposed, such termination shall be deemed to have occurred after a Change in Control for purposes of the Plan provided a Change in Control shall actually have occurred.

2.8 "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

2.9 "Committee" means a committee, as described in Section 3.1, appointed by the Board from time to time to administer the Plan and to perform the functions set forth herein.

2.10 "Company" means theglobe.com, inc., a Delaware corporation.

2.11 "Consultant" means any consultant or advisor that qualifies as an "employee" within the meaning of rules applicable to Form S-8, as in effect from time to time, of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

2.12 "Director" means a director of the Company.

2.13 "Disability" means:

(a) in the case of an Optionee whose employment with the Company or a Subsidiary is subject to the terms of an employment agreement between such Optionee and the Company or Subsidiary, which employment agreement includes a definition of "Disability", the term "Disability" as used in the Plan or any Agreement shall have the meaning set forth in such employment agreement during the period that such employment agreement remains in effect; and

(b) in all other cases, the term "Disability" as used in the Plan or any Agreement shall mean a physical or mental infirmity which impairs the Optionee's ability to perform substantially his or her duties for a period of one hundred eighty (180) consecutive days.

2.14 "Division" means any of the operating units or divisions of the Company designated as a Division by the Committee.

2.15 "Eligible Director" means a director of the Company who does not perform services as, or have the responsibilities of, an employee or officer, and who does not receive compensation or other consideration from the Company or any Subsidiary, other than in his or her capacity as a director.

2.16 "Eligible Individual" means any of the following individuals: (a) any director, officer or employee of the Company or a Subsidiary, (b) any individual to whom the Company or a Subsidiary has extended a formal, written offer of employment, or (c) any Consultant.

2.17 "Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

2.18 "Fair Market Value" on any date means the closing sales prices of the Shares on such date on the principal national securities exchange on which such Shares are listed or admitted to trading, or, if such Shares are not so listed or admitted to trading, the average of the per Share closing bid price and per Share closing asked price on such date as quoted on the National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotation System or such other market in which such prices are regularly quoted, or, if there have been no published bid or asked quotations with respect to Shares on such date, the Fair Market Value shall be the value established by the Board in good faith and, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option, in accordance with Section 422 of the Code.

2.19 "Formula Option" means an Option granted pursuant to Section 6.

2.20 "Incentive Stock Option" means an Option satisfying the requirements of Section 422 of the Code and designated by the Committee as an Incentive Stock Option.

2.21 "Nonemployee Director" means a director of the Company who is a "nonemployee director" within the meaning of Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act.

2.22 "Nonqualified Stock Option" means an Option which is not an Incentive Stock Option.

2.23 "Option" means a Nonqualified Stock Option, an Incentive Stock Option, a Formula Option, or any or all of them.

2.24 "Optionee" means a person to whom an Option has been granted under the Plan.

2.25 "Outside Director" means a director of the Company who is an "outside director" within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

2.26 "Parent" means any corporation which is a parent corporation (within the meaning of Section 424(e) of the Code) with respect to the Company.

2.27 "Performance-Based Compensation" means any Option that is intended to constitute "performance-based compensation" within the meaning of Section 162(m)(4)(C) of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

2.28 "Permitted Transferee" means an Optionee's immediate family, trusts solely for the benefit of such family members and partnerships in which such family members and/or trusts are the only partners. For this purpose, "immediate family" of an Optionee means the Optionee's spouse, parents, children, stepchildren and grandchildren and the spouses of such parents, children, stepchildren and grandchildren.

2.29 "Plan" means this theglobe.com, inc. 1998 Stock Option Plan, as amended from time to time.

2.30 "Pooling Transaction" means an acquisition of the Company in a transaction which is intended to be treated as a "pooling of interests" under generally accepted accounting principles.

2.31 "Shares" means the Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share, of the Company.

2.32 "Subsidiary" means any corporation which is a subsidiary corporation (within the meaning of Section 424(f) of the Code) with respect to the Company.

2.33 "Successor Corporation" means a corporation, or a parent or subsidiary thereof within the meaning of Section 424(a) of the Code, which issues or assumes a stock option in a transaction to which Section 424(a) of the Code applies.

2.34 "Ten-Percent Stockholder" means an Eligible Individual, who, at the time an Incentive Stock Option is to be granted to him or her, owns (within the meaning of Section 422(b)(6) of the Code) stock possessing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company, or of a Parent or a Subsidiary.

3. Administration.

3.1 The Plan shall be administered by the Committee, which shall hold meetings at such times as may be necessary for the proper administration of the Plan. The Committee shall keep minutes of its meetings. A quorum shall consist of not fewer than two (2) members of the Committee and a majority of a quorum may authorize any action. Any decision or determination reduced to writing and signed by a majority of all of the members of the Committee shall be as fully effective as if made by a majority vote at a meeting duly called and held. The Committee shall consist of at least two (2) Directors and may consist of the entire Board; provided, however, that (A) if the Committee consists of less than the entire Board, each member shall be a Nonemployee Director and (B) to the extent necessary for any Option intended to qualify as Performance-Based Compensation to so qualify, each member of the Committee, whether or not it consists of the entire Board, shall be an Outside Director. For purposes of the preceding sentence, if one or more members of the Committee is not a Nonemployee Director and an Outside Director but recuses himself or herself or abstains from voting with respect to a particular action taken by the Committee, then the Committee, with respect to that action, shall be deemed to consist only of the members of the Committee who have not recused themselves or abstained from voting.

3.2 No member of the Committee shall be liable for any action, failure to act, determination or interpretation made in good faith with respect to the Plan or any transaction hereunder. The Company hereby agrees to indemnify each member of the Committee for all costs and expenses and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, any liability incurred in connection with defending against, responding to, negotiating for the settlement of or otherwise dealing with any claim, cause of action or dispute of any kind arising in connection with any actions in administering the Plan or in authorizing or denying authorization to any transaction hereunder.

3.3 Subject to the express terms and conditions set forth herein, the Committee shall have the power from time to time to:

(a) determine those Eligible Individuals to whom Options shall be granted under the Plan and the number of such Options to be granted and to prescribe the terms and conditions (which need not be identical) of each such Option, including the exercise price per Share subject to each Option, and make any amendment or modification to any Agreement consistent with the terms of the Plan;

(b) to construe and interpret the Plan and any Agreements granted hereunder and to establish, amend and revoke rules and regulations for the administration of the Plan, including, but not limited to, correcting any defect or supplying any omission, or reconciling any inconsistency in the Plan or in any Agreement, in the manner and to the extent it shall deem necessary or advisable, including so that the Plan complies with Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act, the Code to the extent applicable and other applicable law, and otherwise to make the Plan fully effective. All decisions and determinations by the Committee in the exercise of this power shall be final, binding and conclusive upon the Company, its Subsidiaries, the Optionees, and all other persons having any interest therein;

(c) to determine the duration and purposes for leaves of absence which may be granted to an Optionee on an individual basis without constituting a termination of employment or service for purposes of the Plan;

(d) to exercise its discretion with respect to the powers and rights granted to it as set forth in the Plan; and

(f) generally, to exercise such powers and to perform such acts as are deemed necessary or advisable to promote the best interests of the Company with respect to the Plan.

4. Stock Subject to the Plan; Grant Limitations.

4.1 The maximum number of Shares that may be made the subject of Options granted under the Plan is one million eight hundred thousand (1,800,000). The maximum number of Shares that may be the subject of Options granted to any Eligible Individual during any three (3) consecutive calendar year period may not exceed 500,000 Shares. Upon a Change in Capitalization, the maximum number of Shares referred to in the first two sentences of this Section 4.1 shall be adjusted in number and kind pursuant to Section 9. The Company shall reserve for the purposes of the Plan, out of its authorized but unissued Shares or out of Shares held in the Company's treasury, or partly out of each, such number of Shares as shall be determined by the Board.

4.2 Upon the granting of an Option, the number of Shares available under Section 4.1 for the granting of further Options shall be reduced by the number of Shares in respect of which the Option is granted; provided, however, that if any Option is exercised by tendering Shares, either actually or by attestation, to the Company as full or partial payment of the exercise price, the maximum number of Shares available under
Section 4.1 shall be increased by the number of Shares so tendered.

4.3 Whenever any outstanding Option or portion thereof expires, is canceled, is settled in cash (including the settlement of tax withholding obligations using Shares) or is otherwise terminated for any reason without having been exercised or payment having been made in respect of the entire Option, the Shares allocable to the expired, canceled, settled or otherwise terminated portion of the Option may again be the subject of Options granted hereunder.

5. Option Grants for Eligible Individuals.

5.1 Authority of Committee. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Committee shall have full and final authority to select those Eligible Individuals who will receive Options, and the terms and conditions of the grant to such Eligible Individuals shall be set forth in an Agreement.

5.2 Exercise Price. The purchase price or the manner in which the exercise price is to be determined for Shares under each Option shall be determined by the Committee and set forth in the Agreement; provided, however, that the exercise price per Share under each Incentive Stock Option shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date the Option is granted (110% in the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to a Ten-Percent Stockholder).

5.3 Maximum Duration. Options granted hereunder shall be for such term as the Committee shall determine, provided that an Incentive Stock Option shall not be exercisable after the expiration of ten (10) years from the date it is granted (five (5) years in the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to a Ten-Percent Stockholder) and a Nonqualified Stock Option shall not be exercisable after the expiration of ten (10) years from the date it is granted; provided, however, that the Committee may provide that an Option (other than an Incentive Stock Option) may, upon the death of the Optionee, be exercised for up to one (1) year following the date of the Optionee's death even if such period extends beyond ten (10) years from the date the Option is granted. The Committee may, subsequent to the granting of any Option, extend the term thereof, but in no event shall the term as so extended exceed the maximum term provided for in the preceding sentence.

5.4 Vesting. Subject to Section 7.4, each Option shall become exercisable in such installments (which need not be equal) and at such times as may be designated by the Committee and set forth in the Agreement. To the extent not exercised, installments shall accumulate and be exercisable, in whole or in part, at any time after becoming exercisable, but not later than the date the Option expires. The Committee may accelerate the exercisability of any Option or portion thereof at any time.

5.5 Deferred Delivery of Option Shares. The Committee may, in its discretion, permit Optionees to elect to defer the issuance of Shares upon the exercise of one or more Nonqualified Stock Options granted pursuant to the Plan. The terms and conditions of such deferral shall be determined at the time of the grant of the Option or thereafter and shall be set forth in the Agreement evidencing the grant.

5.6 Limitations on Incentive Stock Options. To the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined as of the date of the grant) of Shares with respect to which Incentive Stock Options granted under the Plan and "incentive stock options" (within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code) granted under all other plans of the Company or its Subsidiaries (in either case determined without regard to this Section 5.6) are exercisable by an Optionee for the first time during any calendar year exceeds $100,000, such Incentive Stock Options shall be treated as Nonqualified Stock Options. In applying the limitation in the preceding sentence in the case of multiple Option grants, Options which were intended to be Incentive Stock Options shall be treated as Nonqualified Stock Options according to the order in which they were granted such that the most recently granted Options are first treated as Nonqualified Stock Options.

6. Option Grants for Nonemployee Directors.

6.1 Grant. Formula Options shall be granted to Eligible Directors as follows:

(a) Initial Grant for Current Eligible Directors. Each person who is an Eligible Director as of July 15, 1998, shall, as of such date, be granted a Formula Option in respect of 50,000 Shares.

(b) Initial Grant for Subsequent Eligible Directors. Each Eligible Director who becomes a Director for the first time after July 15, 1998 and while this Plan is in effect, shall, upon becoming a Director, be granted a Formula Option in respect of 25,000 Shares.

(c) Annual Grant. Each Eligible Director shall be granted a Formula Option in respect of 7,500 Shares on the first business day after the annual meeting of the stockholders of the Company in each year that the Plan is in effect provided that the Eligible Director is a Director on such date.

All Formula Options shall be evidenced by an Agreement containing such other terms and conditions not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan as determined by the Board; provided, however, that such terms shall not vary the price, amount or timing of Formula Options provided under this
Section 6, including provisions dealing with vesting, forfeiture and termination of such Formula Options.

6.2 Purchase Price. The purchase price for Shares under each Formula Option shall be equal to 100% of the Fair Market Value of such Shares on the date the Formula Option is granted.

6.3 Vesting. Subject to Section 7.4, (i) each Formula Option granted pursuant to Section 6.1(a) above to a person who was also a Director as of August 13, 1997, shall be fully vested and exercisable with respect to 25% of the Shares subject thereto as of the date of grant, and with respect to an incremental 25% of the Shares subject thereto on each of the first three (3) anniversaries of the date of grant, and (ii) each other Formula Option granted pursuant to this Section 6 shall become fully vested and exercisable with respect to an incremental 25% of the Shares subject thereto on each of the first four anniversaries of the date of grant; provided, however, in each case, that the Optionee continues to serve as a Director as of such date of vesting. Notwithstanding the foregoing (i) if an Optionee's service as a Director terminates for any reason, other than for Cause, then each Formula Option held by such Optionee shall become fully and immediately vested and exercisable as of such date of termination and (ii) if an Optionee's service as a Director terminates for Cause, then each Formula Option held by such Optionee, whether or not then vested and exercisable, shall immediately terminate and the Optionee shall have no further rights in such Formula Option as of such date of termination.

6.4 Duration. Subject to Section 7.4, each Formula Option shall terminate on the date which is the tenth anniversary of the date of grant (or if later, the first anniversary of the date of the Director's death if such death occurs prior to such tenth anniversary), unless terminated earlier as follows:

(a) If an Optionee's service as a Director terminates for any reason other than for Cause, the Optionee (or in the event of death, by the person or persons to whom such rights shall pass by will or the laws of descent or distribution) may for a period of two (2) years after such termination exercise his or her Formula Option, after which time the Formula Option shall automatically terminate in full.

(b) If an Optionee's service as a Director terminates for Cause, the Formula Option granted to the Optionee hereunder shall immediately terminate in full and no rights thereunder may be exercised.

7. Terms and Conditions Applicable to All Options.

7.1 Non-Transferability. No Option shall be transferable by the Optionee otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution or, in the case of an Option other than an Incentive Stock Option, pursuant to a domestic relations order (within the meaning of Rule 16a-12 promulgated under the Exchange Act), and an Option shall be exercisable during the lifetime of such Optionee only by the Optionee or his or her guardian or legal representative. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee may set forth in the Agreement evidencing an Option (other than an Incentive Stock Option) at the time of grant or thereafter, that the Option may be transferred to a Permitted Transferee, and for purposes of the Plan, such Permitted Transferee shall be deemed to be the Optionee. The terms of an Option shall be final, binding and conclusive upon the beneficiaries, executors, administrators, heirs and successors of the Optionee.

7.2 Method of Exercise. The exercise of an Option shall be made only by a written notice delivered in person or by mail to the Secretary of the Company at the Company's principal executive office, specifying the number of Shares to be exercised and, to the extent applicable, accompanied by payment therefor and otherwise in accordance with the Agreement pursuant to which the Option was granted. The exercise price for any Shares purchased pursuant to the exercise of an Option shall be paid, as determined by the Committee in its discretion, in either of the following forms (or any combination thereof): (a) cash or (b) the transfer, either actually or by attestation, to the Company of Shares upon such terms and conditions as determined by the Committee. In addition, Options may be exercised through a registered broker-dealer pursuant to such cashless exercise procedures which are, from time to time, deemed acceptable by the Committee. Any Shares transferred to the Company (or withheld upon exercise) as payment of the exercise price under an Option shall be valued at their Fair Market Value on the day preceding the date of exercise of such Option. If requested by the Committee, the Optionee shall deliver the Agreement evidencing the Option to the Secretary of the Company who shall endorse thereon a notation of such exercise and return such Agreement to the Optionee. No fractional Shares (or cash in lieu thereof) shall be issued upon exercise of an Option and the number of Shares that may be purchased upon exercise shall be rounded to the nearest number of whole Shares.

7.3 Rights of Optionees. No Optionee shall be deemed for any purpose to be the owner of any Shares subject to any Option unless and until (a) the Option shall have been exercised pursuant to the terms thereof, (b) the Company shall have issued and delivered Shares to the Optionee, and (c) the Optionee's name shall have been entered as a stockholder of record on the books of the Company. Thereupon, the Optionee shall have full voting, dividend and other ownership rights with respect to such Shares, subject to such terms and conditions as may be set forth in the applicable Agreement.

7.4 Effect of Change in Control. In the event of a Change in Control, all Options outstanding on the date of such Change in Control shall become immediately and fully exercisable. In addition, to the extent set forth in an Agreement evidencing the grant of an Option, an Optionee will be permitted to surrender to the Company for cancellation within sixty
(60) days after such Change in Control any Option or portion of an Option to the extent not yet exercised and the Optionee will be entitled to receive a cash payment in an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (a) (i) in the case of a Nonqualified Stock Option, the greater of (A) the Fair Market Value, on the date preceding the date of surrender, of the Shares subject to the Option or portion thereof surrendered or (B) the Adjusted Fair Market Value of the Shares subject to the Option or portion thereof surrendered or (ii) in the case of an Incentive Stock Option, the Fair Market Value, on the date preceding the date of surrender, of the Shares subject to the Option or portion thereof surrendered, over (b) the aggregate exercise price for such Shares under the Option or portion thereof surrendered. In the event an Optionee's employment with, or service as a Director of, the Company and its Subsidiaries terminates following a Change in Control, each Option held by the Optionee that was exercisable as of the date of termination of the Optionee's employment or service shall, notwithstanding any shorter period set forth in the Agreement evidencing the Option, remain exercisable for a period ending not before the earlier of (x) the first anniversary of the termination of the Optionee's employment or service or (y) the expiration of the stated term of the Option.

8. Effect of a Termination of Employment.

The Agreement evidencing the grant of each Option shall set forth the terms and conditions applicable to such Option upon a termination or change in the status of the employment of the Optionee by the Company or a Subsidiary or a Division (including a termination or change by reason of the sale of a Subsidiary or a Division), which, except for Director Options, shall be as the Committee may, in its discretion, determine at the time the Option is granted or thereafter.

9. Adjustment Upon Changes in Capitalization.

(a) In the event of a Change in Capitalization, the Committee shall conclusively determine the appropriate adjustments, if any, to (i) the maximum number and class of Shares or other stock or securities with respect to which Options may be granted under the Plan, (ii) the maximum number and class of Shares or other stock or securities with respect to which Options may be granted to any Eligible Individual during any three (3) consecutive calendar year period, (iii) the number and class of Shares or other stock or securities which are subject to outstanding Options granted under the Plan and the exercise price therefor, if applicable and (iv) the number and class of Shares or other securities in respect of which Director Options are to be granted under Section 6.

(b) Any such adjustment in the Shares or other stock or securities subject to outstanding Incentive Stock Options (including any adjustments in the exercise price) shall be made in such manner as not to constitute a modification as defined by Section 424(h)(3) of the Code and only to the extent otherwise permitted by Sections 422 and 424 of the Code.

(c) If, by reason of a Change in Capitalization, an Optionee shall be entitled to exercise an Option with respect to new, additional or different shares of stock or securities, such new, additional or different shares shall thereupon be subject to all of the conditions, restrictions and performance criteria which were applicable to the Shares subject to the Option prior to such Change in Capitalization.

10. Effect of Certain Transactions.

Subject to Section 7.4 or as otherwise provided in an Agreement, in the event of (a) the liquidation or dissolution of the Company or (b) a merger or consolidation of the Company (a "Transaction"), the Plan and the Options issued hereunder shall continue in effect in accordance with their respective terms, except that following a Transaction each Optionee shall be entitled to receive in respect of each Share subject to any outstanding Options, upon exercise of any Option, the same number and kind of stock, securities, cash, property or other consideration that each holder of a Share was entitled to receive in the Transaction in respect of a Share; provided, however, that such stock, securities, cash, property, or other consideration shall remain subject to all of the conditions, restrictions and performance criteria which were applicable to the Options prior to such Transaction.

11. Interpretation.

(a) The Plan is intended to comply with Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act and the Committee shall interpret and administer the provisions of the Plan or any Agreement in a manner consistent therewith. Any provisions inconsistent with such rule shall be inoperative and shall not affect the validity of the Plan.

(b) Unless otherwise expressly stated in the relevant Agreement, each Option (other than Formula Options) granted under the Plan is intended to be Performance-Based Compensation. The Committee shall not be entitled to exercise any discretion otherwise authorized hereunder with respect to such Options if the ability to exercise such discretion or the exercise of such discretion itself would cause the compensation attributable to such Options to fail to qualify as Performance-Based Compensation.

12. Pooling Transactions.

Notwithstanding anything contained in the Plan or any Agreement to the contrary, in the event of a Change in Control which is also intended to constitute a Pooling Transaction, the Committee shall take such actions, if any, as are specifically recommended by an independent accounting firm retained by the Company to the extent reasonably necessary in order to assure that the Pooling Transaction will qualify as such, including but not limited to (a) deferring the vesting, exercise, payment, settlement or lapsing of restrictions with respect to any Option, (b) providing that the payment or settlement in respect of any Option be made in the form of cash, Shares or securities of a successor or acquirer of the Company, or a combination of the foregoing, and (c) providing for the extension of the term of any Option to the extent necessary to accommodate the foregoing, but not beyond the maximum term permitted for any Option.

13. Termination and Amendment of the Plan or Modification of Options.

13.1 Plan Amendment or Termination. The Plan shall terminate on the day preceding the tenth anniversary of the date of its adoption by the Board and no Option may be granted thereafter. The Board may sooner terminate the Plan and the Board may at any time and from time to time amend, modify or suspend the Plan; provided, however, that:

(a) no such amendment, modification, suspension or termination shall impair or adversely alter any Options theretofore granted under the Plan, except with the consent of the Optionee, nor shall any amendment, modification, suspension or termination deprive any Optionee of any Shares which he or she may have acquired through or as a result of the Plan; and

(b) to the extent necessary under any applicable law, regulation or exchange requirement, no amendment shall be effective unless approved by the stockholders of the Company in accordance with applicable law, regulation or exchange requirement.

13.2 Modification of Options. No modification of an Option shall adversely alter or impair any rights or obligations under the Option without the consent of the Optionee.

14. Non-Exclusivity of the Plan.

The adoption of the Plan by the Board shall not be construed as amending, modifying or rescinding any previously approved incentive arrangement or as creating any limitations on the power of the Board to adopt such other incentive arrangements as it may deem desirable, including, without limitation, the granting of stock options otherwise than under the Plan, and such arrangements may be either applicable generally or only in specific cases.

15. Limitation of Liability.

As illustrative of the limitations of liability of the Company, but not intended to be exhaustive thereof, nothing in the Plan shall be construed to:

(a) give any person any right to be granted an Option other than at the sole discretion of the Committee;

(b) give any person any rights whatsoever with respect to Shares except as specifically provided in the Plan;

(c) limit in any way the right of the Company or any Subsidiary to terminate the employment or service of any person at any time; or

(d) be evidence of any agreement or understanding, expressed or implied, that the Company will employ any person at any particular rate of compensation or for any particular period of time.

16. Regulations and Other Approvals; Governing Law.

16.1 Except as to matters of federal law, the Plan and the rights of all persons claiming hereunder shall be construed and determined in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware without giving effect to conflicts of laws principles thereof.

16.2 The obligation of the Company to sell or deliver Shares with respect to Options granted under the Plan shall be subject to all applicable laws, rules and regulations, including all applicable federal and state securities laws, and the obtaining of all such approvals by governmental agencies as may be deemed necessary or appropriate by the Committee.

16.3 The Board may make such changes as may be necessary or appropriate to comply with the rules and regulations of any government authority, or to obtain for Eligible Individuals granted Incentive Stock Options the tax benefits under the applicable provisions of the Code and regulations promulgated thereunder.

16.4 Each Option is subject to the requirement that, if at any time the Committee determines, in its discretion, that the listing, registration or qualification of Shares issuable pursuant to the Plan is required by any securities exchange or under any state or federal law, or the consent or approval of any governmental regulatory body is necessary or desirable as a condition of, or in connection with, the grant of an Option or the issuance of Shares, no Options shall be granted or payment made or Shares issued, in whole or in part, unless listing, registration, qualification, consent or approval has been effected or obtained free of any conditions as acceptable to the Committee.

16.5 Notwithstanding anything contained in the Plan or any Agreement to the contrary, in the event that the disposition of Shares acquired pursuant to the Plan is not covered by a then current registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), and is not otherwise exempt from such registration, such Shares shall be restricted against transfer to the extent required by the Securities Act and Rule 144 or other regulations thereunder. The Committee may require any individual receiving Shares pursuant to an Option granted under the Plan, as a condition precedent to receipt of such Shares, to represent and warrant to the Company in writing that the Shares acquired by such individual are acquired without a view to any distribution thereof and will not be sold or transferred other than pursuant to an effective registration thereof under said Act or pursuant to an exemption applicable under the Securities Act or the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. The certificates evidencing any of such Shares shall be appropriately amended to reflect their status as restricted securities as aforesaid.

17. Miscellaneous.

17.1 Multiple Agreements. The terms of each Option may differ from other Options granted under the Plan at the same time, or at some other time. The Committee may also grant more than one Option to a given Eligible Individual during the term of the Plan, either in addition to, or in substitution for, one or more Options previously granted to that Eligible Individual.

17.2 Withholding of Taxes.

(a) At such times as an Optionee recognizes taxable income in connection with the receipt of Shares hereunder (a "Taxable Event"), the Optionee shall pay to the Company an amount equal to the federal, state and local income taxes and other amounts as may be required by law to be withheld by the Company in connection with the Taxable Event (the "Withholding Taxes") prior to the issuance of such Shares. The Company shall have the right to deduct from any payment of cash to an Optionee an amount equal to the Withholding Taxes in satisfaction of the obligation to pay Withholding Taxes. The Committee may provide in the Agreement, at the time of grant or at any time thereafter, that the Optionee, in satisfaction of the obligation to pay Withholding Taxes, may elect to have withheld a portion of the Shares then issuable to him or her having an aggregate Fair Market Value equal to the Withholding Taxes.

(b) If an Optionee makes a disposition, within the meaning of Section 424(c) of the Code and regulations promulgated thereunder, of any Share or Shares issued to such Optionee pursuant to the exercise of an Incentive Stock Option within the two-year period commencing on the day after the date of the grant or within the one-year period commencing on the day after the date of transfer of such Share or Shares to the Optionee pursuant to such exercise, the Optionee shall, within ten (10) days of such disposition, notify the Company thereof, by delivery of written notice to the Company at its principal executive office.

17.3 Effective Date. The effective date of the Plan shall be as determined by the Board, subject only to the approval by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the securities of the Company present, or represented, and entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders duly held in accordance with the applicable laws of the State of Delaware within twelve (12) months of the adoption of the Plan by the Board.


Exhibit 10.8


theglobe.com,inc.

and

American Stock Transfer & Trust Company

as Rights Agent


Form of Shareholder Rights Agreement

Dated as of September____, 1998



                             TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                         Page

Section 1.  Certain Definitions............................................1
Section 2.  Appointment of Rights Agent....................................5
Section 3.  Issue of Right Certificates....................................5
Section 4.  Form of Right Certificate......................................7
Section 5.  Countersignature and Registration..............................8
Section 6.  Transfer, Split Up, Combination and Exchange of Right
            Certificates; Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen
            Right Certificate..............................................8
Section 7.  Exercise of Rights; Purchase Price; Expiration Date of
            Rights.........................................................9
Section 8.  Cancellation and Destruction of Right Certificates............12
Section 9.  Reservation and Availability of Capital Stock.................12
Section 10. Preferred Stock Record Date...................................14
Section 11. Adjustment of Purchase Price, Number and Kind of Shares
            or Number of Rights...........................................14
Section 12. Certificate of Adjusted Purchase Price or Number of Shares....21
Section 13. Consolidation, Merger or Sale or Transfer of Assets or
            Earning Power.................................................21
Section 14. Additional Covenants..........................................24
Section 15. Fractional Rights and Fractional Shares.......................25
Section 16. Rights of Action..............................................27
Section 17. Agreement of Right Holders....................................27
Section 18. Right Certificate Holder Not Deemed a Shareholder.............28
Section 19. Concerning the Rights Agent...................................28
Section 20. Merger or Consolidation or Change of Name of Rights Agent.....29
Section 21. Duties of Rights Agent........................................30
Section 22. Change of Rights Agent........................................32
Section 23. Issuance of New Right Certificates............................33
Section 24. Redemption and Termination....................................33
Section 25. Exchange......................................................35
Section 26. Notice of Certain Events......................................36
Section 27. Notices.......................................................37
Section 28. Supplements and Amendments....................................38
Section 29. Determination and Actions by the Board of Directors, etc......39
Section 30. Successors....................................................39
Section 31. Benefits of this Agreement....................................40
Section 32. Severability..................................................40
Section 33. Governing Law.................................................40
Section 34. Counterparts..................................................40
Section 35. Descriptive Headings..........................................40


SHAREHOLDER RIGHTS AGREEMENT

This Agreement, dated as of September __, 1998, between theglobe.com, inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), and American Stock Transfer & Trust Company ("Rights Agent").

The Board of Directors of the Company (the "Board") authorized and declared a dividend of one preferred share purchase right (a "Right") for each share of Common Stock (as hereinafter defined) of the Company outstanding at the Close of Business (as hereinafter defined) on September __, 1998 (the "Record Date"), each Right representing the right to purchase one one-thousandth (subject to adjustment as provided herein) of a Junior Participating Preferred Stock of the Company having the rights, powers and preferences set forth in the form of Certificate of Designation attached hereto as Exhibit A, upon the terms and subject to the conditions herein set forth, and has further authorized the issuance of one Right with respect to each share of Common Stock that shall become outstanding between the Record Date and the Distribution Date (as such term is hereinafter defined); provided, however, that Rights may be issued with respect to shares of Common Stock that shall become outstanding after the Distribution Date and prior to the earlier of the Redemption Date and the Final Expiration Date in accordance with the provisions of Section 23 hereof.

Accordingly, in consideration of the premises and the mutual agreements herein set forth, the parties hereby agree as follows:

Section 1. Certain Definitions. For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings indicated:

(a) "Acquiring Person" shall mean any Person, who or which, together with all Affiliates and Associates of such Person, without the prior approval of the Company, shall be the Beneficial Owner of securities representing 15% or more of the Voting Power (other than as a result of a Permitted Offer) or who was such a Beneficial Owner at any time after the date hereof, whether or not such Person continues to be the Beneficial Owner of securities representing 15% or more of the Voting Power. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (A) the term "Acquiring Person" shall not include (i) the Company, (ii) any subsidiary of the Company, (iii) any employee benefit plan of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, (iv) any Person or entity holding securities of the Company organized, appointed or established by the Company or any of its subsidiaries for or pursuant to the terms of any such plan acting in such capacity , (v) Dancing Bear Investments, Inc., Michael S. Egan, Todd V. Krizelman, Stephan J. Paternot, H. Wayne Huizenga or any Person controlled by any such party, and (B) no Person shall become an "Acquiring Person" (i) as a result of the acquisition of shares of Common Stock by the Company which, by reducing the number of shares Common Stock outstanding, increases the proportional number of shares beneficially owned by such Person together with all Affiliates and Associates of such Person, provided, that if (1) a Person would become an Acquiring Person (but for the operation of this subclause
(i)) as a result of the acquisition of shares of Common Stock by the Company, and (2) after such share acquisition by the Company, such Person, or an Affiliate or Associate of such Person, becomes the Beneficial Owner of any additional shares of Common Stock, then such Person shall be deemed an Acquiring Person; or (ii) if (1) within five Business Days after such Person would otherwise have become or, if such Person did so inadvertently, after such Person discovers that such Person would otherwise have become, an Acquiring Person (but for the operation of this subclause (ii)), such Person notifies the Board of Directors that such Person did so inadvertently, and (2) within two Business Days after such notification (or such greater period of time as may be determined by action of the Board, but in no event greater than five Business Days), such Person divests itself of a sufficient number of shares of Common Stock so that such Person is the Beneficial Owner of such number of shares of Common Stock that such Person no longer would be an Acquiring Person.

(b) "Act" shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended and as in effect on the date of this Agreement.

(c) "Affiliate" and "Associate" shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in Rule 12b-2 of the General Rules and Regulations under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended and as in effect on the date of this Agreement (the "Exchange Act").

(d) A Person shall be deemed the "Beneficial Owner" of, and shall be deemed to "beneficially own," any securities:

(i) which such Person or any of such Person's Affiliates or Associates beneficially owns, directly or indirectly;

(ii) which such Person or any of such Person's Affiliates or Associates has (A) the right to acquire (whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time) pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding, or upon the exercise of conversion rights, exchange rights, rights (other than the Rights), warrants or options, or otherwise; provided, however, that a Person shall not be deemed the "Beneficial Owner" of, or to "beneficially own," securities tendered pursuant to a tender or exchange offer made by or on behalf of such Person or any of such Person's Affiliates or Associates until such tendered securities are accepted for purchase or exchange; or (B) the right to vote pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding; provided, further, however, that a Person shall not be deemed the "Beneficial Owner" of, or to "beneficially own," any security if the agreement, arrangement or understanding to vote such security (1) arises solely from a revocable proxy or consent given to such Person in response to a public proxy or consent solicitation made pursuant to, and in accordance with, the applicable rules and regulations promulgated under the Exchange Act and (2) is not also then reportable on Schedule 13D or Schedule 13G under the Exchange Act (or any comparable or successor report); or

(iii) which are beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by any other Person (or any Affiliate or Associate thereof) with which such Person (or any of such Person's Affiliates or Associates) has any agreement, arrangement or understanding (other than customary agreements with and between underwriters and selling group members with respect to a bona fide public offering of securities), relating to the acquisition, holding, voting (except to the extent contemplated by the second proviso to Section 1(d)(ii)(B)) or disposing of any securities of the Company.

Notwithstanding anything in this definition of a Beneficial Owner to the contrary, the phrase "then outstanding," when used with reference to a Person's Beneficial Ownership of securities of the Company, shall mean the number of such securities then issued and outstanding together with the number of such securities not then actually issued and outstanding which such Person would be deemed to own beneficially hereunder.

(e) "Business Day" shall mean any day other than a Saturday, Sunday, or a day on which banking institutions in the State of New York are authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close.

(f) "Close of Business" on any given date shall mean 5:00 P.M., New York City time, on such date; provided, however, that if such date is not a Business Day it shall mean 5:00 P.M., New York City time, on the next succeeding Business Day.

(g) "Common Stock" shall mean the Common Stock, $.001 par value, of the Company or, in the event of a subdivision, combination or consolidation with respect to such Common Stock, the Common Stock resulting from such subdivision, combination or consolidation. "Common Stock" when used with reference to stock issued by any Person other than the Company shall mean the capital stock (or equity interest) with the greatest combined economic and voting power of such Person or, if such other Person is a subsidiary of another Person, of the Person or Persons which ultimately control such first-mentioned Person.

(h) "Disinterested Directors" shall mean the members of the Board who are not (i) employees of the Company, (ii) Acquiring Persons or their Affiliates or Associates or representatives of any of them, or (iii) any Person who was directly or indirectly proposed or nominated as a director of the Company by a Transaction Person.

(i) "Distribution Date" shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 3 hereof.

(j) "Final Expiration Date" shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 7 hereof.

(k) "Interested Stockholder" shall mean any Acquiring Person or Transaction Person or any Affiliate or Associate of an Acquiring Person or Transaction Person or any other Person in which any such Acquiring Person, Transaction Person, Affiliate or Associate has an interest which represents in excess of 5% of the total combined economic or voting power of such Person, or any other Person acting directly or indirectly on behalf of or in concert with any such Acquiring Person, Transaction Person, Affiliate or Associate.

(l) "Permitted Offer" shall mean a tender or exchange offer for all outstanding shares of Common Stock (other than a tender or exchange offer which would constitute a Transaction) which is at a price and on terms determined, prior to the purchase of such shares under such tender or exchange offer, by at least a majority of the Disinterested Directors to be both adequate and otherwise in the best interests of the Company and its shareholders (other than the Person, or any Affiliate or Associate thereof, on whose behalf the offer is being made) taking into account all factors that such Disinterested Directors may deem relevant.

(m) "Person" shall mean any individual, firm, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust, association, joint venture or other entity, and shall include any successor (by merger or otherwise) of such entity.

(n) "Preferred Stock" shall mean the Junior Participating Preferred Stock, $.001 par value per share, of the Company having the relative rights, preferences and limitations set forth in the Form of Certificate of Designation, Preferences and Rights attached to this Agreement as Exhibit A.

(o) "Section 11(a)(ii) Event" shall mean any event described in
Section 11(a)(ii) hereof.

(p) "Section 13 Event" shall mean any event described in clause
(x), (y) or (z) of Section 13(a) hereof.

(q) "Stock Acquisition Date" shall mean the first date of public announcement (which for purposes of this definition, shall include, without limitation, a report filed pursuant to the Exchange Act) by the Company or an Acquiring Person that an Acquiring Person has become such.

(r) A "subsidiary" of any Person shall mean any corporation or other Person of which a majority of the voting power of the voting equity securities or equity interests is owned, directly or indirectly, by such Person.

(s) "Transaction" shall mean any merger, consolidation or sale of assets described in Section 13(a) hereof or any acquisition of Common Stock of the Company which would result in a Person becoming a Transaction Person.

(t) "Transaction Person" with respect to a Transaction shall mean
(x) any Person who (i) is or will become an Acquiring Person or a Principal Party (as such term is defined in Section 13(b) hereof) if the Transaction were to be consummated and (ii) either (A) such Person directly or indirectly proposed or nominated a director of the Company which director is in office at the time of consideration of the Transaction, or (B) the Transaction with such Person was approved by persons elected to the Board of Directors with the objective, for the purpose or with the effect of facilitating a merger or consolidation of the Company, a sale, mortgage or transfer, in one or more transactions, of assets or earning power aggregating more than 50% of the assets or earning power of the Company and its subsidiaries (taken as a whole) or any transaction which would result in a Person becoming an Acquiring Person, or (y) an Affiliate or Associate of such a Person.

(u) "Triggering Event" shall mean any Section 11(a)(ii) Event or any Section 13 Event.

(v) "Voting Power" shall mean the voting power of all securities of the Company then outstanding generally entitled to vote for the election of directors of the Company.

Section 2. Appointment of Rights Agent. The Company hereby appoints the Rights Agent to act as agent for the Company in accordance with the terms and conditions hereof, and the Rights Agent hereby accepts such appointment. The Company may from time to time appoint such co-Rights Agents as it may deem necessary or desirable, upon ten (10) days' prior written notice to the Rights Agent. The Rights Agent shall have no duty to supervise, and in no event be liable for, the acts or omissions of any such co-Rights Agent.

Section 3. Issue of Right Certificates. (a) The Rights will be evidenced by the certificates for Common Stock registered in the names of the holders thereof (which certificates shall also be deemed to be Right Certificates (as defined below)) and not by separate Right Certificates, and the right to receive Right Certificates will be transferable only in connection with the transfer of the underlying shares of Common Stock
(including a transfer to the Company), until the earliest to occur of (i)
the Stock Acquisition Date or (ii) the Close of Business on the tenth Business Day (or such later date as may be determined by action of the Company's Board of Directors) after the date of the commencement by any Person (other than the Company, any subsidiary of the Company, any employee benefit plan of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any Person or entity organized, appointed or established by the Company for or pursuant to the terms of any such plan) of, or of the first public announcement of the intention of any Person (other than the Company, any subsidiary of the Company, any employee benefit plan of the Company or of any subsidiary of the Company or any Person or entity organized, appointed or established by the Company for or pursuant to the terms of any such plan) to commence (which intention to commence remains in effect for five Business Days after such announcement), a tender or exchange offer the consummation of which would result in any Person becoming an Acquiring Person (including, in the case of both clauses (i) and (ii) of this Section 3(a), any such date which is after the date of this Agreement and prior to the issuance of the Rights) or (iii) twenty Business Days prior to the date on which a Transaction is reasonably expected to become effective or be consummated (the earliest of such dates being herein referred to as the "Distribution Date"); provided, however, that if the tender or exchange offer referred to in clause (ii) above is terminated prior to the occurrence of a Distribution Date, then no Distribution Date shall occur as a result of such tender offer. As soon as practicable after the Distribution Date, the Company will prepare and execute, and the Rights Agent will countersign and send, or cause to be sent, by first-class, insured, postage prepaid mail, to each record holder of the Common Stock as of the Close of Business on the Distribution Date, at the address of such holder shown on the records of the Company, a Right Certificate, substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto (a "Right Certificate"), evidencing one Right for each share of Common Stock so held. As of and after the Distribution Date, the Rights will be evidenced solely by such Right Certificates.

(b) Certificates issued for Common Stock which become outstanding (including, without limitation, reacquired Common Stock referred to in the last sentence of Section 3(b)) prior to the earliest of the Distribution Date, the Redemption Date or the Final Expiration Date, shall be deemed also to be certificates for Rights and from and after the date hereof shall bear the following legend:

This certificate also evidences and entitles the holder hereof to certain rights as set forth in a Shareholder Rights Agreement between theglobe.com, inc. (the "Company") and American Stock Transfer & Trust Company (the "Rights Agent") dated as of September __, 1998 (the "Shareholder Rights Agreement"), the terms of which are hereby incorporated herein by reference and a copy of which is on file at the principal offices of the Company. Under certain circumstances, as set forth in the Shareholder Rights Agreement, such Rights will be evidenced by separate certificates and will no longer be evidenced by this certificate. The Company will mail to the holder of this certificate a copy of the Shareholder Rights Agreement without charge after receipt by the Company's corporate secretary of a written request therefor from such holder. Under certain circumstances set forth in the Shareholder Rights Agreement, Rights issued to, or held by, any Person who is, was or becomes an Interested Stockholder (as defined in the Shareholder Rights Agreement) and any subsequent holder may become null and void.

With respect to such certificates containing the foregoing legend, until the Distribution Date, the Rights associated with the Common Stock represented by such certificates shall be evidenced by such certificates alone, and the surrender for transfer of any such certificates shall also constitute the transfer of the Rights associated with the Common Stock represented thereby. In the event that the Company purchases or acquires any shares of Common Stock prior to the Distribution Date, any Rights associated with such shares of Common Stock shall be deemed canceled and retired so that the Company shall not be entitled to exercise any Rights associated with the Common Stock which are no longer outstanding.

Section 4. Form of Right Certificate. (a) The Right Certificates (and the forms of election to purchase and of assignment to be printed on the reverse thereof) may have such marks of identification or designation and such legends, summaries or endorsements printed thereon as the Company may deem appropriate and as are not inconsistent with the provisions of this Agreement, or as may be required to comply with any applicable law or with any rule or regulation made pursuant thereto or with any rule or regulation of any stock exchange on which the Rights may from time to time be listed, or to conform to usage. Subject to the provisions of Section 11 and Section 23 hereof, the Right Certificates shall entitle the holders thereof to purchase such number of one one-thousandth of a share of Preferred Stock as shall be set forth therein at the price per one one-thousandth of a share set forth therein (the "Purchase Price"), but the amount and type of securities purchasable upon the exercise of each Right and the Purchase Price thereof shall be subject to adjustment as provided herein.

(b) Any Right Certificate issued pursuant to Section 3(a) or
Section 23 hereof that represents Rights beneficially owned by an Interested Stockholder and any Right Certificate issued at any time upon the transfer of any Rights to such an Interested Stockholder or to any nominee of such Interested Stockholder which are null and void pursuant to
Section 7(e) hereof, and any Right Certificate issued pursuant to Section 6 or Section 11 upon transfer, exchange, replacement or adjustment of any other Right Certificate hereof referred to in this sentence, shall contain (to the extent feasible) the following legend:

The Rights represented by this Right Certificate are or were beneficially owned by a Person who was or became an Interested Stockholder. Accordingly, this Right Certificate and the Rights represented hereby are null and void.

Provisions of Section 7(e) hereof shall be operative whether or not the foregoing legend is contained on any such Right Certificate. The Company shall give notice to the Rights Agent promptly after it becomes aware of the existence of any Interested Stockholder.

Section 5. Countersignature and Registration. The Right Certificates shall be executed on behalf of the Company by its Chairman, any Chief Executive Officer, President or Vice President, either manually or by facsimile signature, shall have affixed thereto the Company's seal or a facsimile thereof, and shall be attested by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company, either manually or by facsimile signature. The Right Certificates shall be countersigned by the Rights Agent and shall not be valid for any purpose unless so countersigned. In case any officer of the Company who shall have signed any of the Right Certificates shall cease to be such officer of the Company before countersignature by the Rights Agent and issuance and delivery by the Company, such Right Certificates, nevertheless, may be countersigned by the Rights Agent, and issued and delivered by the Company with the same force and effect as though the person who signed such Right Certificates had not ceased to be such officer of the Company; and any Right Certificate may be signed on behalf of the Company by any person who, at the actual date of the execution of such Right Certificate, shall be a proper officer of the Company to sign such Right Certificate, although at the date of the execution of this Rights Agreement any such person was not such an officer.

Following the Distribution Date, the Rights Agent will keep or cause to be kept, at its office designated as the appropriate place for surrender of such Right Certificate for transfer, books for registration and transfer of the Right Certificates issued hereunder. Such books shall show the names and addresses of the respective holders of the Right Certificates, the number of Rights evidenced on its face by each of the Right Certificates and the certificate number and the date of each of the Right Certificates.

Section 6. Transfer, Split Up, Combination and Exchange of Right Certificates; Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Right Certificate. Subject to the provisions of Sections 4(b), 7(e) and 15 hereof, at any time after the Close of Business on the Distribution Date, and at or prior to the Close of Business on the earlier of the Redemption Date or the Final Expiration Date, any Right Certificate or Right Certificates may be transferred, split up, combined or exchanged for another Right Certificate or Right Certificates, entitling the registered holder to purchase a like number of one one-thousandths of a share of Preferred Stock (or, following a Triggering Event, other securities, as the case may be) as the Right Certificate or Right Certificates surrendered then entitled such holder (or former holder in the case of a transfer) to purchase. Any registered holder desiring to transfer, split up, combine or exchange any Right Certificate or Right Certificates shall make such request in writing delivered to the Rights Agent, and shall surrender the Right Certificate or Right Certificates to be transferred, split-up, combined or exchanged at the principal office of the Rights Agent designated for such purpose. Neither the Rights Agent nor the Company shall be obligated to take any action whatsoever with respect to the transfer of any such surrendered Right Certificate until the registered holder shall have completed and signed the certificate contained in the form of assignment on the reverse side of such Right Certificate and shall have provided such additional evidence of the identity of the Beneficial Owner (or former Beneficial Owner) or Affiliates or Associates thereof as the Company shall reasonably request. Thereupon the Rights Agent shall, subject to the provisions of Section 4(b), Section 7(e) and Section 15 hereof, countersign and deliver to the Person entitled thereto a Right Certificate or Right Certificates, as the case may be, as so requested. The Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any transfer, split up, combination or exchange of Right Certificates.

Upon receipt by the Company and the Rights Agent of evidence reasonably satisfactory to them of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of a Right Certificate, and, in case of loss, theft or destruction, of indemnity or security reasonably satisfactory to them, and, at the Company's request, reimbursement to the Company and the Rights Agent of all reasonable expenses incidental thereto, and upon surrender to the Rights Agent and cancellation of the Right Certificate if mutilated, the Company will make and deliver a new Right Certificate of like tenor to the Rights Agent for countersignature and delivery to the registered holder in lieu of the Right Certificate so lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated.

Section 7. Exercise of Rights; Purchase Price; Expiration Date of Rights. (a) Subject to Section 7(e) hereof, the registered holder of any Right Certificate may exercise the Rights evidenced thereby (except as otherwise provided herein) in whole or in part at any time after the Distribution Date upon surrender of the Right Certificate, with the form of election to purchase and the certificate on the reverse side thereof duly executed, to the Rights Agent at the principal office or offices of the Rights Agent designated for such purpose, together with payment of the aggregate Purchase Price for the total number of one one-thousandths of a share of Preferred Stock (or other securities, as the case may be) as to which such surrendered Rights are exercised, at or prior to the earliest of
(i) the Close of Business on September ___, 2008 (the "Final Expiration Date"), (ii) the time at which the Rights are redeemed as provided in
Section 24 hereof (the "Redemption Date"), (iii) the time at which the Rights are exchanged as provided in Section 25 hereof, or (iv) the consummation of a transaction contemplated by Section 13(e) hereof.

(b) From and after the date hereof, the Purchase Price for each one one-thousandth share of Preferred Stock pursuant to the exercise of a Right shall be [to be determined], subject to adjustment from time to time as provided in the third sentence of this Section 7(b) and in Sections 11 and 13(a) hereof. The Purchase Price shall be payable in accordance with
Section 7(c) below. Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, in the event that at any time after the date of this Agreement and prior to the Distribution Date, the Company shall (i) declare or pay any dividend on the Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock or (ii) effect a subdivision, combination or consolidation of the Common Stock (by reclassification or otherwise than by payment of dividends in Common Stock) into a greater or lesser number of Common Stock, then in any such case, each share of Common Stock outstanding following such subdivision, combination or consolidation shall continue to have one Right (subject to adjustment as provided herein) associated therewith and the Purchase Price following any such event shall be proportionately adjusted to equal the result obtained by multiplying the Purchase Price immediately prior to such event by a fraction the numerator of which shall be the total number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to the occurrence of the event and the denominator of which shall be the total number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately following the occurrence of such event, and the number of fractional shares of Preferred Stock issuable upon exercise of each Right shall be proportionately adjusted to equal the result obtained by multiplying the number of fractional shares of Preferred Stock for which a Right is exercisable immediately prior to such event by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the total number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to the occurrence of the event and the denominator of which shall be the total number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately following the occurrence of such event. The adjustment provided for in the preceding sentence shall be made successively whenever such a dividend is declared or paid or such a subdivision, combination or consolidation is effected.

(c) Upon receipt of a Right Certificate representing exercisable Rights, with the form of election to purchase and the certificate duly executed, accompanied by payment of the Purchase Price for the shares of Preferred Stock (or other securities, as the case may be) to be purchased and an amount equal to any applicable transfer tax required to be paid by the holder of such Right Certificate in accordance with Section 6 hereof by certified check, cashier's check or money order payable to the order of the Company, the Rights Agent shall, subject to Section 21(k), thereupon promptly (i)(A) requisition from any transfer agent of the shares of Preferred Stock certificates for the number of shares of Preferred Stock to be purchased, and the Company hereby irrevocably authorizes its transfer agent to comply with all such requests, or (B) requisition from the depositary agent (if the Company, in its sole discretion, shall have elected to deposit the shares of Preferred Stock issuable upon exercise of the Rights hereunder into a depositary) depositary receipts representing such number of one one-thousandths of a share of Preferred Stock as are to be purchased (in which case certificates for the shares of Preferred Stock represented by such receipts shall be deposited by the transfer agent with the depositary agent) and the Company will direct the depositary agent to comply with such requests, (ii) when appropriate, requisition from the Company the amount of cash to be paid in lieu of issuance of fractional shares in accordance with Section 15 hereof, (iii) after receipt of such certificates or depositary receipts, cause the same to be delivered to or upon the order of the registered holder of such Right Certificate, registered in such name or names as may be designated by such holder and
(iv) when appropriate, after receipt thereof deliver such cash to or upon the order of the registered holder of such Right Certificate. In the event that the Company is obligated to issue other securities (including Common Stock) of the Company pursuant to Section 11(a) hereof, the Company will make all arrangements necessary so that such other securities are available for distribution by the Rights Agent, if and when appropriate.

In addition, in the case of an exercise of the Rights by a holder pursuant to Section 11(a)(ii) hereof, the Rights Agent shall return such Right Certificate to the registered holder thereof after imprinting, stamping or otherwise indicating thereon that the rights represented by such Right Certificate no longer include the rights provided by Section 11(a)(ii) hereof and if less than all the Rights represented by such Right Certificate were so exercised, the Rights Agent shall indicate on the Right Certificate the number of Rights represented thereby which continue to include the rights provided by Section 11(a)(ii) hereof.

(d) In case the registered holder of any Right Certificate shall exercise less than all the Rights evidenced thereby, a new Right Certificate evidencing Rights equivalent to the Rights remaining unexercised shall be issued by the Rights Agent to the registered holder of such Right Certificate or to his duly authorized assigns, subject to the provisions of Section 15 hereof, or the Rights Agent shall place an appropriate notation on the Right Certificate with respect to those Rights exercised.

(e) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, if an Interested Stockholder engages in or there occurs one or more of the transactions set forth in Section 11(a)(ii) or Section 13(a) on or after the time the Interested Stockholder became such, then any Rights that are or were on or after the earlier of the Distribution Date or the Stock Acquisition Date beneficially owned by (i) an Interested Stockholder, (ii) a transferee of an Interested Stockholder who becomes a transferee after the Interested Stockholder becomes such, or (iii) a transferee of an Interested Stockholder who becomes a transferee prior to or concurrently with the Interested Stockholder becoming such and receives such Rights pursuant to either (A) a transfer (whether or not for consideration) from the Interested Stockholder to holders of equity interests in such Interested Stockholder or to any Person with whom the Interested Stockholder has a continuing agreement, arrangement or understanding regarding the transferred Rights or (B) a transfer which the Board of Directors of the Company has determined is part of a plan, arrangement or understanding which has as a primary purpose or effect the avoidance of this Section 7(e), shall become null and void without any further action and no holder of such Rights shall have any rights whatsoever with respect to such Rights, whether under any provision of this Agreement or otherwise. The Company shall use all reasonable efforts to insure that the provisions of this Section 7(e) and Section 4(b) hereof are complied with, but shall have no liability to any holder of Right Certificates or other Person as a result of its failure to make any determinations with respect to an Interested Stockholder or its transferees hereunder.

(f) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, neither the Rights Agent nor the Company shall be obligated to undertake any action with respect to a registered holder upon the occurrence of any purported exercise as set forth in this Section 7 unless such registered holder shall have (i) completed and signed the certificate contained in the form of election to purchase set forth on the reverse side of the Right Certificate surrendered for such exercise and (ii) provided such additional evidence of the identity of the Beneficial Owner (or former Beneficial Owner) or Affiliates or Associates thereof as the Company shall reasonably request.

Section 8. Cancellation and Destruction of Right Certificates. All Right Certificates surrendered for the purpose of exercise (other than a partial exercise), transfer, split up, combination or exchange shall, if surrendered to the Company or to any of its agents, be delivered to the Rights Agent for cancellation or in canceled form, or, if surrendered to the Rights Agent, shall be canceled by it, and no Right Certificates shall be issued in lieu thereof except as expressly permitted by any of the provisions of this Agreement. The Company shall deliver to the Rights Agent for cancellation and retirement, and the Rights Agent shall so cancel and retire, any other Right Certificate purchased or acquired by the Company otherwise than upon the exercise thereof. The Rights Agent shall deliver all canceled Right Certificates to the Company, or shall, at the written request of the Company, destroy such canceled Right Certificates, and in such case shall deliver a certificate of destruction thereof to Company.

Section 9. Reservation and Availability of Capital Stock. The Company covenants and agrees that at all time prior to the occurrence of a
Section 11(a)(ii) Event it will cause to be reserved and kept available out of its authorized and unissued shares of Preferred Stock, or any authorized and issued shares of Preferred Stock held in its treasury, the number of shares of Preferred Stock that will be sufficient to permit the exercise in full of all outstanding Rights and, after the occurrence of a Section
11(a)(ii) Event, shall, to the extent reasonably practicable, so reserve and keep available a sufficient number of shares of Common Stock (and/or other securities) which may be required to permit the exercise in full of the Rights pursuant to this Agreement.

So long as the shares of Preferred Stock (and, after the occurrence of a Section 11(a)(ii) Event, shares of Common Stock, or any other securities, as the case may be) issuable upon the exercise of the Rights may be listed on any national securities exchange, the Company shall use its best efforts to cause, from and after such time as the Rights become exercisable, all shares reserved for such issuance to be listed on such exchange upon official notice of issuance upon such exercise.

The Company covenants and agrees that it will take all such action as may be necessary to ensure that all shares of Preferred Stock (or shares of Common Stock and/or other securities, as the case may be) delivered upon exercise of Rights shall, at the time of delivery of the certificates for such shares or other securities (subject to payment of the Purchase Price), be duly and validly authorized and issued and fully paid and nonassessable shares or securities.

The Company further covenants and agrees that it will pay when due and payable any and all U.S. federal and state transfer taxes and charges which may be payable in respect of the issuance or delivery of the Right Certificates or of any shares of Preferred Stock (or shares of Common Stock and/or other securities, as the case may be) upon the exercise of Rights. The Company shall not, however, be required to pay any transfer tax which may be payable in respect of any transfer or delivery of Right Certificates to a person other than, or the issuance or delivery of certificates or depositary receipts for the shares of Preferred Stock (or shares of Common Stock and/or other securities, as the case may be) in a name other than that of, the registered holder of the Right Certificate evidencing Rights surrendered for exercise or to issue or to deliver any certificates or depositary receipts for shares of Preferred Stock (or shares of Common Stock and/or other securities, as the case may be) upon the exercise of any Rights, until any such tax shall have been paid (any such tax being payable by the holder of such Right Certificate at the time of surrender) or until it has been established to the Company's reasonable satisfaction that no such tax is due.

The Company shall use its best efforts to (i) file, as soon as practicable following the Stock Acquisition Date (or, if required by law, at such earlier time following the Distribution Date as so required), a registration statement under the Act, with respect to the securities purchasable upon exercise of the Rights on an appropriate form, (ii) cause such registration statement to become effective as soon as practicable after such filing, and (iii) cause such registration statement to remain effective (with a prospectus at all times meeting the requirements of the Act and the rules and regulations thereunder) until the date of the expiration of the rights provided by Section 11(a)(ii). The Company will also take such action as may be appropriate under the blue sky laws of the various states.

Section 10. Preferred Stock Record Date. Each Person in whose name any certificate for shares of Preferred Stock (or shares of Common Stock and/or other securities, as the case may be) is issued upon the exercise of Rights shall for all purposes be deemed to have become the holder of record of the shares of Preferred Stock (or shares of Common Stock and/or other securities, as the case may be) represented thereby on, and such certificate shall be dated, the date upon which the Right Certificate evidencing such Rights was duly surrendered and payment of the Purchase Price (and any applicable transfer taxes) was made; provided, however, that if the date of such surrender and payment is a date upon which the Preferred Stock (or shares of Common Stock and/or other securities, as the case may be) transfer books of the Company are closed, such person shall be deemed to have become the record holder of such shares on, and such certificate shall be dated, the next succeeding Business Day on which the Preferred Stock (or shares of Common Stock and/or other securities, as the case may be) transfer books of the Company are open.

Section 11. Adjustment of Purchase Price, Number and Kind of Shares or Number of Rights. The Purchase Price, the number and kind of shares covered by each Right and the number of Rights outstanding are subject to adjustment from time to time as provided in this Section 11:

(a) (i) In the event the Company shall at any time after the date of this Agreement (A) declare a dividend on the Preferred Stock payable in shares of Preferred Stock, (B) subdivide the outstanding Preferred Stock, (C) combine the outstanding Preferred Stock into a smaller number of shares or (D) issue any shares of its capital stock in a reclassification of the Preferred Stock (including any such reclassification in connection with a consolidation or merger in which the Company is the continuing or surviving corporation), except as otherwise provided in this Section 11(a) and Section 7(e) hereof, the Purchase Price in effect at the time of the record date for such dividend or of the effective date of such subdivision, combination or reclassification, and the number and kind of shares of capital stock issuable on such date, shall be proportionately adjusted so that the holder of any Right exercised after such time shall be entitled to receive the aggregate number and kind of shares of capital stock which, if such Right had been exercised immediately prior to such date and at a time when the Preferred Stock transfer books of the Company were open, such holder would have owned upon such exercise and been entitled to receive by virtue of such dividend, subdivision, combination or reclassification; provided, however, that in no event shall the consideration to be paid upon the exercise of one Right be less than the aggregate par value of the shares of capital stock of the Company issuable upon exercise of one Right. If an event occurs which would require an adjustment under both this Section 11(a)(i) and
Section 11(a)(ii) hereof, the adjustment provided for in this Section 11(a)(i) shall be in addition to, and shall be made prior to, any adjustment required pursuant to Section 11(a)(ii) hereof.

(ii) In the event any Person, alone or together with its Affiliates and Associates, shall become an Acquiring Person, then proper provision shall be made so that each holder of a Right (except as provided below and in Section 7(e) hereof) shall, for a period of 60 days after the later of (i) the occurrence of any such event or
(ii) the effective date of an appropriate registration statement under the Act pursuant to Section 9 hereof, have a right to receive, upon exercise thereof at a price equal to the then current Purchase Price in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, such number of shares of Common Stock of the Company (or, in the discretion of the Board of Directors, one one-thousandths of a share of Preferred Stock) as shall equal the result obtained by (x) multiplying the then current Purchase Price by the then number of one one-thousandths of a share of Preferred Stock for which a Right was exercisable immediately prior to the first occurrence of a Section 11(a)(ii) Event and (y) dividing that product by 50% of the then current per share market price of the Company's Common Stock (determined pursuant to Section 11(d) hereof) on the date of such first occurrence (such number of shares being referred to as the "Adjustment Shares"); provided, however, that if the transaction that would otherwise give rise to the foregoing adjustment is also subject to the provisions of Section 13 hereof, then only the provisions of Section 13 hereof shall apply and no adjustment shall be made pursuant to this Section 11(a)(ii).

(iii) In the event that there shall not be sufficient treasury shares or authorized but unissued (and unreserved) shares of Common Stock to permit the exercise in full of the Rights in accordance with the foregoing Section 11(a)(ii) and the Rights become so exercisable (and the Board has determined to make the Rights exercisable into fractions of a share of preferred stock), notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent necessary and permitted by applicable law, each Right shall thereafter represent the right to receive, upon exercise thereof at the then current Purchase Price in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, (A) a number of shares (or fractions of shares) of Common Stock (up to the maximum number of shares of Common Stock which may permissibly be issued) and (B) a number of one one-thousandths of a share of Preferred Stock or a number of (or fractions of) other equity securities of the Company (or, in the discretion of the Board, debt securities) which the Board has determined to have the same aggregate current market value (determined pursuant to Sections 11(d)(i) and 11(d)(ii) hereof, to the extent applicable) as one share of Common Stock (such number of shares (or fractions of shares) of Preferred Stock (or other equity securities or debt securities of the Company) being referred to as a "capital stock equivalent"), equal in the aggregate to the number of Adjustment Shares; provided, however, if sufficient shares of Common Stock and/or capital stock equivalents are unavailable, then the Company shall, to the extent permitted by applicable law, take all such action as may be necessary to authorize additional shares of Common Stock or capital stock equivalents for issuance upon exercise of the Rights, including the calling of a meeting of shareholders; and provided, further, that if the Company is unable to cause sufficient shares of Common Stock and/or capital stock equivalents to be available for issuance upon exercise in full of the Rights, then each Right shall thereafter represent the right to receive the Adjusted Number of Shares upon exercise at the Adjusted Purchase Price (as such terms are hereinafter defined). As used herein, the term "Adjusted Number of Shares" shall be equal to that number of shares (or fractions of shares) of Common Stock (and/or capital stock equivalents) equal to the product of (x) the number of Adjustment Shares and (y) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock (and/or shares or units of common stock equivalents) available for issuance upon exercise of the Rights and the denominator of which is the aggregate number of Adjustment Shares otherwise issuable upon exercise in full of all Rights (assuming there were a sufficient number of shares of Common Stock available) (such fraction being referred to as the "Proration Factor"). The "Adjusted Purchase Price" shall mean the product of the Purchase Price and the Proration Factor. The Board of Directors may, but shall not be required to, establish procedures to allocate the right to receive shares of Common Stock and capital stock equivalents upon exercise of the Rights among holders of Rights.

(b) In case the Company shall fix a record date for the issuance of rights (other than the Rights), options or warrants to all holders of Preferred Stock entitling them (for a period expiring within 45 calendar days after such record date) to subscribe for or purchase shares of Preferred Stock (or shares having the same rights and privileges as the Preferred Stock ("equivalent preferred stock")) or securities convertible into shares of Preferred Stock or equivalent preferred stock at a price per share of Preferred Stock or per share of equivalent preferred stock (or having a conversion price per share, if a security convertible into shares of Preferred Stock or equivalent preferred stock) less than the then current per share market price of the Preferred Stock (as determined pursuant to Section 11(d) hereof) on such record date, the Purchase Price to be in effect after such record date shall be determined by multiplying the Purchase Price in effect immediately prior to such record date by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the number of shares of Preferred Stock outstanding on such record date, plus the number of shares of Preferred Stock which the aggregate offering price of the total number of shares of Preferred Stock and/or equivalent preferred stock so to be offered (and/or the aggregate initial conversion price of the convertible securities so to be offered) would purchase at such current per share market price, and the denominator of which shall be the number of shares of Preferred Stock outstanding on such record date, plus the number of additional shares of Preferred Stock and/or equivalent preferred stock to be offered for subscription or purchase (or into which the convertible securities so to be offered are initially convertible); provided, however, that in no event shall the consideration to be paid upon the exercise of one Right be less than the aggregate par value of the shares of capital stock of the Company issuable upon the exercise of one Right. In case such subscription price may be paid in a consideration part or all of which shall be in a form other than cash, the value of such consideration shall be determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company, whose determination shall be described in a statement filed with the Rights Agent and shall be binding on the Rights Agent. Shares of Preferred Stock owned by or held for the account of the Company shall not be deemed outstanding for the purpose of any such computation. Such adjustment shall be made successively whenever such a record date is fixed, and in the event that such rights, options or warrants are not so issued, the Purchase Price shall be adjusted to be the Purchase Price which would then be in effect if such record date had not been fixed.

(c) In case the Company shall fix a record date for the making of a distribution to all holders of Preferred Stock (including any such distribution made in connection with a consolidation or merger in which the Company is the continuing or surviving corporation) of evidences of indebtedness or assets (other than a regular quarterly cash dividend or a dividend payable in Preferred Stock) or subscription rights or warrants (excluding those referred to in Section 11(b) hereof), the Purchase Price to be in effect after such record date shall be determined by multiplying the Purchase Price in effect immediately prior to such record date by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the then current per share market price (as determined pursuant to Section 11(d) hereof) of the Preferred Stock on such record date, less the fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company, whose determination shall be described in a statement filed with the Rights Agent and shall be binding on the Rights Agent) of the portion of the assets or evidences of indebtedness so to be distributed or of such subscription rights or warrants applicable to one share of Preferred Stock and the denominator of which shall be such current per share market price of the Preferred Stock; provided, however, that in no event shall the consideration to be paid upon the exercise of one Right be less than the aggregate par value of the shares of capital stock of the Company to be issued upon exercise of one Right. Such adjustments shall be made successively whenever such a record date is fixed; and in the event that such distribution is not so made, the Purchase Price shall again be adjusted to be the Purchase Price which would be in effect if such record date had not been fixed.

(d) (i) For the purpose of any computation hereunder, the "current per share market price" of any security (a "Security" for the purpose of this Section 11(d)(i)) on any date shall be deemed to be the average of the daily closing prices per share of such Security for the 30 consecutive Trading Days (as such term is hereinafter defined) immediately prior to such date; provided, however, that in the event that the current per share market price of the Security is determined during a period following the announcement by the issuer of such Security of (A) a dividend or distribution on such Security payable in shares of such Security or securities convertible into such shares, or (B) any subdivision, combination or reclassification of such Security, and prior to the expiration of 30 Trading Days after the ex-dividend date for such dividend or distribution, or the record date for such subdivision, combination or reclassification, then, and in each such case, the "current per share market price" shall be appropriately adjusted to reflect the current per share market price equivalent of such Security. The closing price for each day shall be the last sale price, regular way, or, in case no such sale takes place on such day, the average of the closing bid and asked prices, regular way, in either case as reported in the principal consolidated transaction reporting system with respect to securities listed or admitted to trading on the New York Stock Exchange or, if the Security is not listed or admitted to trading on the New York Stock Exchange, as reported in the principal consolidated transaction reporting system with respect to securities listed on the principal national securities exchange on which the Security is listed or admitted to trading or, if the Security is not listed or admitted to trading on any national securities exchange, the last quoted price or, if not so quoted, the average of the high bid and low asked prices in the over-the-counter market, as reported by the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. Automated Quotations System ("NASDAQ") or such other system then in use, or, if on any such date the Security is not quoted by any such organization, the average of the closing bid and asked prices as furnished by a professional market maker, selected by the Board, making a market in the Security. If on any such date no such market maker is making a market in the Security, the fair value of the Security on such date as determined in good faith by the Board shall be used. The term "Trading Day" shall mean a day on which the principal national securities exchange on which the Security is listed or admitted to trading is open for the transaction of business or, if the Security is not listed or admitted to trading on any national securities exchange, a Business Day. Subject to Section 11(d)(ii) hereof, if any Security is not publicly held or so listed or traded, "current per share market price" of such Security shall mean the fair market value per share as determined in good faith by the Board, whose determination shall be described in a statement filed with the Rights Agent and shall be binding on the Rights Agent.

(ii) For the purpose of any computation hereunder, the "current per share market price" of the Preferred Stock shall be determined in accordance with the method set forth in the foregoing Section 11(d)(i). If the Preferred Stock is not publicly traded, the current per share market price of the Preferred Stock shall be conclusively deemed to be the current per share market price of the Common Stock as determined pursuant to the foregoing Section 11(d)(i) (appropriately adjusted to reflect any stock split, stock dividend or similar transaction occurring after the date hereof), multiplied by one thousand. If neither the Common Stock nor the Preferred Stock is publicly held or so listed or traded, "current per share market price" shall mean the fair value per share as determined in good faith by the Board, whose determination shall be described in a statement filed with the Rights Agent and shall be binding on the Rights Agent.

(e) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, no adjustment in the Purchase Price shall be required unless such adjustment would require an increase or decrease of at least 1% in the Purchase Price; provided, however, that any adjustments which by reason of this Section 11(e) are not required to be made shall be carried forward and taken into account in any subsequent adjustment. All calculations under this Section 11 shall be made to the nearest cent or to the nearest one one-thousandth of a share of Preferred Stock or one hundred-thousandth of any other share or security, as the case may be. Notwithstanding the first sentence of this
Section 11(e), any adjustment required by this Section 11 shall be made no later than the earlier of (i) three years from the date of the transaction which mandates such adjustment or (ii) the Final Expiration Date.

(f) If, as a result of an adjustment made pursuant to Section 11(a)(ii) or 13(a) hereof, the holder of any Right thereafter exercised shall become entitled to receive any shares of capital stock of the Company other than Preferred Stock, thereafter the number of other shares so receivable upon exercise of any Right shall be subject to adjustment from time to time in a manner and on terms as nearly equivalent as practicable to the provisions with respect to the Preferred Stock contained in Sections 11(a) through 11(c) hereof, inclusive, and the provisions of Sections 7, 9, 10, 13 and 15 hereof with respect to the Preferred Stock shall apply on like terms to any such other shares.

(g) All Rights originally issued by the Company subsequent to any adjustment made to the Purchase Price hereunder shall evidence the right to purchase, at the adjusted Purchase Price, the number of one-thousandths of a share of Preferred Stock purchasable from time to time hereunder upon exercise of the Rights, all subject to further adjustment as provided herein.

(h) Unless the Company shall have exercised its election as provided in Section 11(i) hereof, upon each adjustment of the Purchase Price as a result of the calculations made in Sections 11(b) and 11(c) hereof, each Right outstanding immediately prior to the making of such adjustment shall thereafter evidence the right to purchase, at the adjusted Purchase Price, that number of one one-thousandths of a share of Preferred Stock (calculated to the nearest one-millionth of a share of Preferred Stock) obtained by (i) multiplying (A) the number of one one-thousandths of a share of Preferred Stock covered by a Right immediately prior to this adjustment of the Purchase Price by (B) the Purchase Price in effect immediately prior to such adjustment of the Purchase Price and (ii) dividing the product so obtained by the Purchase Price in effect immediately after such adjustment of the Purchase Price.

(i) The Company may elect on or after the date of any adjustment of the Purchase Price to adjust the number of Rights, in lieu of any adjustment in the number of one one-thousandths of a share of Preferred Stock purchasable upon the exercise of a Right. Each of the Rights outstanding after such adjustment of the number of Rights shall be exercisable for the number of one one-thousandths of a share of Preferred Stock for which a Right was exercisable immediately prior to such adjustment. Each Right held of record prior to such adjustment of the number of Rights shall become that number of Rights (calculated to the nearest one ten-thousandth) obtained by dividing the Purchase Price in effect immediately prior to adjustment of the Purchase Price by the Purchase Price in effect immediately after adjustment of the Purchase Price. The Company shall make a public announcement of its election to adjust the number of Rights, indicating the record date for the adjustment, and, if known at the time, the amount of the adjustment to be made. This record date may be the date on which the Purchase Price is adjusted or any day thereafter, but, if the Right Certificates have been issued, shall be at least 10 days later than the date of the public announcement. If Right Certificates have been issued, upon each adjustment of the number of Rights pursuant to this Section 11(i), the Company shall, as promptly as practicable, cause to be distributed to holders of record of Right Certificates on such record date Right Certificates evidencing, subject to
Section 15 hereof, the additional Rights to which such holders shall be entitled as a result of such adjustment, or, at the option of the Company, shall cause to be distributed to such holders of record in substitution and replacement for the Right Certificates held by such holders prior to the date of adjustment, and upon surrender thereof, if required by the Company, new Right Certificates evidencing all the Rights to which such holders shall be entitled after such adjustment. Right Certificates so to be distributed shall be issued, executed and countersigned in the manner provided for herein and shall be registered in the names of the holders of record of Right Certificates on the record date specified in the public announcement.

(j) Irrespective of any adjustment or change in the Purchase Price or the number of one one-thousandths of a share of Preferred Stock issuable upon the exercise of the Rights, the Right Certificates theretofore and thereafter issued may continue to express the Purchase Price and the number of one one-thousandths of a share of Preferred Stock which were expressed in the initial Right Certificates issued hereunder.

(k) Before taking any action that would cause an adjustment reducing the Purchase Price below the then par value, if any, of the number of one one-thousandths of a share of Preferred Stock, Common Stock or other securities issuable upon exercise of the Rights, the Company shall take any corporate action which may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary in order that the Company may validly and legally issue such number of fully paid and nonassessable one one-thousandths of a share of Preferred Stock, Common Stock or other securities at such adjusted Purchase Price.

(1) In any case in which this Section 11 shall require that an adjustment in the Purchase Price be made effective as of a record date for a specified event, the Company may elect to defer until the occurrence of such event the issuance to the holder of any Right exercised after such record date the number of one one-thousandths of a share of Preferred Stock, Common Stock or other securities of the Company, if any, issuable upon such exercise over and above the number of one one-thousandths of a share of Preferred Stock, Common Stock or other securities of the Company, if any, issuable upon exercise on the basis of the Purchase Price in effect prior to such adjustment; provided, however, that the Company shall deliver to such holder a due bill or other appropriate instrument evidencing such holder's right to receive such additional shares upon the occurrence of the event requiring such adjustment.

(m) Notwithstanding anything in this Section 11 to the contrary, the Company shall be entitled to make such reductions in the Purchase Price, in addition to those adjustments expressly required by this Section 11, as and to the extent that it in its sole discretion shall determine to be advisable in order that any (i) consolidation or subdivision of the Preferred Stock, (ii) issuance wholly for cash of any shares of Preferred Stock at less than the current market price, (iii) issuance wholly for cash of shares of Preferred Stock or securities which by their terms are convertible into or exchangeable for shares of Preferred Stock, (iv) stock dividends, or (v) issuance of rights, options or warrants referred to in this Section 11, hereafter made by the Company to holders of its Preferred Stock shall not be taxable to such shareholders.

(n) The exercise of Rights under Section 11(a)(ii) hereof shall only result in the reduction of rights under Section 11(a)(ii) hereof to the extent so exercised and shall not otherwise affect the rights represented by the Rights under this Agreement, including the rights represented by Section 13 hereof.

Section 12. Certificate of Adjusted Purchase Price or Number of Shares. Whenever an adjustment is made as provided in Sections 7(b), 11 or 13 hereof, the Company shall promptly (a) prepare a certificate setting forth such adjustment, and a brief statement of the facts accounting for such adjustment, (b) file with the Rights Agent and with each transfer agent for the Preferred Stock and the Common Stock a copy of such certificate and (c) mail a brief summary thereof to each holder of a Right Certificate in accordance with Section 26 hereof. The Rights Agent shall be fully protected in relying on any such certificate and on any adjustment therein contained and shall not be deemed to have knowledge of such adjustment unless and until it shall have received such certificate.

Section 13. Consolidation, Merger or Sale or Transfer of Assets or Earning Power. (a) In the event that, on or following the Stock Acquisition Date or, if a Transaction is proposed, the Distribution Date, directly or indirectly, (x) the Company shall consolidate with, or merge with and into, any Interested Stockholder or, if in such merger or consolidation all holders of Common Stock are not offered the same consideration, any other Person, (y) the Company shall consolidate with, or merge with, any Interested Stockholder or, if in such merger or consolidation all holders of Common Stock are not offered the same consideration, any other Person and the Company shall be the continuing or surviving corporation of such consolidation or merger (other than, in a case of any transaction described in (x) or (y), a merger or consolidation which would result in all of the securities generally entitled to vote in the election of directors ("voting securities") of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into securities of the surviving entity) all of the voting securities of the Company or such surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation and the holders (and relative percentage holdings of each such holder) of such securities not having changed as a result of such merger or consolidation) or (z) the Company shall sell or otherwise transfer (or one or more of its subsidiaries shall sell or otherwise transfer), in one transaction or a series of related transactions, assets or earning power aggregating more than 50% of the assets or earning power of the Company and its subsidiaries (taken as a whole) to any Interested Stockholder or, if in such transaction all holders of Common Stock are not offered the same consideration, any other Person (other than the Company or any subsidiary of the Company in one or more transactions each of which does not violate Section 14(b) hereof), then, and in each such case (except as provided in Section 13(e) hereof), proper provision shall be made so that (A) each holder of a Right, except as provided in Section 7(e) hereof, shall thereafter have the right to receive, upon the exercise thereof at a price equal to the then current Purchase Price in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, and in lieu of Preferred Stock, such number of shares of freely tradeable Common Stock of the Principal Party (as hereinafter defined), not subject to any liens, rights of first refusal, encumbrances or other adverse claims, as shall equal the result obtained by (1) multiplying the then current Purchase Price by the number of one one-thousandths of a share of Preferred Stock for which a Right is then exercisable (without taking into account any adjustment previously made pursuant to Section 11(a)(ii) hereof) and dividing that product by (2) 50% of the then current per share market price of the Common Stock of such Principal Party (determined pursuant to Section 11(d) hereof) on the date of consummation of such Section 13 Event; (B) such Principal Party shall thereafter be liable for, and shall assume, by virtue of such Section 13 Event, all the obligations and duties of the Company pursuant to this Agreement; (C) the term "Company" shall thereafter be deemed to refer to such Principal Party, it being specifically intended that the provisions of Section 11 hereof shall only apply to such Principal Party following the first occurrence of a Section 13 Event; and (D) such Principal Party shall take such steps (including, but not limited to, the reservation of a sufficient number of shares of its Common Stock) in connection with the consummation of any such transaction as may be necessary to assure that the provisions hereof shall thereafter be applicable, as nearly as reasonably may be, in relation to its shares of Common Stock thereafter deliverable upon the exercise of the Rights.

(b) "Principal Party" shall mean

(i) in the case of any transaction described in (x) or (y) of the first sentence of Section 13(a) hereof, the Person that is the issuer of any securities into which shares of Common Stock of the Company are converted in such merger or consolidation, and if no securities are so issued, the Person that is the other party to such merger or consolidation (including, if applicable, the Company if it is the surviving corporation); and

(ii) in the case of any transaction described in (z) of the first sentence of Section 13(a) hereof, the Person that is the party receiving the greatest portion of the assets or earning power transferred pursuant to such transaction or transactions;

provided, however, that in any of the foregoing cases, (1) if the Common Stock of such Person is not at such time and has not been continuously over the preceding 12-month period registered under Section 12 of the Exchange Act, and such Person is a direct or indirect subsidiary or Affiliate of another Person the Common Stock of which is and has been so registered, "Principal Party" shall refer to such other Person; (2) in case such Person is a subsidiary, directly or indirectly, or Affiliate of more than one Person, the Common Stocks of two or more of which are and have been so registered, "Principal Party" shall refer to whichever of such Persons is the issuer of the Common Stock having the greatest aggregate market value; and (3) in case such Person is owned, directly or indirectly, by a joint venture formed by two or more Persons that are not owned, directly or indirectly, by the same Person, the rules set forth in clauses (1) and (2) above of this Section 13(b) shall apply to each of the chains of ownership having an interest in such joint venture as if such party were a "subsidiary" of both or all of such joint venturers and the Principal Parties in each such chain shall bear the obligations set forth in this
Section 13 in the same ratio as their direct or indirect interests in such Person bear to the total of such interests.

(c) The Company shall not consummate any such consolidation, merger, sale or transfer unless the Principal Party shall have a sufficient number of shares of its authorized Common Stock which have not been issued or reserved for issuance to permit the exercise in full of the Rights in accordance with this Section 13 and unless prior thereto the Company and such Principal Party shall have executed and delivered to the Rights Agent a supplemental agreement providing for the terms set forth in Section 13(a) and 13(b) hereof and further providing that, as soon as practicable after the date of any consolidation, merger, sale or transfer mentioned in
Section 13(a) hereof, the Principal Party at its own expense shall

(i) prepare and file a registration statement under the Act with respect to the Rights and the securities purchasable upon exercise of the Rights on an appropriate form, and use its best efforts to cause such registration statement to (A) become effective as soon as practicable after such filing and (B) remain effective
(with a prospectus at all times meeting the requirements of the Act) until the Final Expiration Date;

(ii) use its best efforts to qualify or register the Rights and the securities purchasable upon exercise of the Rights under the blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as may be necessary or appropriate; and

(iii) deliver to holders of the Rights historical financial statements for the Principal Party which comply in all respects with the requirements for registration on Form 10 under the Exchange Act.

The provisions of this Section 13 shall similarly apply to successive mergers or consolidations or sales or other transfers. The rights under this Section 13 shall be in addition to the rights to exercise Rights and adjustments under Section 11(a)(ii) hereof and shall survive any exercise thereof.

(d) The Company shall not consummate any such merger, consolidation, sale or transfer which shall be a Transaction unless prior thereto certificates evidencing the Rights have been distributed in accordance with Section 3(a) to holders of Common Stock not less than twenty business days prior to the date on which the Transaction becomes effective or is consummated.

(e) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the provisions of this Section 13 shall not be applicable to a transaction described in subparagraphs (x) and (y) of Section 13(a) hereof if: (i) such transaction is consummated with a Person or Persons who acquired shares of Common Stock pursuant to a Permitted Offer (or a wholly owned subsidiary of any such Person or Persons); (ii) the price per share of Common Stock offered in such transaction is not less than the price per share of Common Stock paid to all holders of Common Stock whose shares were purchased pursuant to such Permitted Offer; and (iii) the form of consideration offered in such transaction is the same as the form of consideration paid pursuant to such Permitted Offer. Upon consummation of any such transaction contemplated by this Section 13(e), all Rights hereunder shall expire.

Section 14. Additional Covenants. (a) The Company covenants and agrees that it shall not, at any time after the Distribution Date, (i) consolidate with any other Person (other than a subsidiary of the Company in a transaction which does not violate Section 14(b) hereof), (ii) merge with or into any other Person (other than a subsidiary of the Company in a transaction which does not violate Section 14(b) hereof), or (iii) sell or transfer (or permit any subsidiary to sell or transfer), in one transaction, or a series of related transactions, assets or earning power aggregating more than 50% of the assets or earning power of the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole, to any other Person or Persons (other than the Company and/or any of its subsidiaries in one or more transactions each of which does not violate Section 14(b) hereof) if (x) at the time of or after such consolidation, merger or sale or transfer there are any charter or by-law provisions of the Company or any other Person or any rights, warrants or other instruments of the Company or any other Person outstanding or agreements in effect or any other action taken which would materially diminish or otherwise eliminate the benefits intended to be afforded by the Rights or (y) prior to, simultaneously with or immediately after such consolidation, merger or sale, the shareholders of the Person who constitutes, or would constitute, the "Principal Party" for purposes of
Section 13(a) hereof shall have received a distribution of Rights previously owned by such Person or any of its Affiliates and Associates. The Company shall not consummate any such consolidation, merger, sale or transfer unless prior thereto the Company and such other Person shall have executed and delivered to the Rights Agent a supplemental agreement evidencing compliance with this subsection.

(b) The Company covenants and agrees that, after the earlier of
(i) the Stock Acquisition Date and (ii) the Distribution Date, it will not, except as permitted by Section 24 or Section 28 hereof, take (or permit any of its subsidiaries to take) any action the purpose of which is to, or if at the time such action is taken it is reasonably foreseeable that the effect of which is to, materially diminish or otherwise eliminate the benefits intended to be afforded by the Rights.

Section 15. Fractional Rights and Fractional Shares. (a) The Company shall not be required to issue fractions of Rights or to distribute Right Certificates which evidence fractional Rights. In lieu of such fractional Rights, there shall be paid to the registered holders of the Right Certificates with regard to which such fractional Rights would otherwise be issuable, an amount in cash equal to the same fraction of the current market value of a whole Right. For the purposes of this Section
15(a), the current market value of a whole Right shall be the closing price of the Rights for the Trading Day immediately prior to the date on which such fractional Rights would have been otherwise issuable. The closing price of the Rights for any day shall be the last sale price, regular way, or, in case no such sale takes place on such day, the average of the closing bid and asked prices, regular way, in either case as reported in the principal consolidated transaction reporting system with respect to securities listed or admitted to trading on the New York Stock Exchange or, if the Rights are not listed or admitted to trading on the New York Stock Exchange, as reported in the principal consolidated transaction reporting system with respect to securities listed on the principal national securities exchange on which the Rights are listed or admitted to trading or, if the Rights are not listed or admitted to trading on any national securities exchange, the last quoted price or, if not so quoted, the average of the high bid and low asked prices in the over-the-counter market, as reported by NASDAQ or such other system then in use or, if on any such date the Rights are not quoted by any such organization, the average of the closing bid and asked prices as furnished by a professional market maker, selected by the Board, making a market in the Rights. If on any such date no such market maker is making a market in the Rights the fair value of the Rights on such date as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company shall be used.

(b) The Company shall not be required to issue fractions of shares of Preferred Stock (other than fractions which are one one-thousandths or integral multiples of one one-thousandths of a share of Preferred Stock) upon exercise of the Rights or to distribute certificates which evidence fractional shares of Preferred Stock (other than fractions which are one one-thousandths or integral multiples of one one-thousandth of a share of Preferred Stock). Fractions of shares of Preferred Stock in integral multiples of one one-thousandths of a share of Preferred Stock may, at the election of the Company, be evidenced by depositary receipts, pursuant to an appropriate agreement between the Company and a depositary selected by it, provided that such agreement shall provide that the holders of such depositary receipts shall have all the rights, privileges and preferences to which they are entitled as beneficial owners of the shares of Preferred Stock represented by such depositary receipts. In lieu of fractional shares of Preferred Stock that are not one one-thousandth or integral multiples of one one-thousandth of a share of Preferred Stock, the Company shall pay to the registered holders of Right Certificates at the time such Rights are exercised as herein provided an amount in cash equal to the same fraction of the current market value of one share of Preferred Stock. For purposes of this Section 15(b), the current market value of a share of Preferred Stock shall be the closing price of a share of Preferred Stock (as determined pursuant to Section 11(d)(ii) hereof) for the Trading Day immediately prior to the date of such exercise.

(c) Following the occurrence of one of the transactions or events specified in Section 11 hereof giving rise to the right to receive shares of Common Stock or capital stock equivalents (other than Preferred Stock) or other securities upon the exercise of a Right, the Company shall not be required to issue fractions of shares or units of such Common Stock, capital stock equivalents or other securities upon exercise of the Rights or to distribute certificates which evidence fractional shares of such Common Stock, capital stock equivalents or other securities. In lieu of fractional shares or units of such Common Stock, capital stock equivalents or other securities, the Company may pay to the registered holders of Right Certificates at the time such Rights are exercised as herein provided an amount in cash equal to the same fraction of the current market value of a share or unit of such capital stock equivalents or other securities. For purposes of this Section 15(c), the current market value shall be determined in the manner set forth in Section 11(d) hereof for the Trading Day immediately prior to the date of such exercise and, if such capital stock equivalent is not traded, each such capital stock equivalent shall have the value of one one-thousandth of a share of Preferred Stock.

(d) The holder of a Right by the acceptance of the Right expressly waives his right to receive any fractional Rights or any fractional shares upon exercise of a Right (except as provided above).

Section 16. Rights of Action. All rights of action in respect of this Agreement excepting the rights of action given to the Rights Agent under Section 19 hereof are vested in the respective registered holders of the Right Certificates (and, prior to the Distribution Date, the registered holders of the Common Stock); and any registered holder of any Right Certificate (or, prior to the Distribution Date, of the Common Stock), without the consent of the Rights Agent or of the holder of any other Right Certificate (or, prior to the Distribution Date, of the Common Stock), may, in his own behalf and for his own benefit, enforce, and may institute and maintain any suit, action or proceeding against the Company to enforce, or otherwise act in respect of, his right to exercise the Rights evidenced by such Right Certificate in the manner provided in such Right Certificate and in this Agreement. Without limiting the foregoing or any remedies available to the holders of Rights, it is specifically acknowledged that the holders of Rights would not have an adequate remedy at law for any breach of this Agreement and will be entitled to specific performance of the obligations under, and injunctive relief against actual or threatened violations of the obligations hereunder of any Person subject to, this Agreement.

Section 17. Agreement of Right Holders. Every holder of a Right, by accepting the same, consents and agrees with the Company and the Rights Agent and with every other holder of a Right that:

(a) prior to the Distribution Date, the Rights will be transferable only in connection with the transfer of Common Stock;

(b) after the Distribution Date, the Right Certificates are transferable only on the registry books of the Rights Agent if surrendered at the principal office or offices of the Rights Agent designated for such purpose, duly endorsed or accompanied by a proper instrument of transfer and with the appropriate form fully executed;

(c) subject to Section 6 and Section 7(f) hereof, the Company and the Rights Agent may deem and treat the person in whose name the Right Certificate (or, prior to the Distribution Date, the associated Common Stock certificate) is registered as the absolute owner thereof and of the Rights evidenced thereby (notwithstanding any notations of ownership or writing on the Right Certificate or the associated Common Stock certificate made by anyone other than the Company or the Rights Agent) for all purposes whatsoever, and neither the Company nor the Rights Agent, subject to the last sentence of Section 7(e) hereof, shall be required to be affected by any notice to the contrary; and

(d) notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, neither the Company nor the Rights Agent shall have any liability to any holder of a Right or a beneficial interest in a Right or other Person as a result of its inability to perform any of its obligations under this Agreement by reason of any preliminary or permanent injunction or other order, decree or ruling issued by a court of competent jurisdiction or by a governmental, regulatory or administrative agency or commission, or any statute, rule, regulation or executive order promulgated or enacted by any governmental authority, prohibiting or otherwise restraining performance of such obligation; provided, however, the Company must use its best efforts to have any such order, decree or ruling lifted or otherwise overturned as soon as possible.

Section 18. Right Certificate Holder Not Deemed a Shareholder. No holder, as such, of any Right Certificate shall be entitled to vote, receive dividends or be deemed for any purpose the holder of the shares of Preferred Stock or any other securities of the Company which may at any time be issuable on the exercise of the Rights represented thereby, nor shall anything contained herein or in any Right Certificate be construed to confer upon the holder of any Right Certificate, as such, any of the rights of a shareholder of the Company or any right to vote for the election of directors or upon any matter submitted to shareholders at any meeting thereof, or to give or withhold consent to any corporate action, or to receive notice of meetings or other actions affecting shareholders (except as provided in Section 25 hereof), or to receive dividends or other distributions or to exercise any preemptive or subscription rights, or otherwise, until the Right or Rights evidenced by such Right Certificate shall have been exercised in accordance with the provisions hereof.

Section 19. Concerning the Rights Agent. The Company agrees to pay to the Rights Agent reasonable compensation for all services rendered by it hereunder and, from time to time, on demand of the Rights Agent, its reasonable expenses and counsel fees and other disbursements incurred in the administration and execution of this Agreement and the exercise and performance of its duties hereunder. The Company also agrees to indemnify the Rights Agent for, and to hold it harmless against, any loss, liability, or expense, incurred without gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct on the part of the Rights Agent, for anything done or omitted by the Rights Agent in connection with the acceptance and administration of this Agreement, including the costs and expenses of defending against any claim of liability arising therefrom. The indemnification provided for hereunder shall survive the expiration of the Rights and the termination of this Agreement. In no case shall the Rights Agent be liable for special, indirect, incidental or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever, even if the Rights Agent has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage.

The Rights Agent shall be protected and shall incur no liability for or in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it in connection with its administration of this Agreement in reliance upon any Right Certificate or certificate for Common Stock or for other securities of the Company, instrument of assignment or transfer, power of attorney, endorsement, affidavit, letter, notice, direction, consent, certificate, statement, or other paper or document believed by it to be genuine and to be signed, executed and, where necessary, verified or acknowledged, by the proper Person or Persons.

Section 20. Merger or Consolidation or Change of Name of Rights Agent. Any corporation into which the Rights Agent or any successor Rights Agent may be merged or with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation resulting from any merger or consolidation to which the Rights Agent or any successor Rights Agent shall be a party, or any corporation succeeding to the stock transfer or all or substantially all of the corporate trust business of the Rights Agent or any successor Rights Agent, shall be the successor to the Rights Agent under this Agreement without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of any of the parties hereto, provided that such corporation would be eligible for appointment as a successor Rights Agent under the provisions of Section 22 hereof. In case at the time such successor Rights Agent shall succeed to the agency created by this Agreement, any of the Right Certificates shall have been countersigned but not delivered, any such successor Rights Agent may adopt the countersignature of the predecessor Rights Agent and deliver such Right Certificates so countersigned; and in case at that time any of the Right Certificates shall not have been countersigned, any successor Rights Agent may countersign such Right Certificates either in the name of the predecessor or in the name of the successor Rights Agent. In all such cases such Right Certificates shall have the full force provided in the Right Certificates and in this Agreement.

In case at any time the name of the Rights Agent shall be changed and at such time any of the Right Certificates shall have been countersigned but not delivered, the Rights Agent may adopt the countersignature under its prior name and deliver Right Certificates so countersigned; and in case at that time any of the Right Certificates shall not have been countersigned, the Rights Agent may countersign such Right Certificates either in its prior name or in its changed name. In all such cases such Right Certificates shall have the full force provided in the Right Certificates and in this Agreement.

Section 21. Duties of Rights Agent. The Rights Agent undertakes the duties and obligations imposed by this Agreement upon the following terms and conditions, by all of which the Company and the holders of Right Certificates, by their acceptance thereof, shall be bound:

(a) The Rights Agent may consult with legal counsel (who may be legal counsel for the Company), and the opinion of such counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection to the Rights Agent as to any action taken or omitted by it in good faith and in accordance with such opinion.

(b) Whenever in the performance of its duties under this Agreement the Rights Agent shall deem it necessary or desirable that any fact or matter (including, without limitation, the identity of any Acquiring Person and the determination of the current per share market price of any Security) be proved or established by the Company prior to taking or suffering any action hereunder, such fact or matter (unless other evidence in respect thereof be herein specifically prescribed) may be deemed to be conclusively proved and established by a certificate signed by any one of the Chairman, any Chief Executive Officer, President, Vice President, the Treasurer, the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of the Company and delivered to the Rights Agent; and such certificate shall be full authorization to the Rights Agent for any action taken or suffered in good faith by it under the provisions of this Agreement in reliance upon such certificate.

(c) The Rights Agent shall be liable hereunder only for its own gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct.

(d) The Rights Agent shall not be liable for or by reason of any of the statements of fact or recitals contained in this Agreement or in the Right Certificates or be required to verify the same (except its countersignature thereof). All such statements and recitals are, and shall be deemed to have been made, by the Company only.

(e) The Rights Agent shall not be under any responsibility in respect of the validity of this Agreement or the execution and delivery hereof (except the due execution hereof by the Rights Agent) or in respect of the validity or execution of any Right Certificate (except its countersignature thereof); nor shall it be responsible for any breach by the Company of any covenant or condition contained in this Agreement or in any Right Certificate; nor shall it be responsible for any adjustment required under the provisions of Section 11 or 13 hereof or responsible for the manner, method or amount of any such adjustment or the ascertaining of the existence of facts that would require any such adjustment (except with respect to the exercise of Rights evidenced by Right Certificates after receipt of the certificate described in Section 12 hereof); nor shall it by any act hereunder be deemed to make any representation or warranty as to the authorization or reservation of any shares of Preferred Stock or Common Stock or other securities to be issued pursuant to this Agreement or any Right Certificate or as to whether any shares of Preferred Stock or Common Stock or other securities will, when issued, be validly authorized and issued, fully paid and nonassessable; nor shall it be under any duty to make any independent investigation or determination of the identity of any Acquiring Person or any Affiliate or Associate thereof, but shall be entitled to rely, in the absence of instructions identifying any such Person, on representations made by holders of Right Certificates.

(f) The Company agrees that it will perform, execute, acknowledge and deliver or cause to be performed, executed, acknowledged and delivered all such further and other acts, instruments and assurances as may reasonably be required by the Rights Agent for the carrying out or performing by the Rights Agent of the provisions of this Agreement.

(g) The Rights Agent is hereby authorized and directed to accept instructions with respect to the performance of its duties hereunder from any one of the Chairman, any Chief Executive Officer, President, Vice President, the Secretary, any Assistant Secretary or the Treasurer of the Company, and to apply to such officers for advice or instructions in connection with its duties, and it shall not be liable for any action taken or suffered by it in good faith in accordance with instructions of any such officer.

(h) The Rights Agent and any shareholder, director, officer or employee of the Rights Agent may buy, sell or deal in any of the Rights or other securities of the Company or become pecuniarily interested in any transaction in which the Company may be interested, or contract with or lend money to the Company or otherwise act as fully and freely as though it were not Rights Agent under this Agreement. Nothing herein shall preclude the Rights Agent from acting in any other capacity for the Company or for any other legal entity.

(i) The Rights Agent may execute and exercise any of the rights or powers hereby vested in it or perform any duty hereunder either itself or by or through its attorneys or agents, and the Rights Agent shall not be answerable or accountable for any act, omission, default, neglect or misconduct of any such attorneys or agents or for any loss to the Company resulting from any such act, omission, default, neglect or misconduct; provided, however, reasonable care was exercised in the selection and continued employment thereof.

(j) No provision of this Agreement shall require the Rights Agent to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder or in the exercise of its rights hereunder if there shall be reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnification against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it.

(k) If, with respect to any Right Certificates surrendered to the Rights Agent for exercise or transfer, the certificate attached to the form of assignment or form of election to purchase, as the case may be, has not been completed, the Rights Agent shall not take any further action with respect to such requested exercise of transfer without first consulting with the Company.

Section 22. Change of Rights Agent. The Rights Agent or any successor Rights Agent may resign and be discharged from its duties under this Agreement upon 30 days' notice in writing mailed to the Company and to each transfer agent of the Common Stock and Preferred Stock by registered or certified mail, and to the holders of the Right Certificates by first-class mail. The Company may remove the Rights Agent or any successor Rights Agent upon 30 days' notice in writing, mailed to the Rights Agent or successor Rights Agent, as the case may be, and to each transfer agent of the Common Stock and Preferred Stock by registered or certified mail, and to holders of the Right Certificates by first-class mail. If the Rights Agent shall resign or be removed or shall otherwise become incapable of acting, the Company shall appoint a successor to the Rights Agent. If the Company shall fail to make such appointment within a period of 30 days after giving notice of such removal or after it has been notified in writing of such resignation or incapacity by the resigning or incapacitated Rights Agent or by the holder of a Right Certificate (who shall, with such notice, submit his Right Certificate for inspection by the Company), then the registered holder of any Right Certificate may apply to any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a new Rights Agent. Any successor Rights Agent, whether appointed by the Company or by such a court, shall be either (a) a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States or of the State of New York (or of any other state of the United States so long as such corporation is authorized to do business as a banking institution in the State of New York), in good standing, having a principal office in the State of New York, which is authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trust or stock transfer powers and is subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authority and which has at the time of its appointment as Rights Agent a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000 (or such lower number as approved by the Board) or (b) an affiliate of such a corporation. After appointment, the successor Rights Agent shall be vested with the same powers, rights, duties and responsibilities as if it had been originally named as Rights Agent without further act or deed; but the predecessor Rights Agent shall deliver and transfer to the successor Rights Agent any property at the time held by it hereunder, and execute and deliver any further assurance, conveyance, act or deed necessary for the purpose. Not later than the effective date of any such appointment the Company shall file notice thereof in writing with the predecessor Rights Agent and each transfer agent of the Common Stock and Preferred Stock, and mail a notice thereof in writing to the registered holders of the Right Certificates. Failure to give any notice provided for in this Section 22, however, or any defect therein, shall not affect the legality or validity of the resignation or removal of the Rights Agent or the appointment of the successor Rights Agent, as the case may be.

Section 23. Issuance of New Right Certificates. Notwithstanding any of the provisions of this Agreement or of the Rights to the contrary, the Company may, at its option, issue new Right Certificates evidencing Rights in such form as may be approved by its Board of Directors to reflect any adjustment or change in the Purchase Price and the number or kind or class of shares or other securities or property purchasable under the Right Certificates made in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.

In addition, in connection with the issuance or sale of Common Stock following the Distribution Date and prior to the earliest of the Redemption Date, the Final Expiration Date and the consummation of a transaction contemplated by Section 13(e) hereof, the Company (a) shall with respect to Common Stock so issued or sold pursuant to the exercise of stock options or under any employee plan or arrangement, or upon the exercise, conversion or exchange of securities, notes or debentures issued by the Company, and (b) may, in any other case, if deemed necessary or appropriate by the Board of Directors of the Company, issue Right Certificates representing the appropriate number of Rights in connection with such issuance or sale; provided, however, that no Right Certificates shall be issued if, and to the extent that, appropriate adjustment shall otherwise have been made in lieu of the issuance thereof.

Section 24. Redemption and Termination.

(a) (i) The Board of Directors of the Company may, at its option, redeem all but not less than all of the then outstanding Rights at a redemption price of $.001 per Right, as such amount may be appropriately adjusted to reflect any stock split, stock dividend or similar transaction occurring after the date hereof (such redemption price being hereinafter referred to as the "Redemption Price") at any time prior to the earlier of (A) the occurrence of a Section 11(a)(ii) Event or (B) the Final Expiration Date, and the Company may, at its option, pay the Redemption Price either in Common Stock (based on the current per share market price, as defined in Section 11(d) hereof, of the Common Stock at the time of redemption) or cash; provided, however, that if the Company elects to pay the Redemption Price in Common Stock, the Company shall not be required to issue any fractional Common Stock and the number of Common Stock issuable to each holder of Rights shall be rounded down to the next whole share.

(ii) In addition, the Board of Directors of the Company may redeem all but not less than all of the then outstanding Rights at the Redemption Price following the occurrence of a Stock Acquisition Date but prior to any event described in Section 13(a), either (x) if each of the following shall have occurred and remain in effect: (1) a Person who is an Acquiring Person shall have transferred or otherwise disposed of a number of voting securities of the Company in a transaction, or series of transactions, (which did not result in the occurrence of an event described in Section 11(a)) such that such Person is thereafter a Beneficial Owner of securities representing 5% or less of the Voting Power, (2) there are no other Persons, immediately following the occurrence of the event described in clause
(1), who are Acquiring Persons, and (3) the transfer or other disposition described in clause (1) above was other than pursuant to a transaction, or series of transactions, which directly or indirectly involved the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or (y) in connection with any event specified in Sections 11(a)(ii) or 13(a) in which all holders of Common Stock are offered the same consideration and not involving an Interested Stockholder or any other Person in which such Interested Stockholder has any interest, or any other Person acting directly or indirectly on behalf of or in association with any such Interested Stockholder or (z) following the occurrence of an event set forth in, and the expiration of any period during which the holder of Rights may exercise the rights under, Section 11(a)(ii) if and for as long as the Interested Stockholder is not thereafter the Beneficial Owner of securities representing 15% or more of the Voting Power.

(iii) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, including, without limitation, the provisions of Sections
24 (a)(i) and (a)(ii) hereof, in the event that a majority of the Board of Directors is comprised of persons elected at a meeting of shareholders who were not nominated by the Board of Directors in office immediately prior to such meeting (including successors of such persons elected to the Board of Directors) with the objective or for the purpose of either facilitating a Transaction or circumventing directly or indirectly the provisions of this Section 24(a)(iii), then
(1) the Rights may not be redeemed for a period of 365 days following the effectiveness of such election if such redemption is reasonably likely to have the objective, purpose or effect of facilitating a Transaction, and (2) the Rights may not be redeemed following such 365-day period if (x) such redemption is reasonably likely to have the objective, purpose or effect of facilitating a Transaction and (y) during such 365-day period, the Company enters into any agreement, arrangement or understanding with any Transaction Person which is reasonably likely to have the purpose or effect of facilitating a Transaction.

(b) In the case of a redemption permitted under Section 24(a)(i) and (a) (iii) hereof, immediately upon the date for redemption set forth in (or determined in the manner specified in) a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company ordering the redemption of the Rights, evidence of which shall have been filed with the Rights Agent, and without any further action and without any notice, the right to exercise the Rights will terminate and the only right thereafter of the holders of Rights shall be to receive the Redemption Price for each Right so held. In the case of a redemption permitted under Section 24(a)(ii) and (a)(iii) hereof, evidence of which shall have been filed with the Rights Agent, the right to exercise the Rights will terminate and represent only the right to receive the Redemption Price upon the later of ten Business Days following the giving of notice or the expiration of any period during which the rights under
Section 11(a)(ii) hereof may be exercised. The Company shall promptly give public notice of any such redemption; provided, however, that the failure to give, or any defect in, any such notice shall not affect the validity of such redemption. Within ten (10) days after such date for redemption set forth in a resolution of the Board of Directors ordering the redemption of the Rights, the Company shall mail a notice of redemption to all the holders of the then outstanding Rights at their last addresses as they appear upon the registry books of the Rights Agent or, prior to the Distribution Date, on the registry books of the transfer agent for the Common Stock. Any notice which is mailed in the manner herein provided shall be deemed given, whether or not the holder receives the notice. Each such notice of redemption will state the method by which the payment of the Redemption Price will be made. Neither the Company nor any of its Affiliates or Associates may redeem, acquire or purchase for value any Rights at any time in any manner other than that specifically set forth in this Section 24 and other than in connection with the purchase of shares of Common Stock prior to the Distribution Date.

(c) In the case of a redemption permitted under Section 24(a)(i) and (a)(iii) hereof, the Company may, at its option, discharge all of its obligations with respect to the Rights by (i) issuing a press release announcing the manner of redemption of the Rights in accordance with this Agreement and (ii) mailing payment of the Redemption Price to the registered holders of the Rights at their last addresses as they appear on the registry books of the Rights Agent or, prior to the Distribution Date, on the registry books of the Transfer Agent of the Common Stock, and upon such action, all outstanding Rights and Right Certificates shall be null and void without any further action by the Company.

Section 25. Exchange. (a) The Board of Directors of the Company may, at its option, at any time after the time that any Person becomes an Acquiring Person, exchange all or part of the then outstanding and exercisable Rights (which shall not include Rights that have become void pursuant to the provisions of Section 7(e) and Section 11(a)(ii) hereof) for Common Stock of the Company at an exchange ratio of one share of Common Stock per Right, appropriately adjusted to reflect any stock split, stock dividend or similar transaction involving either the Common Stock or the Preferred Stock occurring after the date hereof (such exchange ratio being hereinafter referred to as the "Exchange Ratio"). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board of Directors shall not be empowered to effect such exchange at any time after any Person (other than the Company, any subsidiary of the Company, any employee benefit plan of the Company or any such subsidiary, any entity holding Common Stock for or pursuant to the terms of any such plan or any trustee, administrator or fiduciary of such a plan), together with all Affiliates and Associates of such Person, becomes the Beneficial Owner of 50% or more of the Common Stock then outstanding.

(b) Immediately upon the action of the Board of Directors of the Company ordering the exchange of any Rights pursuant to subsection (a) of this Section 25 and without any further action and without any notice, the right to exercise such Rights shall terminate and the only right thereafter of a holder of such Rights shall be to receive that number of shares of Common Stock equal to the number of such Rights held by such holder multiplied by the Exchange Ratio. The Company shall promptly give public notice of any such exchange; provided, however, that the failure to give, or any defect in, such notice shall not affect the validity of such exchange. The Company shall promptly mail a notice of any such exchange to all of the holders of such Rights at their last addresses as they appear upon the registry books of the Rights Agent. Any notice which is mailed in the manner herein provided shall be deemed given, whether or not the holder receives the notice. Each such notice of exchange will state the method by which the exchange of shares of Common Stock for Rights will be effected and, in the event of any partial exchange, the number of Rights which will be exchanged. Any partial exchange shall be effected pro rata based on the number of Rights (other than Rights which have become void pursuant to the provisions of Section 7(e) and Section 11(a)(ii) hereof) held by each holder of Rights.

(c) In any exchange pursuant to this Section 25, the Company, at its option, may substitute Preferred Stock (or equivalent preferred stock, as such term is defined in Section 11(b) hereof) for some or all of the Common Stock exchangeable for Rights, at the initial rate of one-thousandth of a share of Preferred Stock (or equivalent preferred stock) for each share of Common Stock, as appropriately adjusted to reflect adjustments in the voting rights of the Preferred Stock pursuant to the terms thereof, so that the fraction of a share of Preferred Stock delivered in lieu of each share of Common Stock shall have the same voting rights as one share of Common Stock.

(d) The Board of Directors of the Company shall not authorize any exchange transaction referred to in Section 25(a) hereof unless at the time such exchange is authorized there shall be sufficient Common Stock or Preferred Stock issued but not outstanding or authorized but unissued to permit the exchange of Rights as contemplated in accordance with this
Section 25.

Section 26. Notice of Certain Events. (a) In case the Company shall propose (i) to pay any dividend payable in stock of any class to the holders of Preferred Stock or to make any other distribution to the holders of Preferred Stock (other than a regularly quarterly cash dividend), (ii) to offer to the holders of Preferred Stock rights or warrants to subscribe for or to purchase any additional shares of Preferred Stock or shares of stock of any class or any other securities, rights or options, (iii) to effect any reclassification of its Preferred Stock (other than a reclassification involving only the subdivision of outstanding shares of Preferred Stock), (iv) to effect any consolidation or merger into or with any other Person (other than a subsidiary of the Company in a transaction which does not violate Section 14(b) hereof), or to effect any sale or other transfer (or to permit one or more of its subsidiaries to effect any sale or other transfer), in one or more transactions, of 50% or more of the assets or earning power of the Company and its subsidiaries (taken as a whole) to, any other Person or Persons (other than the Company and/or any of its subsidiaries in one or more transactions each of which does not violate Section 14(b) hereof), or (v) to effect the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, then, in each such case, the Company shall give to each holder of a Right Certificate, in accordance with Section 27 hereof, a notice of such proposed action to the extent feasible and file a certificate with the Rights Agent to that effect, which shall specify the record date for the purposes of such stock dividend, distribution of rights or warrants, or the date on which such reclassification, consolidation, merger, sale, transfer, liquidation, dissolution, or winding up is to take place and the date of participation therein by the holders of the shares of Preferred Stock, if any such date is to be fixed. Such notice shall be so given in the case of any action covered by clause (i) or (ii) above of this Section 26(a) at least 20 days prior to the record date for determining holders of the shares of Preferred Stock for purposes of such action, and in the case of any such other action, at least 20 days prior to the date of the taking of such proposed action or the date of participation therein by the holders of the shares of Preferred Stock whichever shall be the earlier.

(b) In case of a Section 11(a)(ii) Event, then (i) the Company shall as soon as practicable thereafter give to each holder of a Right Certificate, in accordance with Section 27 hereof, a notice of the occurrence of such event, which notice shall describe such event and the consequences of such event to holders of Rights under Section 11(a)(ii) hereof and (ii) all references in the foregoing Section 26(a) to Preferred Stock shall be deemed thereafter to refer also, if appropriate, to Common Stock and/or, if appropriate, other securities of the Company.

Section 27. Notices. Notices or demands authorized by this Agreement to be given or made by the Rights Agent or by the holder of any Right Certificate to or on the Company shall be sufficiently given or made if sent by first-class mail, postage prepaid, and addressed (until another address is filed in writing with the Rights Agent) as follows:

theglobe.com, inc.
31 West 21 Street
New York, NY 10010

Attention: Todd Krizelman, Co-Chief Executive Officer and Co-President

Subject to the provisions of Section 22, any notice or demand authorized by this Agreement to be given or made by the Company or by the holder of any Right Certificate to or on the Rights Agent shall be sufficiently given or made if sent by first-class mail, postage prepaid, and addressed (until another address is filed in writing with the Company) as follows:

American Stock Transfer & Trust Company 40 Wall Street
New York, NY 10005

Notices or demands authorized by this Agreement to be given or made by the Company or the Rights Agent to the holder of any Right Certificate or, if prior to the Distribution Date, to the holder of certificates representing Common Stock shall be sufficiently given or made if sent by first-class mail, postage prepaid, and addressed to such holder at the address of such holder as shown on the registry books of the Company.

Section 28. Supplements and Amendments. Prior to the Distribution Date, the Company and the Rights Agent shall, if the Company so directs, supplement or amend any provision of this Agreement without the approval of any holders of certificates representing Common Stock. From and after the Distribution Date, the Company and the Rights Agent shall, if the Company so directs, supplement or amend this Agreement without the approval of any holders of Right Certificates in order (i) to cure any ambiguity, (ii) to correct or supplement any provision contained herein which may be defective or inconsistent with any other provisions herein, (iii) to shorten or lengthen any time period hereunder, or (iv) to change or supplement the provisions hereunder in any manner which the Company may deem necessary or desirable and which shall not adversely affect the interests of the holders of Right Certificates (other than an Interested Stockholder); provided, however, that this Agreement may not be supplemented or amended to lengthen, pursuant to clause (iii) of this sentence, (A) a time period relating to when the Rights may be redeemed at such time as the Rights are not then redeemable, or (B) any other time period unless such lengthening is for the purpose of protecting, enhancing or clarifying the rights of, and/or the benefits to, the holders of Rights. Upon the delivery of a certificate from an appropriate officer of the Company which states that the proposed supplement or amendment is in compliance with the terms of this Section 28, the Rights Agent shall execute such supplement or amendment, provided that such supplement or amendment does not adversely affect the rights or obligations of the Rights Agent under Section 19 or 21 of this Agreement. Prior to the Distribution Date, the interests of the holders of Rights shall be deemed coincident with the interests of the holders of Common Stock.

Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, in the event that a majority of the Board of Directors is comprised of persons elected at a meeting of shareholders who were not nominated by the Board of Directors in office immediately prior to such meeting (including successors of such persons elected to the Board of Directors) with the objective or for the purpose of either facilitating a Transaction or circumventing directly or indirectly the provisions of this
Section 28, then (A) for a period of 365 days following the effectiveness of such action, this Agreement shall not be amended or supplemented in any manner reasonably likely to have the objective, purpose or effect of facilitating a Transaction and (B) no amendments or supplements may be made following such 365-day period if (1) such amendment or supplement is reasonably likely to have the objective, purpose or effect of facilitating a Transaction and (2) during such 365-day period, the Company enters into any agreement, arrangement or understanding with any Transaction Person which is reasonably likely to have the objective, purpose or effect of facilitating a Transaction.

Section 29. Determination and Actions by the Board of Directors, etc. The Board of Directors of the Company shall have the exclusive power and authority to administer this Agreement and to exercise all rights and powers specifically granted to the Board, or the Company, or as may be necessary or advisable in the administration of this Agreement, including, without limitation, the right and power to (i) interpret the provisions of this Agreement, and (ii) make all determinations deemed necessary or advisable for the administration of this Agreement (including, without limitation, a determination to redeem or not redeem the Rights or to amend this Agreement and whether any proposed amendment adversely affects the interests of the holders of Right Certificates). For all purposes of this Agreement, any calculation of the number of shares of Common Stock or other securities outstanding at any particular time, including for purposes of determining the particular percentage of such outstanding shares of Common Stock or any other securities of which any Person is the Beneficial Owner, shall be made in accordance with the last sentence of Rule 13d-3(d)(1)(i) of the General Rules and Regulations under the Exchange Act as in effect on the date of this Agreement. All such actions, calculations, interpretations and determinations (including, for purposes of clause (y) below, all omissions with respect to the foregoing) which are done or made by the Board in good faith, shall (x) be final, conclusive and binding on the Company, the Rights Agent, the holders of the Right Certificates and all other parties, and (y) not subject the Board to any liability to the holders of the Right Certificates.

Section 30. Successors. All the covenants and provisions of this Agreement by or for the benefit of the Company or the Rights Agent shall bind and inure to the benefit of their respective successors and assigns hereunder.

Section 31. Benefits of this Agreement. This Agreement shall be for the sole and exclusive benefit of the Company, the Rights Agent and the registered holders of the Right Certificates (and, prior to the Distribution Date, the Common Stock) and nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to give to any Person other than the Company, the Rights Agent and the registered holders of the Right Certificates (and, prior to the Distribution Date, the Common Stock) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under this Agreement.

Section 32. Severability. If any term, provision, covenant or restriction of this Agreement is held by a court of competent jurisdiction or other authority to be invalid, void or unenforceable, the remainder of the terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated.

Section 33. Governing Law. This Agreement, each Right and each Right Certificate issued hereunder shall be deemed to be a contract made under the laws of the State of Delaware and for all purposes shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of such State applicable to contracts to be made and to be performed entirely within such State.

Section 34. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and each of such counterparts shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original, and all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.

Section 35. Descriptive Headings. Descriptive headings of the several Sections of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not control or affect the meaning or construction of any of the provisions hereof.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and their respective corporate seals to be hereunto affixed and attested, all as of the day and year first above written.

theglobe.com, inc.

By:
Name:


Title:

AMERICAN STOCK TRANSFER &
TRUST COMPANY
as Rights Agent

By:

Name:


Title:


Exhibit A

Form of

Certificate of Designation,

Preferences and Rights of

Junior Participating Preferred Stock

of

theglobe.com,inc.

(Pursuant to Section 151

of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware)

I, Todd Krizelman, Co-Chief Executive Officer and Co-President of theglobe.com, inc. (the "Company"), a corporation organized and existing under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, in accordance with the provisions of Section 103 thereof, DO HEREBY CERTIFY as follows:

That pursuant to the authority conferred upon the Board of Directors by the Fourth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company (the "Restated Certificate"), said Board of Directors adopted the following resolution creating a series of _______ shares of Preferred Stock designated as Junior Participating Preferred Stock:

RESOLVED that pursuant to the authority granted to and vested in the Board of Directors of this Company in accordance with the provisions of the Restated Certificate the Board of Directors hereby creates a series of Preferred Stock of the Company and hereby states the designation and number of shares, and fixes the relative rights, preferences and limitations thereof (in addition to the provisions set forth in the Restated Certificate which are applicable to the Preferred Stock of all classes and series) as follows:

Section 1. Designation and Amount. There shall be a series of Preferred Stock, par value $.001 per share, of the Company which shall be designated as "Junior Participating Preferred Stock," par value $.001 per share, and the number of shares constituting such series shall be _______. Such number of shares may be increased or decreased by resolution of the Board of Directors; provided, that no decrease shall reduce the number of shares of Junior Participating Preferred Stock to a number less than that of the shares then outstanding plus the number of shares issuable upon exercise of outstanding rights, options or warrants or upon conversion of outstanding securities issued by the Company.

Section 2. Dividends and Distributions.

(A)Subject to the prior and superior rights of the holders of any shares of any series of Preferred Stock ranking prior and superior to the Junior Participating Preferred Stock with respect to dividends, the holders of shares of Junior Participating Preferred Stock in preference to the holders of shares of Common Stock, par value $.001 per share (the "Common Stock"), of the Company and any other junior stock, shall be entitled to receive, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors out of funds legally available for the purpose, quarterly dividends payable in cash on the first day of January, April, July, and October in each year (each such date being referred to herein as a "Quarterly Dividend Payment Date"), commencing on the first Quarterly Dividend Payment Date after the first issuance of a share or fraction of a share of Junior Participating Preferred Stock in an amount per share (rounded to the nearest cent) equal to the greater of (a) [to be determined], or (b) subject to the provision for adjustment hereinafter set forth, 1000 times the aggregate per share amount of all cash dividends, and 1000 times the aggregate per share amount (payable in kind) of all non-cash dividends or other distributions other than a dividend payable in shares of Common Stock or a subdivision of the outstanding shares of Common Stock (by reclassification or otherwise), declared on the Common Stock since the immediately preceding Quarterly Dividend Payment Date, or, with respect to the first Quarterly Dividend Payment Date, since the first issuance of any share or fraction of a share of Junior Participating Preferred Stock. In the event the Company shall at any time after ___________, 1998 (the "Rights Declaration Date") (i) declare any dividend on Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock,
(ii) subdivide the outstanding Common Stock, or (iii) combine the outstanding Common Stock into a smaller number of shares, then in each such case the amount to which holders of shares of Junior Participating Preferred Stock were entitled immediately prior to such event under clause
(b) of the preceding sentence shall be adjusted by multiplying such amount by a fraction the numerator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after such event and the denominator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock that were outstanding immediately prior to such event.

(B) The Company shall declare a dividend or distribution on the Junior Participating Preferred Stock as provided in paragraph (A) above immediately after it declares a dividend or distribution on the Common Stock (other than a dividend payable in shares of Common Stock); provided that, in the event no dividend or distribution shall have been declared on the Common Stock during the period between any Quarterly Dividend Payment Date and the next subsequent Quarterly Dividend Payment Date, a dividend of
[to be determined] per share on the Junior Participating Preferred Stock shall nevertheless be payable on such subsequent Quarterly Dividend Payment Date.

(C) Dividends shall begin to accrue and be cumulative on outstanding shares of Junior Participating Preferred Stock from the Quarterly Dividend Payment Date next preceding the date of issue of such shares of Junior Participating Preferred Stock unless the date of issue of such shares is prior to the record date for the first Quarterly Dividend Payment Date, in which case dividends on such shares shall begin to accrue from the date of issue of such shares, or unless the date of issue is a Quarterly Dividend Payment Date or is a date after the record date for the determination of holders of shares of Junior Participating Preferred Stock entitled to receive a quarterly dividend and before such Quarterly Dividend Payment Date in either of which events such dividends shall begin to accrue and be cumulative from such Quarterly Dividend Payment Date. Accrued but unpaid dividends shall not bear interest. Dividends paid on the shares of Junior Participating Preferred Stock in an amount less than the total amount of such dividends at the time accrued and payable on such shares shall be allocated pro rata on a share-by-share basis among all such shares at the time outstanding. The Board of Directors may fix a record date for the determination of holders of shares of Junior Participating Preferred Stock entitled to receive payment of a dividend or distribution declared thereon, which record date shall be no more than 60 days prior to the date fixed for the payment thereof.

Section 3. Voting Rights. The holders of shares of Junior Participating Preferred Stock shall have the following voting rights:

(A) Subject to the provision for adjustment hereinafter set forth, each share of Junior Participating Preferred Stock shall entitle the holder thereof to 1000 votes on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders of the Company. In the event the Company shall at any time after the Rights Declaration Date (i) declare any dividend on Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock, (ii) subdivide the outstanding Common Stock, or (iii) combine the outstanding Common Stock into a smaller number of shares, then in each such case the number of votes per share to which holders of shares of Junior Participating Preferred Stock were entitled immediately prior to such event shall be adjusted by multiplying such number by a fraction the numerator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after such event and the denominator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock that were outstanding immediately prior to such event.

(B) Except as otherwise provided herein or by law, the holders of shares of Junior Participating Preferred Stock and the holders of shares of Common Stock shall vote together as one class on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders of the Company.

(C) (i) If at any time dividends on any Junior Participating Preferred Stock shall be in arrears in an amount equal to six (6) quarterly dividends thereon, the occurrence of such contingency shall mark the beginning of a period (herein called a "default period") which shall extend until such time when all accrued and unpaid dividends for all previous quarterly dividend periods and for the current quarterly dividend period on all shares of Junior Participating Preferred Stock then outstanding shall have been declared and paid or set apart for payment. During each default period, all holders of Preferred Stock (including holders of the Junior Participating Preferred Stock) with dividends in arrears in an amount equal to six (6) quarterly dividends thereon, voting as a class, irrespective of series, shall have the right to elect two (2) Directors.

(ii) During any default period, such voting right of the holders of Junior Participating Preferred Stock may be exercised initially at a special meeting called pursuant to subparagraph
(iii) of this Section 3(C) or at any annual meeting of stockholders, and thereafter at annual meetings of stockholders, provided that neither such voting right nor the right of the holders of any other series of Preferred Stock, if any, to increase in certain cases, the authorized number of Directors shall be exercised unless the holders of ten percent (10%) in number of shares of Preferred Stock outstanding shall be present in person or by proxy. The absence of a quorum of the holders of Common Stock shall not affect the exercise by the holders of Preferred Stock of such voting right. At any meeting at which the holders of Preferred Stock shall exercise such voting right initially during an existing default period, they shall have the right, voting as a class, to elect Directors to fill such vacancies, if any, in the Board of Directors as may then exist up to two (2) Directors or, if such right is exercised at an annual meeting, to elect two (2) Directors. If the number which may be so elected at any special meeting does not amount to the required number, the holders of the Preferred Stock shall have the right to make such increase in the number of Directors as shall be necessary to permit the election by them of the required number. After the holders of the Preferred Stock shall have exercised their right to elect Directors in any default period and during the continuance of such period, the number of Directors shall not be increased or decreased except by vote of the holders of Preferred Stock as herein provided or pursuant to the rights of any equity securities ranking senior to or pari passu with the Junior Participating Preferred Stock.

(iii) Unless the holders of Preferred Stock shall, during an existing default period, have previously exercised their right to elect Directors, the Board of Directors may order, or any stockholder or stockholders owning in the aggregate not less than ten percent (10%) of the total number of shares of Preferred Stock outstanding, irrespective of series, may request, the calling of a special meeting of the holders of Preferred Stock, which meeting shall thereupon be called by the Chairman, any Chief Executive Officer or President of the Company. Notice of such meeting and of any annual meeting at which holders of Preferred Stock are entitled to vote pursuant to this paragraph
(C) (iii) shall be given to each holder of record of Preferred Stock by mailing a copy of such notice to him at his last address as the same appears on the books of the Company. Such meeting shall be called for a time not earlier than 10 days and not later than 60 days after such order or request or in default of the calling of such meeting within 60 days after such order or request, such meeting may be called on similar notice by any stockholder or stockholders owning in the aggregate not less than ten percent (10%) of the total number of shares of Preferred Stock outstanding. Notwithstanding the provisions of this paragraph (C)(iii), no such special meeting shall be called during the period within 60 days immediately preceding the date fixed for the next annual meeting of the stockholders.

(iv) In any default period, the holders of Common Stock, and other classes of stock of the Company if applicable, shall continue to be entitled to elect the whole number of Directors until the holders of Preferred Stock shall have exercised their right to elect two (2) Directors voting as a class, after the exercise of which right (x) the Directors so elected by the holders of Preferred Stock shall continue in office until their successors shall have been elected by such holders or until the expiration of the default period, and (y) any vacancy in the Board of Directors may (except as provided in paragraph (C)(ii) of this Section 3) be filled by vote of a majority of the remaining Directors theretofore elected by the holders of the class of stock which elected the Director whose office shall become vacant. References in this paragraph (C) to Directors elected by the holders of a particular class of stock shall include Directors elected by such Directors to fill vacancies as provided in clause (y) of the foregoing sentence.

(v) Immediately upon the expiration of a default period, (x) the right of the holders of Preferred Stock as a class to elect Directors shall cease, (y) the term of any Directors elected by the holders of Preferred Stock as a class shall terminate, and
(z) the number of Directors shall be such number as may be provided for in the Restated Certificate or By-laws of the Company irrespective of any increase made pursuant to the provisions of paragraph (C) (ii) of this Section 3 (such number being subject, however, to change thereafter in any manner provided by law or in the Restated Certificate or By-laws). Any vacancies in the Board of Directors effected by the provisions of clauses (y) and (z) in the preceding sentence may be filled by a majority of the remaining Directors.

(D) Except as set forth herein, holders of Junior Participating Preferred Stock shall have no special voting rights and their consent shall not be required (except to the extent they are entitled to vote with holders of Common Stock as set forth herein) for taking any corporate action.

Section 4. Certain Restrictions.

(A) Whenever quarterly dividends or other dividends or distributions payable on the Junior Participating Preferred Stock as provided in Section 2 are in arrears, thereafter and until all accrued and unpaid dividends and distributions, whether or not declared, on shares of Junior Participating Preferred Stock outstanding shall have been paid in full, the Company shall not:

(i) Declare or pay dividends on, make any other distributions on, or redeem or purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration any shares of stock ranking junior (either as to dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up) to the Junior Participating Preferred Stock;

(ii) Declare or pay dividends on or make any other distributions on any shares of stock ranking on a parity (either as to dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up) with the Junior Participating Preferred Stock except dividends paid ratably on the Junior Participating Preferred Stock and all such parity stock on which dividends are payable or in arrears in proportion to the total amounts to which the holders of all such shares are then entitled;

(iii) Redeem or purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration shares of any stock ranking on a parity (either as to dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up) with the Junior Participating Preferred Stock provided that the Company may at any time redeem, purchase or otherwise acquire shares of any such parity stock in exchange for shares of any stock of the Company ranking junior (either as to dividends or upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up) to the Junior Participating Preferred Stock; or

(iv) Purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration any shares of Junior Participating Preferred Stock or any shares of stock ranking on a parity with the Junior Participating Preferred Stock except in accordance with a purchase offer made in writing or by publication (as determined by the Board of Directors) to all holders of such shares upon such terms as the Board of Directors, after consideration of the respective annual dividend rates and other relative rights and preferences of the respective series and classes, shall determine in good faith will result in fair and equitable treatment among the respective series or classes.

(B) The Company shall not permit any subsidiary of the Company to purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration any shares of stock of the Company unless the Company could, under paragraph (A) of this Section 4, purchase or otherwise acquire such shares at such time and in such manner.

Section 5. Reacquired Shares. Any shares of Junior Participating Preferred Stock purchased or otherwise acquired by the Company in any manner whatsoever shall be retired and cancelled promptly after the acquisition thereof. All such shares shall upon their cancellation become authorized but unissued shares of Preferred Stock and may be reissued as part of a new series of Preferred Stock to be created by resolution or resolutions of the Board of Directors, subject to the conditions and restrictions on issuance set forth herein.

Section 6. Liquidation, Dissolution or Winding Up.

(A) Upon any liquidation (voluntary or otherwise), dissolution or winding up of the Company, no distribution shall be made to the holders of shares of stock ranking junior (either as to dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up) to the Junior Participating Preferred Stock unless, prior thereto, the holders of shares of Junior Participating Preferred Stock shall have received per share, the greater of 1000 times
[to be determined] or 1000 times the payment made per share of Common Stock, plus an amount equal to accrued and unpaid dividends and distributions thereon, whether or not declared, to the date of such payment (the " Liquidation Preference"). Following the payment of the full amount of the Liquidation Preference, no additional distributions shall be made to the holders of shares of Junior Participating Preferred Stock unless, prior thereto, the holders of shares of Common Stock shall have received an amount per share (the "Common Adjustment") equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (i) the Liquidation Preference by (ii) 1000 (as appropriately adjusted as set forth in subparagraph C below to reflect such events as stock splits, stock dividends and recapitalizations with respect to the Common Stock) (such number in clause (ii), the "Adjustment Number"). Following the payment of the full amount of the Liquidation Preference and the Common Adjustment in respect of all outstanding shares of Junior Participating Preferred Stock and Common Stock, respectively, holders of Junior Participating Preferred Stock and holders of shares of Common Stock shall receive their ratable and proportionate share of the remaining assets to be distributed in the ratio of the Adjustment Number to 1 with respect to such Preferred Stock and Common Stock, on a per share basis, respectively.

(B) In the event there are not sufficient assets available to permit payment in full of the Liquidation Preference and the liquidation preferences of all other series of Preferred Stock, if any, which rank on a parity with the Junior Participating Preferred Stock then such remaining assets shall be distributed ratably to the holders of such parity shares in proportion to their respective liquidation preferences. In the event there are not sufficient assets available to permit payment in full of the Common Adjustment, then such remaining assets shall be distributed ratably to the holders of Common Stock.

(C) In the event the Company shall at any time after the Rights Declaration Date (i) declare any dividend on Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock, (ii) subdivide the outstanding Common Stock, or (iii) combine the outstanding Common Stock into a smaller number of shares, then in each such case the Adjustment Number in effect immediately prior to such event shall be adjusted by multiplying such Adjustment Number by a fraction the numerator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after such event and the denominator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock that were outstanding immediately prior to such event.

Section 7. Consolidation, Merger, etc. If the Company shall enter into any consolidation, merger, combination or other transaction in which the shares of Common Stock are exchanged for or changed into other stock or securities, cash and/or any other property then in any such event the shares of Junior Participating Preferred Stock shall at the same time be similarly exchanged or changed in an amount per share (subject to the provision for adjustment hereinafter set forth) equal to 1000 times the aggregate amount of stock, securities, cash and/or any other property (payable in kind), as the case may be, into which or for which each share of Common Stock is changed or exchanged. In the event the Company shall at any time after the Rights Declaration Date (i) declare any dividend on Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock, (ii) subdivide the outstanding Common Stock, or (iii) combine the outstanding Common Stock into a smaller number of shares, then in each such case the amount set forth in the preceding sentence with respect to the exchange or change of shares of Junior Participating Preferred Stock shall be adjusted by multiplying such amount by a fraction the numerator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after such event and the denominator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock that are outstanding immediately prior to such event.

Section 8. Redemption. The shares of Junior Participating Preferred Stock shall not be redeemable.

Section 9. Ranking. The Junior Participating Preferred Stock shall rank junior to all other series of the Company's Preferred Stock as to the payment of dividends and the distribution of assets, unless the terms of any such series shall provide otherwise.

Section 10. Fractional Shares. Junior Participating Preferred Stock may be issued in fractions of a share which shall entitle the holder, in proportion to such holder's fractional shares, to exercise voting rights, receive dividends, participate in distributions and to have the benefit of all other rights of holders of Junior Participating Preferred Stock.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have executed this Certificate and do affirm the foregoing as true under penalties of perjury this ____ day of September, 1998.

By:
Todd Krizelman Co-Chief Executive Officer and Co-President

Attest:


Stephan Paternot
Co-Chief Executive Officer,
Co-President and Secretary

EXHIBIT B

Form of Right Certificate

Certificate No. R- ______ Rights

NOT EXERCISABLE AFTER ________, OR EARLIER IF REDEEMED BY THE CORPORATION. THE RIGHTS ARE SUBJECT TO REDEMPTION AT $.001 PER RIGHT ON THE TERMS SET FORTH IN THE SHAREHOLDER RIGHTS AGREEMENT. UNDER CERTAIN CIRCUMSTANCES SET FORTH IN THE SHAREHOLDER RIGHTS AGREEMENT, RIGHTS ISSUED TO, OR HELD BY, ANY PERSON WHO IS AN INTERESTED STOCKHOLDER, WHETHER CURRENTLY HELD BY OR ON BEHALF OF SUCH PERSON OR BY ANY SUBSEQUENT HOLDER, SHALL BECOME NULL AND VOID.

Right Certificate theglobe.com, inc.

This certifies that ___________, or registered assigns, is the registered owner of the number of Rights set forth above, each of which entitles the owner thereof, subject to the terms, provisions and conditions of the Shareholder Rights Agreement, dated as of September __, 1998 (the "Shareholder Rights Agreement"), between theglobe.com, inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), and American Stock Transfer & Trust Company (the "Rights Agent"), to purchase from the Company at any time after the Distribution Date (as such term is defined in the Shareholder Rights Agreement) and prior to 5:00 P.M., New York, New York time, on ___________, unless the Rights evidenced hereby shall have been previously redeemed by the Company, at the principal office or offices of the Rights Agent designated for such purpose, or at the office of its successor as Rights Agent, one one-thousandth of a fully paid non-assessable share of Junior Participating Preferred Stock, $.001 par value per share (the "Preferred Stock"), of the Company, at a purchase price of [to be determined] per one one-thousandth of a share of Preferred Stock (the "Purchase Price"), upon presentation and surrender of this Right Certificate with the Form of Election to Purchase duly executed. The number of Rights evidenced by this Right Certificate (and the number of one one-thousandths of a share of Preferred Stock which may be purchased upon exercise hereof) set forth above, and the Purchase Price set forth above, are the number and Purchase Price as of ____________, ____ based on the shares of Preferred Stock as constituted at such date.

Upon the occurrence of a Section 11(a)(ii) Event (as such term is defined in the Shareholder Rights Agreement), if the Rights evidenced by this Right Certificate are beneficially owned by (i) an Interested Stockholder (as such terms are defined in the Rights Agreement), (ii) a transferee of any such Interested Stockholder who becomes a transferee after the Interested Stockholder becomes such, or (iii) under certain circumstances specified in the Shareholder Rights Agreement, a transferee of any such Interested Stockholder who becomes a transferee prior to or concurrently with the Interested Person becoming such, such Rights shall become null and void and no holder hereof shall have any right with respect to such Rights from and after the occurrence of such Section 11(a)(ii) Event.

As provided in the Shareholder Rights Agreement, the Purchase Price and the number of one one-thousandths of a share of Preferred Stock or other securities which may be purchased upon the exercise of the Rights evidenced by this Right Certificate are subject to modification and adjustment upon the happening of certain events, including Triggering Events (as such term is defined in the Shareholder Rights Agreement).

This Right Certificate is subject to all of the terms, provisions and conditions of the Shareholder Rights Agreement, which terms, provisions and conditions are hereby incorporated herein by reference and made a part hereof and to which Shareholder Rights Agreement reference is hereby made for a full description of the rights, limitations of rights, obligations, duties and immunities hereunder of the Rights Agent, the Company and the holders of the Right Certificates, which limitations of rights include the temporary suspension of the exercisability of such Rights under the specific circumstances set forth in the Rights Agreement. Copies of the Rights Agreement are on file at the principal executive offices of the Company and the principal office or offices of the Rights Agent.

This Right Certificate, with or without other Right Certificates, upon surrender at the principal office of the Rights Agent, may be exchanged for another Right Certificate or Right Certificates of like tenor and date evidencing Rights entitling the holder to purchase a like aggregate number of shares of Preferred Stock or other securities as the Rights evidenced by the Right Certificate or Right Certificates surrendered shall have entitled such holder to purchase. If this Right Certificate shall be exercised in part, the holder shall be entitled to receive upon surrender hereof another Right Certificate or Right Certificates for the number of whole Rights not exercised.

Subject to the provisions of the Shareholder Rights Agreement, the Rights evidenced by this Certificate may be redeemed by the Company at a redemption price of $.001 per Right (subject to adjustment as provided in the Shareholder Rights Agreement) payable in shares of Common Stock or cash.

The Company shall not be required to issue fractions of Rights or to distribute Right Certificates which evidence fractional Rights. In lieu of such fractional Rights, there shall be paid to the registered holders of the Right Certificates with regard to which such fractional Rights would otherwise be issuable, an amount in cash equal to the same fraction of the current market value of a whole Right as defined in the Shareholder Rights Agreement.

The Company will not be required to issue fractions of shares of Preferred Stock (other than fractions which are one one-thousandths or integral multiples of one one of a share of Preferred Stock) upon exercise of the Rights or to distribute certificates which evidence fractional shares of Preferred Stock (other than fractions which are one one-thousandth or integral multiples of one one-thousandth of a share of Preferred Stock). In lieu of fractional shares of Preferred Stock other than fractions that are multiples of one one-thousandth of a share of Preferred Stock, the Company will pay to the registered holders of Right Certificates at the time such Rights are exercised an amount in cash equal to the same fraction of the current market value of one share of Preferred Stock as defined in the Rights Agreement.

No holder of this Right Certificate shall be entitled to vote or receive dividends or be deemed for any purpose the holder of the shares of Preferred Stock or of any other securities of the Company which may at any time be issuable on the exercise hereof, nor shall anything contained in the Shareholder Rights Agreement or herein be construed to confer upon the holder hereof, as such, any of the rights of a stockholder of the Company or any right to vote for the election of directors or upon any matter submitted to stockholders at any meeting thereof, or to give or withhold consent to any corporate action, or to receive notice of meetings or other actions affecting stockholders (except as provided in the Shareholder Rights Agreement), or to receive dividends or other distributions or to exercise any preemptive or subscription rights, or otherwise, until the Right or Rights evidenced by this Right Certificate shall have been exercised as provided in the Shareholder Rights Agreement.

This Right Certificate shall not be valid or obligatory for any purpose until it shall have been countersigned by the Rights Agent.

WITNESS the signature of the proper officers of the Company and its corporate seal. Dated as of _________, ______.

[SEAL]
ATTEST: theglobe.com, inc. Attest:

By                                       By
   -------------------------------          -----------------------------
   Name:                                    Name:

Title: Title:

Countersigned:

AMERICAN STOCK TRANSFER & TRUST
COMPANY
as Right Agent

By
Authorized Signatory
Name:
Title:

Form of Reverse Side of Right Certificate
FORM OF ASSIGNMENT
(To be executed by the registered holder if such
holder desires to transfer the Right Certificate.)

FOR VALUE RECEIVED _______________________________________________________ hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto _________________________________

(Please print name and address of transferee)

this Right Certificate, together with all right, title and interest therein, and does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint _________ Attorney, to transfer the within Right Certificate on the books of the within-named Company, with full power of substitution.

Dated: ____________, _____
Signature Signature Guaranteed:

Signatures must be guaranteed by a member firm of a registered national securities exchange, a member of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc., or a commercial bank, savings association, credit union or trust company having an office or correspondent in the United States or other eligible guarantor institution which is a participant in a signature guarantee medallion program.

The undersigned hereby certifies that (1) the Rights evidenced by this Right Certificate are not being sold, assigned or transferred by or on behalf of a Person who is or was an Interested Stockholder thereof (as such terms are defined in the Shareholder Rights Agreement) and (2) after due inquiry and to the best knowledge of the undersigned, the undersigned did not acquire the Rights evidenced by this Right Certificate from any Person who is or was or subsequently became an Interested Stockholder.


Signature

Form of Reverse Side of Right Certificate -- continued


FORM OF ELECTION TO PURCHASE

(To be executed by the registered holder if such holder desires to exercise Rights represented by the Right Certificate.) To the Rights Agent:
The undersigned hereby irrevocably elects to exercise Rights represented by this Right Certificate to purchase the shares of Preferred Stock, Common Stock or such other securities issuable upon the exercise of such Rights at this time as follows:

Please Insert Number of Rights To Be Exercised
(i) Preferred Stock Exercise _

(ii) Section 11(a)(ii) Exercise _

(iii) Section 13 Exercise _

The undersigned requests that certificates for such shares of Preferred Stock, Common Stock or other securities be issued in the name of:

Please insert social security
or other identifying number ______________________________________________

(Please print name and address of transferee)

If such number of Rights shall not be all the Rights evidenced by this Right Certificate, a new Right Certificate for the balance remaining of such Rights shall be registered in the name of and delivered to:

Please insert social security
or other identifying number ______________________________________________

(Please print name and address of transferee)


Form of Reverse Side of Right Certificate -- continued.

Dated: _________, ____

Signature

Signature Guaranteed:
Signatures must be guaranteed by a member firm of a registered national securities exchange, a member of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc., or a commercial bank, savings association, credit union or trust company having an office or correspondent in the United States or other eligible guarantor institution which is a participant in a signature guarantee medallion program.


Form of Reverse Side of Right Certificate -- continued.

The undersigned hereby certifies that (1) the Rights evidenced by this Right Certificate are not being exercised by or on behalf of a Person who is or was an Interested Stockholder thereof (as such terms are defined in the Shareholder Rights Agreement) and (2) after due inquiry and to the best knowledge of the undersigned, the undersigned did not acquire the Rights evidenced by this Rights Certificate from any Person who is or was an Interested Stockholder.


Signature

NOTICE

The signature on the foregoing Forms of Assignment and Election and certificates must conform to the name as written upon the face of this Right Certificate in every particular, without alteration or enlargement or any change whatsoever.

In the event the certification set forth above in the Form of Assignment or the Form of Election to Purchase, as the case may be, is not completed, the Company and the Rights Agent will deem the Beneficial Owner of the Rights evidenced by this Right Certificate to be an Interested Stockholder (as such terms are defined in the Shareholder Rights Agreement) and such Assignment or Election to Purchase will not be honored.


EXHIBIT C

September __, 1998

SUMMARY OF RIGHTS TO PURCHASE PREFERRED STOCK

UNDER CERTAIN CIRCUMSTANCES SET FORTH IN THE SHAREHOLDER RIGHTS AGREEMENT, RIGHTS ISSUED TO, OR HELD BY, ANY PERSON WHO IS, WAS OR BECOMES AN INTERESTED STOCKHOLDER (AS DEFINED IN THE SHAREHOLDER RIGHTS AGREEMENT) AND CERTAIN RELATED PERSONS, WHETHER CURRENTLY HELD BY OR ON BEHALF OF SUCH PERSON OR BY ANY SUBSEQUENT HOLDER, SHALL BECOME NULL AND VOID.

The Board of Directors of theglobe.com, inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), declared a dividend of one preferred share purchase right (a "Right") for each outstanding share of Common Stock, of par value $.001 per share (the "Common Stock"), of the Company. The dividend is payable to the stockholders of record as of 5:00 P.M., New York, New York time, on September ___, 1998 (the "Record Date"), and with respect to Common Stock issued thereafter until the Distribution Date (as hereinafter defined) and, in certain circumstances, with respect to Common Shares issued after the Distribution Date. Except as set forth below, each Right, when it becomes exercisable, entitles the registered holder to purchase from the Company one one-thousandth of a share of Junior Participating Preferred Stock, of par value $.001 per share (the "Preferred Stock"), at a price of [to be determined] per one one-thousandth of a share of Preferred Stock (the "Purchase Price"), subject to adjustment. The description and terms of the Rights are set forth in a Shareholder Rights Agreement, dated as of September __, 1998 (the "Shareholder Rights Agreement"), between the Company and American Stock Transfer & Trust Company (the "Rights Agent").

The Rights are attached to all certificates representing outstanding shares of Common Stock, and no separate Right Certificates (as hereinafter defined) have been distributed. The Rights will separate from the shares of Common Stock on the earliest to occur of (i) the first date of public announcement that a person or "group" has acquired beneficial ownership of securities having 15% or more of the voting power of all outstanding voting securities of the Company (as hereinafter defined); or
(ii) ten (10) business days (or such later date as the Board of Directors of the Company may determine) following the commencement of, or announcement of an intention to commence, a tender offer or exchange offer the consummation of which would result in a person or group becoming an Acquiring Person; or (iii) twenty business days prior to the date on which a Transaction (as defined in the Shareholder Rights Agreement) is reasonably expected to become effective or be consummated (the earliest of such dates being called the "Distribution Date"). A person or group whose acquisition of voting securities causes a Distribution Date pursuant to clause (i) above is an "Acquiring Person". The first date of public announcement that a person or group has become an Acquiring Person is the "Stock Acquisition Date".

The Rights Agreement provides that until the Distribution Date the Rights will be transferred with and only with the shares of Common Stock. Until the Distribution Date (or earlier redemption or expiration of the Rights), new Common Stock certificates issued upon transfer or new issuance of shares of Common Stock will contain a notation incorporating the Shareholder Rights Agreement by reference. Until the Distribution Date (or earlier redemption or expiration of the Rights), the surrender for transfer of any certificates for shares of Common Stock outstanding, even without such notation, will also constitute the transfer of the Rights associated with the shares of Common Stock represented by such certificate. As soon as practicable following the Distribution Date, separate certificates evidencing the Rights ("Right Certificates") will be mailed to holders of record of the shares of Common Stock as of the close of business on the Distribution Date (and to each initial record holder of certain shares of Common Stock issued after the Distribution Date), and such separate Right Certificates alone will evidence the Rights.

The Rights are not exercisable until the Distribution Date and will expire at 5:00 P.M., New York, New York time, on _______, ____unless earlier redeemed by the Company as described below.

In the event that any person becomes an Acquiring Person (except pursuant to a Permitted Offer as hereinafter defined), each holder of a Right will have (subject to the terms of the Shareholder Rights Agreement) the right (the "Flip-In Right") to receive upon exercise the number of shares of Common Stock, or, in the discretion of the Board of Directors of the Company, the number of one two-hundredths of a share of Preferred Stock (or, in certain circumstances, other securities of the Company) having a value (immediately prior to such triggering event) equal to two times the Purchase Price. Notwithstanding the foregoing, following the occurrence of the event described above, all Rights that are, or (under certain circumstances specified in the Shareholder Rights Agreement) were, beneficially owned by any Acquiring Person or any affiliate or associate thereof will be null and void. A "Permitted Offer" is a tender or exchange offer for all outstanding shares of Common Stock which is at a price and on terms determined, prior to the purchase of shares under such tender or exchange offer, by a majority of Disinterested Directors (as hereinafter defined) to be adequate (taking into account all factors that such Disinterested Directors deem relevant) and otherwise in the best interests of the Company and its stockholders (other than the person or any affiliate or associate thereof on whose basis the offer is being made) taking into account all factors that such Disinterested Directors may deem relevant. "Disinterested Directors" are directors of the Company who are not officers of the Company and who are not Acquiring Persons or affiliates or associates thereof, or representatives of any of them, or any person who was directly or indirectly proposed or nominated as a director of the Company by a Transaction Person (as defined in the Shareholder Rights Agreement).

In the event that, at any time following the Stock Acquisition Date or, if a Transaction is proposed, the Distribution Date, (i) the Company is acquired in a merger or other business combination transaction in which the holders of all of the outstanding shares of Common Stock immediately prior to the consummation of the transaction are not the holders of all of the surviving corporation's voting power, or (ii) more than 50% of the Company's assets or earning power is sold or transferred, in either case with or to an Interested Stockholder, or, if in such transaction all holders of shares of Common Stock are not offered the same consideration, any other person, then each holder of a Right (except Rights which previously have been voided as set forth above) shall thereafter have the right (the "Flip-Over Right") to receive, upon exercise, shares of common stock of the acquiring company having a value equal to two times the Purchase Price. The holder of a Right will continue to have the Flip-Over Right whether or not such holder exercises or surrenders the Flip-In Right.

The Purchase Price payable, and the number of two-hundredths of a share of Preferred Stock or other securities issuable, upon exercise of the Rights are subject to adjustment from time to time to prevent dilution (i) in the event of a stock dividend on, or a subdivision, combination or reclassification of, the shares of Preferred Stock, (ii) upon the grant to holders of the shares of Preferred Stock of certain rights or warrants to subscribe for or purchase shares of Preferred Stock at a price, or securities convertible into shares of Preferred Stock with a conversion price, less than the then current market price of the shares of Preferred Stock or (iii) upon the distribution to holders of the shares of Preferred Stock of evidences of indebtedness or assets (excluding regular quarterly cash dividends) or of subscription rights or warrants (other than those referred to above).

The Purchase Price payable, and the number of two-hundredths of a share of Preferred Stock or other securities issuable, upon exercise of the Rights are also subject to adjustment in the event of a stock split of the shares of Common Stock, or a stock dividend on the shares of Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock, or subdivisions, consolidations or combinations of the shares of Common Stock occurring, in any such case, prior to the Distribution Date.

With certain exceptions, no adjustment in the Purchase Price will be required until cumulative adjustments require an adjustment of at least 1% in such Purchase Price. No fractional two-hundredths of a share of Preferred Stock will be issued, and in lieu thereof, an adjustment in cash will be made based on the market price of the shares of Preferred Stock on the last trading day prior to the date of exercise.

At any time prior to the earlier to occur of (i) a person becoming an Acquiring Person or (ii) the expiration of the Rights, the Company may redeem the Rights in whole, but not in part, at a price of $.001 per Right (the "Redemption Price"), which redemption shall be effective upon the action of the Board of Directors of the Company. Additionally, the Company may redeem the then outstanding Rights in whole, but not in part, at the Redemption Price (i) after the triggering of the Flip-In Right and before the expiration of any period during which the Flip-In Right may be exercised in connection with a merger or other business combination transaction or series of transactions involving the Company in which all holders of shares of Common Stock are not offered the same consideration but not involving a Transaction Person (as defined in the Shareholder Rights Agreement), (ii) following an event giving rise to, and the expiration of the exercise period for, the Flip-In Right if and for as long as no person beneficially owns securities representing 15% or more of the voting power of the Company's voting securities or (iii) if the Acquiring Person reduces his ownership below 5% in transactions not involving the Company. The redemption of Rights described in the preceding sentence shall be effective only as of such time when the Flip-In Right is not exercisable, and in any event, only after 10 business days' prior notice. Upon the effective date of the redemption of the Rights, the right to exercise the Rights will terminate and the only right of the holders of Rights will be to receive the Redemption Price.

The shares of Preferred Stock purchasable upon exercise of the Rights will be non-redeemable and junior to any other series of preferred stock the Company may issue (unless otherwise provided in the terms of such stock). Each share of Preferred Stock will have a preferential quarterly dividend in an amount equal to 1000 times the dividend declared on each share of Common Stock, but in no event less than [to be determined] (the equivalent of [to be determined] per share of common stock). In the event of liquidation, the holders of Preferred Stock will receive a preferred liquidation payment equal to the greater of 1000 times [to be determined]or 1000 times the payment made per each share of Common Stock. Each share of Preferred Stock will have 1000 votes, voting together with the shares of Common Stock. In the event of any merger, consolidation or other transaction in which shares of Common Stock are exchanged, each share of Preferred Stock will be entitled to receive 200 times the amount and type of consideration received per share of Common Stock. The rights of the Preferred Stock as to dividends, liquidation and voting, and in the event of mergers and consolidations, are protected by customary anti-dilution provisions. Fractional shares of Preferred Stock will be issuable; however, the Company may elect to distribute depositary receipts in lieu of such fractional shares. In lieu of fractional shares other than fractions that are multiples of one two-hundredth of a share, an adjustment in cash will be made based on the market price of the Preferred Stock on the last trading date prior to the date of exercise.

In the event that a majority of the Board of Directors of the Company is comprised of persons elected at a meeting of stockholders who were not nominated by the Board of Directors in office immediately prior to such meeting (including successors of such persons elected to the Board of Directors), then for 365 days following such meeting, the Shareholder Rights Agreement may not be amended and the Rights may not be redeemed if such amendment or redemption, as the case may be, is reasonably likely to facilitate a combination or sale, mortgage or other transfer of assets or earning power (a "Transaction") with a Transaction Person (as defined below). The Shareholder Rights Agreement may not be amended and the Rights may not be redeemed thereafter if during such 365 day period the Company enters into any agreement reasonably likely to facilitate a Transaction with a Transaction Person and the amendment or redemption, as the case may be, is reasonably likely to facilitate a Transaction with a Transaction Person.

A "Transaction Person" with respect to a Transaction means (x) any Person who (i) is or will become an Acquiring Person or a Principal Party (as such term is defined in the Shareholder Rights Agreement) if the Transaction were to be consummated and (ii) either (A) such Person directly or indirectly proposed or nominated a director of the Company which director is in office at the time of consideration of the Transaction, or (B) the Transaction with such Person was approved by persons elected to the Board of Directors with the objective, for the purpose or with the effect of facilitating a merger or consolidation of the Company, a sale, mortgage or transfer, in one or more transactions, of assets or earning power aggregating more than 50% of the assets or earning power of the Company and its subsidiaries (taken as a whole) or any transaction which would result in a Person becoming an Acquiring Person, or (y) an Affiliate or Associate of such a Person.

Until a Right is exercised, the holder thereof, as such, will have no rights as a stockholder of the Company, including, without limitation, the right to vote or to receive dividends. While the distribution of the Rights will not be taxable to stockholders of the Company, stockholders may, depending upon the circumstances, recognize taxable income should the Rights become exercisable or upon the occurrence of certain events thereafter.

A copy of the Shareholder Rights Agreement has been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission as an Exhibit to the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1. A copy of the Shareholder Rights Agreement is available free of charge from the Company. This summary description of the Rights does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Shareholder Rights Agreement, which is incorporated herein by reference.


Exhibit 10.12

August 12, 1998

Republic Industries, Inc.
110 S.E. 6th Street
Republic Tower
Fort Lauderdale, Florida 33301

Attention: Thomas W. Hawkins
Senior Vice President

Dear Mr. Hawkins:

In consideration of the mutual agreements set forth herein, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Republic Industries, Inc. ("Republic"), Michael S. Egan ("Egan") and theglobe.com wish to memorialize the following understandings and agreements:

1. Egan and theglobe.com hereby grant to Republic a Right of First Negotiation with respect to the conduct of automotive "clubsites" on theglobe.com, pursuant to the terms of this paragraph. This means that during the period commencing on the date hereof and ending six (6) months hereafter, Egan and theglobe.com shall negotiate exclusively with Republic and shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to reach an agreement (the "Exclusivity Agreement") with Republic pursuant to which Republic would be granted exclusive rights to engage in or conduct an automotive clubsite on theglobe.com.

2. Republic hereby agrees that it shall purchase advertising from theglobe.com for the three-year period commencing on the date hereof, upon the terms and conditions set forth in Exhibit 1 hereto. Egan and theglobe.com hereby grant to Republic a "most favored nation" right for a period of three years pursuant to the terms of this paragraph. This means that during the three-year period commencing on the date hereof, in the event that theglobe.com grants a third party the right to advertise on theglobe.com at a price that is more favorable than the price offered to Republic, theglobe.com shall offer the more favorable price to Republic for advertising generally comparable in type and scope to Republic's advertising on theglobe.com; provided, however, that theglobe.com shall have no such obligation to offer Republic such favorable pricing in the context of so-called short-term, distressed advertising rates. Any amounts paid for advertising on theglobe.com by Republic pursuant to the Exclusivity Agreement shall be credited toward Republic's commitment under this paragraph 2.

If the foregoing accurately reflects our understanding, please indicate your agreement by executing this letter agreement as indicated below.

Sincerely,

theglobe.com

By:
Name:


Title:


MICHAEL S. EGAN, individually

AGREED AND ACCEPTED:

REPUBLIC INDUSTRIES, INC.

By:
   -----------------------------
   Name:   Thomas W. Hawkins
   Its:    Senior Vice President


Attachment


Exhibit 1 theglobe.com

Deal Structure

Term:                   3 years
Total Commitment:       $           ($    per year)
Start Date:             9/1/98

Components by Year:

Year One:

Integrated Advertising Buy
a) 2.4 (Two million four hundred thousand) banners/buttons/contextual links per month or 28.8 (twenty-eight million eight hundred thousand) banners/buttons/links per year to promote AutoNation sites and product promotion (no third party with the exception of local dealer network)
b) Monthly "Auto" text impressions on theglobe.com homepage
c) Opt-in Lead Generation of theglobe.com and Auto area pages
d) Monthly inclusion in theglobe.com monthly newsletter

Year Two:

Integrated Advertising Buy
a) Two (2) million banners/buttons/contextual links per month or 24 (twenty-four) million banners/buttons/links per year to promote AutoNation sites and product promotion (no third party with the exception of local dealer network)
b) Monthly "Auto" text impressions on theglobe.com homepage
c) Opt-in Lead Generation of theglobe.com and Auto area pages
d) Monthly inclusion in theglobe.com monthly newsletter

Year Three:

Integrated Advertising Buy
a) One million five hundred thousand (1.5) million banners/buttons/contextual links per month or 18 (eighteen) million banners/buttons/links per year to promote AutoNation sites and product promotion (no third party with the exception of local dealer network)
b) Monthly "Auto" text impressions on theglobe.com homepage
c) Opt-in Lead Generation of theglobe.com and Auto area pages
d) Monthly inclusion in theglobe.com monthly newsletter


EXHIBIT 23.1

ACCOUNTANTS' CONSENT AND REPORT ON SCHEDULE

The Board of Directors and Stockholders
theglobe.com, inc.:

The audits referred to in our report dated April 16, 1998, except for note 8, which is as of July 22, 1998, included the related financial statement schedule as of December 31, 1997, and for the period from May 1, 1995 (inception) to December 31, 1995 and for the years ended December 31, 1996 and 1997, included in the Registration Statement. This financial statement schedule is the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on this financial statement schedule based on our audits. In our opinion, such financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly in all material respects, the information set forth therein.

We consent to the use of our report included herein and to the reference to our firm under the headings "Selected Financial Data" and "Experts" in the Prospectus.

KPMG PEAT MARWICK LLP

New York, New York
September 15, 1998


ARTICLE 5


PERIOD TYPE 6 MOS 12 MOS
FISCAL YEAR END DEC 31 1998 DEC 31 1997
PERIOD START JAN 01 1998 JAN 01 1997
PERIOD END JUN 30 1998 DEC 31 1997
CASH 2,997,391 5,871,291
SECURITIES 10,157,830 13,003,173
RECEIVABLES 652,059 282,077
ALLOWANCES 27,868 27,868
INVENTORY 0 0
CURRENT ASSETS 13,855,259 19,128,673
PP&E 1,519,901 435,394
DEPRECIATION 346,319 109,552
TOTAL ASSETS 15,603,080 19,462,172
CURRENT LIABILITIES 3,403,175 2,011,297
BONDS 0 0
PREFERRED MANDATORY 0 0
PREFERRED 2,900 2,900
COMMON 2,395 2,309
OTHER SE 11,565,329 17,346,840
TOTAL LIABILITY AND EQUITY 15,603,080 19,462,172
SALES 0 0
TOTAL REVENUES 1,173,398 770,293
CGS 0 0
TOTAL COSTS 503,181 423,706
OTHER EXPENSES 7,140,624 4,213,739
LOSS PROVISION 0 15,868
INTEREST EXPENSE 30,460 0
INCOME PRETAX (5,797,770) (3,548,300)
INCOME TAX 26,500 36,100
INCOME CONTINUING (5,824,270) (3,584,400)
DISCONTINUED 0 0
EXTRAORDINARY 0 0
CHANGES 0 0
NET INCOME (5,824,270) (3,584,400)
EPS PRIMARY (2.51) (1.56)
EPS DILUTED (2.51) (1.56)